Main Bibliography
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
B:
Baaij, M. G., T. J. M. Mom, F. A. J. Van Den Bosch and H. W. Volberda. 2012. Should top management relocate across national borders? MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 17-18.
Babad, Y. M. and B. V. Balachandran. 1993. Cost driver optimization in activity-based costing. The Accounting Review (July): 563-575. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on cost drivers).
Babbie, Earl R. 1997. The Practice of Social Research. Wadsworth Publishing Co.
Babcock, L., G. Loewenstein, S. Issacharoff and C. Camerer. 1995. Biased judgments of fairness in bargaining. The American Economic Review 85(5): 1337-1343.
Babe, G. S. 2011. The CEO of Bayer Corp. on creating a lean growth machine. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 41-45.
Baber, W. R. 1983. Toward understanding the role of auditing in the public sector. Journal of Accounting and Economics (5): 213-227.
Baber, W. R. 1985. A framework for making a class of internal accounting control decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 360-369. (JSTOR link).
Baber, W. R. 1985. Budget-based compensation and discretionary spending. The Accounting Review (January): 1-9. (JSTOR link).
Baber, W. R. and S. Kang. 2002. The impact of split adjusting and rounding on analysts' forecast error calculations. Accounting Horizons (December): 277-289.
Baber, W. R., A. A. Roberts and G. Visvanathan. 2001. Charitable organizations' strategies and program-spending ratios. Accounting Horizons (December): 329-343.
Baber, W. R., E. H. Brooks and W. E. Ricks. 1987. An empirical investigation of the market for audit services in the public sector. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 293-305. (JSTOR link).
Baber, W. R., K. R. Kumar and T. Verghese. 1995. Client security price reactions to the Laventhol and Horwath bankruptcy. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 385-395. (JSTOR link).
Baber, W. R., P. L. Daniel and A. A. Roberts. 2002. Compensation to managers of charitable organizations: An empirical study of the role of accounting measures of program activities. The Accounting Review (July): 679-693. (JSTOR link).
Baber, W. R., P. M. Fairfield and J. A. Haggard. 1991. The effect of concern about reported income on discretionary spending decisions: The case of research and development. The Accounting Review (October): 818-829. (JSTOR link).
Baber, W. R., S. Chen and S. Kang. 2006. Stock price reaction to evidence of earnings management: Implications for supplementary financial disclosure. Review of Accounting Studies 11(1): 5-19.
Baber, W. R., S. Kang, and K. R. Kumar. 1998. Accounting earnings and executive compensation:: The role of earnings persistence. Journal of Accounting and Economics (27 May): 169-193.
Baber, W. R., S. Kang and K. R. Kumar. 1999. The explanatory power of earnings levels vs. earnings changes in the context of executive compensation. The Accounting Review (October): 459-472. (JSTOR link).
Baber, W. R., S. N. Janakiraman and S. Kang. 1996. Investment opportunities and the structure of executive compensation. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 297-318.
Babich, G. 1975. The application of information theory to accounting reports: An appraisal. Abacus 11(2): 172-181.
Babillus, J. 1950. Once over every quarter - A cycle inventory. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 274-279.
Babson, S. M. Jr. 1981. Profiling your productivity. Management Accounting (December): 13-17, 32.
Bacal, R. 1999. Performance Management: Energize every employee, Improve performance through feedback, Learn how to measure performance. McGraw-Hill Publishing Company.
Bacas, P. E. 1939. Content of the auditing course. The Accounting Review (September): 263-266. (JSTOR link).
Bacbofer, J. B. 1967. The contribution approach in a new business. Management Accounting (January): 38.
Bach, D. and D. B. Allen. 2010. What every CEO needs to know about nonmarket strategy. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 41-48. (Includes Creating nonmarket strategies: The (IA)3-Framework. 42-43).
Bach, G. L. 1958. Some observations on the business school of tomorrow. Management Science (July): 351-364. (JSTOR link).
Bach, S. and K. Sisson. 2000. Personnel Management: A Comprehensive Guide to Theory and Practice. Blackwell Publishing.
Bachar, J., N. D. Melumad and G. Weyns. 1997. On cost tradeoffs between conservative and market value accounting. Review of Accounting Studies 2(1): 7-34.
Bacharach, M. 1966. Matrix rounding problems. Management Science (May): 732-742. (JSTOR link).
Bacharach, S. B. and M. Aiken. 1976. Structural and process constraints on influence in organizations: A level-specific analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(4): 623-642. (JSTOR link).
Bacharach, S. B. and M. Aiken. 1977. Communication in administrative bureaucracies. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 365-377. (JSTOR link).
Bacharach, S. B. and P. A. Bamberger. 2007. 9/11 and New York City firefighter's post hoc unit support and control climates: A context theory of the consequences of involvement in traumatic work-related events. The Academy of Management Journal 50(4): 849-868. (JSTOR link).
Bacharach, S. B., P. A. Bamberger and D. Vashdi. 2005. Diversity and homophily at work: Supportive relations among white and African-American peers. The Academy of Management Journal 48(4): 619-644. (JSTOR link).
Bacharach, S. B., P. Bamberger and V. McKinney. 2000. Boundary management tactics and logics of action: The case of peer-support providers. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(4): 704-736. (JSTOR link).
Bacharach, S. B., P. Bamberger and W. J. Sonnenstuhl. 1996. The organizational transformation process: The micropolitics of dissonance reduction and the alignment of logics of action. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(3): 477-506. (JSTOR link).
Bacharach, S. B., P. A. Bamberger and W. J. Sonnenstuhl. 2002. Driven to drink: Managerial control, work-related risk factors, and employee problem drinking. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 637-658. (JSTOR link).
Bachofer, J. B. 1964. Short and long-term forward planning based on contribution margin. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 11-19.
Bachofer, J. B. 1964. Variation analysis - Control at work. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 53-62.
Bachrach, M. D. 1945. Tax simplification. The Accounting Review (January): 102-103. (JSTOR link).
Bachtell, G. A. 1967. Standard cost system for a foundry. Management Accounting (December): 35-41.
Bacidore, J. M., J. A. Boquist, T. T. Milbourn and A. V. Thakor. 1997. The search for the best financial performance measure. Financial Analysts Journal (May/June): 11-20. (Summary).
Back, B., J. Toivonen, H. Vanharanta and A. Visa. 2001. Comparing numerical data and text information from annual reports using self-organizing maps. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 2(4): 249-269.
Backer, D. D. 1963. Principal features of the income tax credit for new investment. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 13-19.
Backer, M. 1961. Flexible costs for pricing decisions. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 55-66.
Backer, M. 1961. The quantitative data course in the executive development program. The Accounting Review (April): 217-221. (JSTOR link).
Backer, M. 1962. Additional considerations in return on investment analysis. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 57-62.
Backer, M. 1969. Comments on "The value of the SEC's accounting disclosure requirements". The Accounting Review (July): 533-538. (JSTOR link).
Backer, M. 1972. Reporting profit expectations. Management Accounting (February): 33-37.
Backer, M. and M. L. Gosman. 1978. Financial reporting and business liquidity. Management Accounting (November): 56.
Backer, M. and M. L. Gosman. 1978. Financial Reporting and Business Liquidity. National Association of Accountants.
Backer, M. and P. E. Fertig. 1958. Statistical sampling and the accounting curriculum. The Accounting Review (July): 415-418. (JSTOR link).
Backes, R. W. 1980. Cycle counting - A better method for achieving accurate inventory records. Management Accounting (January): 42-46.
Backes, R. W. and R. J. Glowacki. 1983. Microcomputers: Successful management and control. Management Accounting (September): 48-51.
Backman, J. ed. 1974. Labor Technology and Productivity in the Seventies. University Press, New York.
Bacon, C. F. 1905. The accountant as an expert witness. Journal of Accountancy (December): 99-105.
Bacon, P. W. and R. W. Haessler. 1975. Simulation and the capital asset pricing model: A comment. Decision Sciences 6(1): 202-204.
Baculik, E. K. 2010. How IFRS convergence will affect accounting for defined benefit plans. The CPA Journal (September): 22-23.
Badaracco, J. L. Jr. 2002. Leading Quietly: An Unorthodox Guide to Doing the Right Thing. Harvard Business School Press.
Badaracco, J. L. Jr. 2006. Leadership in literature. Harvard Business Review (March): 47-55.
Badawy, M. K. 1970. Selected research on scientists and engineers in industry: A review and assessment. The Academy of Management Journal 13(2): 210-212. (JSTOR link).
Bader, A. H. 1986. Alternate risk financing. Journal of Accountancy (September): 150, 152, 154, 156.
Bader, M. and S. Schroeder. 2011. The tax consequences of buying a distressed loan: When does the open transaction doctrine apply? The CPA Journal (April): 34-39.
Badertscher, B. A. and J. J. Burks. 2011. Accounting restatements and the timeliness of disclosures. Accounting Horizons (December): 609-629.
Badertscher, B. A., D. W. Collins and T. Z. Lys. 2012. Discretionary accounting choices and the predictive ability of accruals with respect to future cash flows. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February-April): 330-352.
Bae, J. and J. J. Lawler. 2000. Organizational and HRM strategies in Korea: Impact on firm performance in an emerging economy. The Academy of Management Journal 43(3): 502-517. (JSTOR link).
Bae, J. and M. Gargiulo. 2004. Partner substitutability, alliance network structure, and firm profitability in the telecommunications industry. The Academy of Management Journal 47(6): 843-859. (JSTOR link).
Baehr, M. E. and R. Renck. 1958. The definition and measurement of employee morale. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(2): 157-184. (JSTOR link).
2011. Should home buyers choose a short- or long-term mortgage? The preferred option depends upon a variety of factors. The CPA Journal (June): 56-61.
Baetge, J., H. Berndt, H. Bruns, W. B. von Colbe, A. G. Coenenberg, H. Korst, H. Lederle, A. Metze, D. Ordelheide, H. Pfingsten, H. Reinhard, C. Schnicke, J. Schwitters, T. Seeberg, G. Siepe, P. Urban, H. Weber, A. Weismuller and K. V. Wysocki. 1995. Working group on external financial reporting of the Schmalenbach-Gesellschaft-Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Betriebswirtschaft. German accounting principles: An institutionalized framework. Accounting Horizons (September): 92-99.
Bagaloff, L. 1958. Considerations in equipping the
accountant's office. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 57-58.
Bagby, J. W. 2003. Cyberlaw Handbook for E-Commerce (Cyperlaw Handbook for E Commerce). South-Western Educational Publishing.
Bagby, J. W. and P. L. Kintzle. 1987. Management discussion and analysis: Discretionary disclosures and the business segment. Accounting Horizons (March): 51-60.
Baggaley, B. 2006. Using strategic performance measurements to accelerate lean performance. Cost Management (January/February): 36-44.
Baggaley, B. and B. Maskell. 2003. Value stream management for lean companies, Part I. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 23-27. (Summary).
Baggaley, B. and B. Maskell. 2003. Value stream management for lean companies, Part II. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 24-30. (Summary).
Baghai, M., S. Smit and P. Viguerie. 2009. Is your growth strategy flying blind? Harvard Business Review (May): 86-96.
Bagherpour, M. 2010. A successful project cost management system: Basic requirements, challenges, and obstacles to implementation. Cost Management (September/October): 15-20.
Bagherpour, M. 2011. An extension to earned value management. Cost Management (May/June): 41-47.
Baginski, S., J. Hassell and G. Waymire. 1994. Some evidence on the news content of preliminary earnings estimates. The Accounting Review (January): 265-273. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P. 1987. Intraindustry information transfers associated with management forecasts of earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 196-216. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P. and J. M. Hassell. 1990. The market interpretation of management earnings forecasts as a predictor of subsequent financial analyst forecast revision. The Accounting Review (January): 175-190. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P. and J. M. Hassell. 1997. Determinants of management forecast precision. The Accounting Review (April): 303-312. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P. and J. M. Wahlen. 2003. Residual income risk, intrinsic values, and share prices. The Accounting Review (January): 327-351. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P. and K. C. Rakow. 2012. Management earnings forecast disclosure policy and the cost of equity capital. Review of Accounting Studies 17(2): 279-321.
Baginski, S. P., E. J. Conrad and J. M. Hassell. 1993. The effects of management forecast precision on equity pricing and on the assessment of earnings uncertainty. The Accounting Review (October): 913-927. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P., J. M. Hassell and M. D. Kimbrough. 2002. The effect of legal environment on voluntary disclosure: Evidence from management earnings forecasts issued in U.S. and Canadian markets. The Accounting Review (January): 25-50. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P., J. M. Hassell and M. D. Kimbrough. 2004. Why do managers explain their earnings forecasts? Journal of Accounting Research (March): 1-29. (JSTOR link).
Baginski, S. P., J. M. Hassell and M. M. Wieland. 2011. An examination of the effects of management earnings forecast form and explanations on financial analyst forecast revisions. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(1): 17-25.
Baginski, S. P., K. S. Lorek, G. L. Willinger and B. C. Branson. 1999. The relationship between economic characteristics and alternative annual earnings persistence measures. The Accounting Review (January): 105-120. (JSTOR link).
Bagley, C. E. 2002. Managers and The Legal Environment: Strategies for the 21st Century, 4e. South-Western Educational Publishing.
Bagley, C. E. and C. E. Dauchy. 2003. The Entrepreneur's Guide to Business Law, 2e. South-Western Educational Publishing.
Bagley, P. and T. Reed. 2012. Public accounting: Why it's stressful and what we can do about it. The CPA Journal (January): 14-15.
Bagley, P. L. 2010. Negative affect: A consequence of multiple accountabilities in auditing. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 29(2): 141-157.
Bagley, P. L. and N. L. Harp. 2012. Shoe Zoo, Inc.: A practice in electronic work papers, tick mark preparation, and client communication through the audit of property, plant, and equipment. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 1131-1151.
Bagley, P. L., D. Dalton and M. Ortegren. 2012. The factors that affect accountants' decisions to seek careers with Big 4 versus non-Big 4 accounting firms. Accounting Horizons (June): 239-264.
Bagnoli, M. and S. G. Watts. 2005. Conservative accounting choices. Management Science (May): 786-801. (JSTOR link).
Bagnoli, M. and S. G. Watts. 2007. Financial reporting and supplemental voluntary disclosures. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 885-913. (JSTOR link).
Bagnoli, M., M. D. Beneish and S. G. Watts. 1999. Whisper forecasts of quarterly earnings per share. Journal of Accounting and Economics (November): 27-50.
Bagnoli, M., M. Penno and S. G. Watts. 2001. Auditing in the presence of outside sources of information. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 435-447. (JSTOR link).
Bagnoli, M., W. Kross and S. G. Watts. 2002. The information in management's expected earnings report date: A day late, a penny short. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 1275-1296. (JSTOR link).
Bagozzi, R. P. and L. W. Phillips. 1982. Representing and testing organizational theories: A holistic construal. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 459-489. (JSTOR link).
Bagozzi, R. P. and U. M. Dholakia. 2006. Open source software user communities: A study of participation in Linux user groups. Management Science (July): 1099-1115. (JSTOR link).
Bagozzi, R. P., Y. Yi and L. W. Phillips. 1991. Assessing construct validity in organizational research. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(3): 421-458. (JSTOR link).
Bagranoff, N. A. 1993. Adopting commercial software in the accounting classroom: A focus on learning. Journal of Accounting Education 11(2): 275-286.
Bagranoff, N. A. 1999. Select your next system with high-tech tools. Strategic Finance (May): 75-79. (Discussion of decision support software available from a variety of vendors including software related internet sites).
Bagranoff, N. A. and L. D. Turner. 2004. Growing a nontraditional accounting firm: Warren and Associates. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 49-56.
Bagranoff, N. A. and P. C. Brewer. 2003. PMB investments: An enterprise system implementation. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 85-106.
Bagranoff, N. A., S. M. Bryant and J. E. Hunton. 2002. Core Concepts of Consulting for Accountants. John Wiley & Sons.
Bagranoff, N. A., M. G. Simkin and C. S. Norman. 2004. Core Concepts of Accounting Information Systems. John Wiley & Sons.
Bahmanziari, T., M. D. Odom and J. C. Ugrin. 2009. An experimental evaluation of the effects of internal and external e-Assurance on initial trust formation in B2C e-commerce. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(3): 152-170.
Bahnson, P. R. and P. B. W. Miller. 2004. It's time to get rid of LIFO conformity. Strategic Finance (June): 43-47.
Bahnson, P. R., B. P. McAllister and P. B. W. Miller. 2008. Noncontrolling interest: Much more than a name change. Journal of Accountancy (November): 46-53.
Bahnson, P. R., P. B. W. Miller and B. P. Budge. 1996. Nonarticulation in cash flow statements and implications for education. Accounting Horizons (December): 1-15.
Bai, G. and R. Krishnan. 2012. Role of management accounting systems in the development of efficacy of transactive memory systems. Journal of Management Accounting Research (24): 201-220.
Bai, G., F. Coronado and R. Krishnan. 2010. The role of performance measure noise in mediating the relation between task complexity and outsourcing. Journal of Management Accounting Research (22): 75-102.
Baik, B., D. B. Farber and S. Lee. 2011. CEO ability and management earnings forecasts. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(5): 1645-1668.
Bailes, J., B. Shane and C. D. Pielstick. 1988. Using your PC to project capital investment funds. Management Accounting (July): 59-62.
Bailes, J., I. Kleinsorge and L. White. 1992. How support services can use process control: The idea is to let people manage themselves. Management Accounting (October): 45-51.
Bailes, J., J. Nielsen and S. Lawton. 1998. How forest product companies analyze capital budgets. Management Accounting (October): 24-26, 28, 30.
Bailes, J. C. 1979. Lectures versus personalized instruction: An experimental study in elementary managerial accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 147-154. (JSTOR link).
Bailes, J. C. and I. K. Kleinsorge. 1992. Cutting waste with JIT. Management Accounting (June): 28-32. (Discussion of Oregon Cutting Systems (OCS) Zero inventory production system (ZIPS)).
Bailes, J. C. and J. F. Nielsen. 2001. Using decision trees to manage capital budgeting risk. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 14-17.
Bailes, J. C. and R. L. Edwards. 1987. Productivity boost: Treating employees as independent contractors. Management Accounting (October): 48-51.
Bailes, J. C., J. F. Nielsen and S. Wendell. 1979. Capital budgeting in the forest products industry. Management Accounting (July): 46-51, 57.
Bailey, A. D., K. Hackenbrack, P. de and J. Dillard. 1987. Artificial intelligence, cognitive science and computational modeling in auditing research: A research approach. Journal of Information Systems 1(2): 20-40.
Bailey, A. D. Jr. 1973. A dynamic programming approach to the analysis of different costing methods in accounting for inventories. The Accounting Review (July): 560-574. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, A. D. Jr. 1995. The practicing professional's mental model: Are we creating the right mental models for new professionals? Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 191-195.
Bailey, A. D. Jr. 2000. Discussion of AICPA/CICA SYSTRUST™ principles and criteria. Journal of Information Systems (Supplement): 9-16.
Bailey, A. D. Jr. 2008. Foreward - "Your intellectual property: Who owns it? Accounting Horizons (March): 47-48.
Bailey, A. D. Jr. and D. L. Jensen. 1977. A note on the interface between compliance and substantive tests. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 293-299. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, A. D. Jr. and D. L. Jensen. 1977. The two-dimensional time frame of common dollar statements. The Accounting Review (January): 229-232. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, A. D. Jr. and J. Gray. 1968. A study of the importance of the planning horizon on reports utilizing discounted future cash flows. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 98-105. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, A. D. Jr. and W. J. Boe. 1976. Goal and resource transfers in the multigoal organization. The Accounting Review (July): 559-573. (JTOR link).
Bailey, A. D. Jr., A. B. Whinston and P. T. Zacarias. 1989. Knowledge representation theory and the design of auditable office information systems. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-28.
Bailey, A. D. Jr., G. L. Duke, J. Gerlach, C. Ko, R. D. Meservy and A. B. Whinston. 1985. TICOM and the analysis of internal controls. The Accounting Review (April): 186-201. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, A. D. Jr., K. Hackenbrack, P. De and J. Dillard. 1987. Artificial intelligence, cognitive science, and computational modeling in auditing research: A research approach. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 20-40.
Bailey, A. D. Jr., W. J. Boe and T. Schnack. 1974. The audit staff assignment problem: A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 572-574. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, A. R. 1994. Accounting education: Gradual transition or paradigm shift. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 1-10.
Bailey, A. R. and W. F. Bentz. 1991. Accounting accreditation: Change and transition. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 168-177.
Bailey, C. D. 1989. Forgetting and the learning curve: A laboratory study. Management Science (35): 340-342.
Bailey, C. D. 2000. Learning-curve estimation of production costs and labor hours using a free Excel add-in. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 25-31.
Bailey, C. D. 2004. An unusual cash control procedure. Journal of Accounting Education 22(2): 119-129.
Bailey, C. D. and D. Collins. 2005. Goliath Corporation: An instructional case in transfer pricing policy. Journal of Accounting Education 23(4): 264-276.
Bailey, C. D. and E. V. McIntyre. 1992. Some evidence on the nature of relearning curves. The Accounting Review (April): 368-378. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, C. D and E. V. McIntyre. 1997. The relation between fit and prediction for alternative forms of learning curves and relearning curves. IIE Transactions (29): 487-495.
Bailey, C. D. and J. S. Soileau. 2011. Q-analytics: An ethics case on unlicensed software usage. Journal of Accounting Education 29(1): 50-59.
Bailey, C. D. and N. J. Fessler. 2011. The moderating effects of task complexity and task attractiveness on the impact of monetary incentives in repeated tasks. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 189-210.
Bailey, C. D., A. B. Collins, D. L. Collins and K. R. Lambert. 2009. An analysis of Southwest Airlines: Applying the Horngren, Datar, and Foster (2006) strategic profitability analysis approach. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 539-551.
Bailey, C. D., C. M. Daily and T. J. Phillips. 2011. Auditors' levels of dispositional need for closure and effects of hypothesis generation and confidence. Behavioral Research In Accounting 23(2): 27-50.
Bailey, C. D., D. R. Hermanson and T. J. Louwers. 2008. An examination of the peer review process in accounting journals. Journal of Accounting Education 26(2): 55-72.
Bailey, C. D., G. B. Harwood and W. Hopwood. 1984. Removing the computational burden from reciprocal cost allocations. Journal of Accounting Education 2(2): 169-176.
Bailey, C. D., I. Scott and S. J. Thoma. 2010. Revitalizing accounting ethics research in the neo-Kohlbergian framework: Putting the DIT into perspective. Behavioral Research In Accounting 22(2): 1-26. (The Defining Issues Test of moral judgment).
Bailey, C. D., L. D. Brown and A. F. Cocco. 1998. The effects of monetary incentives on worker learning and performance in an assembly task. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 119-131. (Summary).
Bailey, C. D., S. Gupta and R. W. Schrader. Do students’ judgment models of instructor effectiveness differ by course level, course content, or individual instructor? Journal of Accounting Education 18(1): 15-34.
Bailey, C. D., T. J. Phillips, Jr. and S. B. Scofield. 2005. Does "political bias" in the DIT or DIT-2 threaten validity in studies of CPAs? Behavioral Research in Accounting (17): 23-42.
Bailey, C. N., J. R. Hasselback and J. N. Karcher. 2001. Research misconduct in accounting literature: A survey of the most prolific researchers' actions and beliefs. Abacus 37(1): 26-54.
Bailey, D. 1990. Accounting in the shadow of Stalinism. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(6): 513-525.
Bailey, D. T. 1984. European accounting history, in H. P. Holzer (ed.), International Accounting, Harper and Row.
Bailey, E. J. 1977. The SEC and replacement cost: An urgent need to find a better answer. Management Accounting (December): 19-22.
Bailey, F. A. 1967. A note on PERT/Cost resource allocation. The Accounting Review (April): 361. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, G. D. 1939. Practical problems in governmental accounting. The Accounting Review (March): 52-57. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, G. D. 1944. Cost phases of war contract termination. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1235-1254.
Bailey, G. D. 1950. Current auditing problems. The Accounting Review (April): 125-132. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, J. A. 1995. Forming professional/educational partnerships. Management Accounting (May): 24-26.
Bailey, J. A. 1996. Measuring your mission. Management Accounting (December): 44-46.
Bailey, J. K. 1964. Organization planning: Whose responsibility? The Academy of Management Journal 7(2): 95-108. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, K. E. III, J. H. Bylinski and M. D. Shields. 1983. Effects of audit report wording changes on the perceived message. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 355-370. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, L. P. 1989. GASB's future role. Management Accounting (March): 54-57. (Proposal related to how to integrate the FASB and GASB rule making process).
Bailey, M. 1922. Accounting for depletion of minerals. Journal of Accountancy (March): 187-195.
Bailey, R. W. and R. Clarke. 2000. Global macroeconomic sustainability: A dynamic general equilibrium approach. Environment and Development Economics Special Issue: Advances in Green Accounting. (February and May): 177-194.
Bailey, W. J. and K. M. Sawers. 2012. In GAAP we trust: Examining how trust influences nonprofessional investor decisions under rules-based and principles-based standards. Behavioral Research In Accounting 24(1): 25-46.
Bailey, W. J., G. Hecht and K. L. Towry. 2011. Dividing the pie: The influence of managerial discretion extent on bonus pool allocation. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(5): 1562-1584.
Bailey, W. K. 1947. What cost accounting means to a production executive. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 851-858.
Bailey, W. T. 1981. The effects of audit reports on chartered financial analysts' perceptions of the sources of financial-statement and audit-report messages. The Accounting Review (October): 882-896. (JSTOR link).
Bailey, W. T. 1982. An appraisal of research designs used to investigate the information content of audit reports. The Accounting Review (January): 141-146. (JSTOR link).
Baily, H. H. 1929. Some observations on accounting in France and Germany. The Accounting Review (March): 38-43. (JSTOR link).
Baily, H. H. 1931. First-year examinations. The Accounting Review (March): 57-61. (JSTOR link).
Bailyn, L. 1977. Research as a cognitive process. Quality and Quantity (11): 97-117.
Baiman, S. 1975. The evaluation and choice of internal information systems within a multiperson world. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-15. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. 1979. Discussion of auditing: Incentives and truthful reporting. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Auditing-Selections from the "Research Opportunities in Auditing" Program): 25-29. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. 1982. Agency research in managerial accounting: A survey. Journal of Accounting Literature (1): 154-213.
Baiman, S. 1990. Agency research in managerial accounting: A second look. Accounting Organizations and Society 15(4): 314-371.
Baiman, S. 1991. Discussion of conservatism and auditor-client negotiations. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting Institutions in Markets and Organizations): 55-59. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. 2007. Editorial. Review of Accounting Studies 12(2-3): 181.
Baiman, S. 2008. Editorial. Review of Accounting Studies 13(2-3): 167.
Baiman, S. 2009. Editorial. Review of Accounting Studies 14(2-3): 203.
Baiman, S. 2010. Editorial. Review of Accounting Studies 15(3): 441.
Baiman, S. and B. L. Lewis. 1989. An experiment testing the behavioral equivalence of strategically equivalent employment contracts. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-20. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and J. H. Evans III. 1983. Pre-decision information and participative management control systems. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 371-395. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and J. Noel. 1985. Noncontrollable costs and responsibility accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 486-501. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and J. S. Demski. 1980. Economically optimal performance evaluation and control systems. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 184-220. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and K. Sivaramakrishnan. 1991. The value of private pre-decision information in a principal-agent context. The Accounting Review (October): 747-766. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 1994. On the design of unconditional monitoring systems in agencies. The Accounting Review (January): 217-229. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 1995. Centralization, delegation, and shared responsibility in the assignment of capital investment decision rights. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Managerial Accounting): 135-164. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 1995. The informational advantages of discretionary bonus schemes. The Accounting Review (October): 557-579. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 1998. Optimal cost targets and incentives for acquiring expertise. Review of Accounting Studies 3(3): 231-259.
Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 2002. Incentive issues in inter-firm relationships. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(3): 213-238.
Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 2002. The role of information and opportunism in the choice of buyer-supplier relationships. Studies on Accounting, Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 247-278. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S. and R. E. Verrecchia. 1995. Earnings and price-based compensation contracts in the presence of discretionary trading and incomplete contracting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 93-121.
Baiman, S. and R. E. Verrecchia. 1996. The relation among capital markets, financial disclosure, production efficiency, and insider trading. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-22. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S., D. F. Larcker and M. V. Rajan. 1995. Organizational design for business units. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 205-229. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S., J. H. Evans III and J. Noel. 1987. Optimal contracts with a utility-maximizing auditor. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 217-244. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S., J. H. Evans III and N. J. Nagarajan. 1991. Collusion in auditing. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-18. (JSTOR link).
Baiman, S., J. H. May and A. Mukherji. 1990. Optimal employment contracts and the returns to monitoring in a principal-agent context. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 761-799.
Baiman, S., P. Fischer, M. V. Rajan and R. Saouma. 2007. Resource allocation auctions within firms. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 915-946. (JSTOR link).
Bain, C. E., A. I. Blankley and D. A. Forgione. 2001. The Methodist Hospital system: Tax exemption and charitable responsibilities of not-for-profit hospitals. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 67-97.
Bain, C. E., A. I. Blankley and L. M. Smith. 2002. An examination of topical coverage for the first accounting information systems course. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 143-164.
Bainbridge, D. R. and J. W. Paul. 1986. Relating audit and internal control objectives: A missing step in specifying compliance tests. Journal of Accounting Education 4(2): 63-74.
Baines, A. and K. Langfield-Smith. 2003. Antecedents to management accounting change: A structural equation approach. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(7-8): 675-698.
Baird, J. E. and M. S. Rolfes. 2011. Onesource Corporate Consulting, Inc: Tax and financial reporting considerations. Journal of Accounting Education 29(4): 250-264.
Baird, J. E., R. C. Zelin II and L. A. Ruggle. 1998. Experimental evidence on the benefits of using "writing to learn" activities in accounting courses. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 259-276.
Baird, J. P. 1970. Computing product costs at a manufacturing firm. Management Accounting (February): 25-27, 30. (A computerized engineering specifications system).
Baird, K. M., G. L. Harrison and R. C. Reeve. 2004. Adoption of activity management practices: A note on the extent of adoption and the influence of organizational and cultural factors. Management Accounting Research (December): 383-399.
Baird, L. S. 1977. Self and superior ratings of performance: As related to self-esteem and satisfaction with supervision. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 291-300. (JSTOR link).
Baird, L. S. and W. C. Hamner. 1979. Individual versus systems rewards: Who's dissatisfied, why, and what is their likely response? The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 783-792. (JSTOR link).
Bairstow, C. W. 1924. Adjusting the books to the appraisal. Journal of Accountancy (November): 379-384.
Baitler, J. 2003. The power of effective procurement and strategic suppliers. Strategic Finance (August): 36-40.
Bajaj, A., W. E. Bradley and K. S. Cravens. 2008. SAAS: Integrating systems analysis with accounting and strategy for ex ante evaluation of IS investments. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 97-124.
Bakan, J. 2004. The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power. Free Press.
Bakay, A. and M. Moqbel. 2012. Explaining the accounting disclosure index of stock exchanges by foreign exchange market activity. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(2): 293-297.
Bakay, V. and S. Michel. 1984. Jackpot! Management Accounting (May): 26-36. (Casino accounting system).
Baker, A. 2005. Growing talent is everybody's business. Journal of Accountancy (September): 90-91.
Baker, C. R. 1974. Some observations on student values and their implications for accounting education: A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 576-577. (JSTOR link).
Baker, C. R. 1976. Accounting problems in the TV broadcast industry. Management Accounting (May): 41-42.
Baker, C. R. 1976. An investigation of differences in values: Accounting majors vs. nonaccounting majors. The Accounting Review (October): 886-893. (JSTOR link).
Baker, C. R. 1976. Defects in full-cost accounting in the petroleum industry. Abacus 12(2): 152-158.
Baker, C. R. 1977. Management strategy in a large accounting firm. The Accounting Review (July): 576-586. (JSTOR link).
Baker, C. R. 1979. Management strategy in a large accounting firm: A reply. The Accounting Review (January): 224-225. (JSTOR link).
Baker, C. R. 2008. The inevitable move to IFRS? The CPA Journal (December): 6-9.
Baker, C. R. and D. Prentice. 2007. The evolution of auditor liability under common law. Journal of Forensic Accounting 8(1-2): 183-200.
Baker, C. R. and L. B. Logan. 2006. Using action research to promote increased academic success for educationally disadvantaged students. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (3): 1-21.
Baker, C. T. and B. P. Dzielinski. 1960. Simulation of a simplified job shop. Management Science (April): 311-323. (JSTOR link).
Baker, D. D. 1995. Lease vs. buy: Avoid excess costs. Management Accounting (July): 38-39.
Baker, D. D. and J. B. Cullen. 1993. Administrative reorganization and configurational context: The contingent effects of age, size, and change in size. The Academy of Management Journal 36(6): 1251-1277. (JSTOR link).
Baker, D. W. 1986. Treadway commission: Its initial conclusions. Management Accounting (December): 6, 8. (Related to fraudulent financial reporting).
Baker, E. 1970. Case study: Corporate fee for a non-profit organization. Management Accounting (September): 25-26, 31.
Baker, E. H. 1944. New withholding tax procedures. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 381-386.
Baker, E. M. 1984. Counting costs: Another approach to supplier rating. Quality Progress (November): 67-69.
Baker, E. M. 1999. Scoring a Whole in One: People in Enterprise Playing in Concert (Best Management Practices). Crisp Publications. (Contents).
Baker, G. P. 1987. Discussion of an analysis of the use of accounting and market measures of performance in executive compensation contracts. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Stewardship Uses of Accounting Information): 126-129. (JSTOR link).
Baker, G. P. 1993. Growth, corporate policies, and the investment opportunity set. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January-July): 161-165.
Baker, H. K. and J. R. Nofsinger, Editors. 2010. Behavioral Finance: Investors, Corporations, and Markets. Wiley.
Baker, J. C. 1984. Capital budgeting in American and European companies.
Mid-Atlantic
Journal of Business (Summer): 15-28.
Baker, J. J. 1999. Cost Accounting for Healthcare Organizations: Utilizing Information and Technology for Effective Decision Making. McGraw Hill.
Baker, J. J. and R. W. Baker. 2000. Health Care Finance: Basic Tools for Nonfinancial Managers. Aspen Publishers, Inc.
Baker, J. M. 1942. Examination of books and records for use in a criminal trial. The Accounting Review (April): 150-156. (JSTOR link).
Baker, J. W. 1913. 20th Century Bookkeeping and Accounting: A treatise on Modern Bookkeeping, Accounting, and Business Customs, as Illustrated in the "Business Transactions" Which Accompany This Work. South-Western Publishing Co. Google eBook.
Baker, K. R. and R. E. Taylor. 1979. A linear programming framework for cost allocation and external acquisition when reciprocal services exist. The Accounting Review (October): 784-790. (JSTOR link).
Baker, R. 2011. The curious change in leadership at the IASB. The CPA Journal (November): 6 and 8.
Baker, R., F. Bayer, A. Gabbin, D. Izard, F. Jacobs and Polejewski. 1994. Summary of “outcomes assessment”: American Accounting Association Teaching and Curriculum Section outcomes assessment committee. Journal of Accounting Education 12(2): 105-114.
Baker, R., T. Christensen and D. Cottrell. 2010. Advanced Financial Accounting, 9th edition. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
Baker, R. E. 1964. The pension cost problem. The Accounting Review (January): 52-61. (JSTOR link).
Baker, R. E. 1966. Income of life insurance companies. The Accounting Review (January): 98-105. (JSTOR link).
Baker, R. E. 1996. Research concerning outcomes assessment for evaluating 150-hour accounting programs. Journal of Accounting Education 14(2): 169-177.
Baker, R. E. and B. Nowak. 1997. Statistics on student diversity and multiculturalism in higher education. Journal of Accounting Education 15(1): 71-94.
Baker, R. E. and C. E. White Jr. 1999. Internet uses in accounting education: Survey results. Journal of Accounting Education 17(2-3): 255-266.
Baker, R. E. and J. R. Simon. 1985. An assessment of the cognitive demands of the uniform CPA examination and implications for CPA review/preparation courses. Journal of Accounting Education 3(2): 15-29.
Baker, R. E., J. R. Simon and F. P. Bazeli. 1986. Assessment of the learning style preferences of accounting majors. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 1-12.
Baker, R. E., J. R. Simon and F. P. Bazeli. 1987. Selecting instructional design for introductory accounting based on the experiential learning model. Journal of Accounting Education 5(2): 207-226.
Baker, R. J. 2008. The firm of the future. Journal of Accountancy (November): 68-74.
Baker, R. J. 2009. Pricing on purpose: How to implement value pricing in your firm. Journal of Accountancy (June): 62-68.
Baker, R. J. 2010. Implementing Value Pricing: A Radical Business Model for Professional Firms. Wiley.
Baker, R. L. and R. M. Copeland. 1979. Evaluation of the stratified regression estimator for auditing accounting populations. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 606-617. (JSTOR link).
Baker, T. and R. E. Nelson. 2005. Creating something from nothing: Resource construction through entrepreneurial bricolage. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(3): 329-366. (JSTOR link).
Baker, W. M. 1994. Shedding the bean counter image. Management Accounting (October): 29-31. (Related to participation in systems design).
Baker, W. M. 2006. What's your main technology concern? Strategic Finance (December): 48-55. (Survey).
Baker, W. M. and D. S. Lester. 1994. Control plans for the new computer viruses. Management Accounting (September): 47-51.
Baker, W. M. and F. D. Roberts. 2006. Managing the costs of expatriation. Strategic Finance (May): 35-41.
Baker, W. M. and F. D. Roberts. 2010. Business tools: The next quantum leap. Strategic Finance (January): 28-35. (Person-less transactions on the Semantic web).
Baker, W. M. and P. R. Witmer. 1997. Intelligent agents go to work for management accountants. Management Accounting (April): 32, 34-35.
Baker, W. M., T. D. Fry and K. Karwan. 1994. The rise and fall of time-based manufacturing. Management Accounting (June): 56-59. (Related to problems caused by traditional accounting measurements).
Bakewell, K. G. B. 1989. The relevance of management principles and techniques to the smaller information unit. Library Management 10(6):15-23.
Bakewell, K. G. B. 1994. Information: The seventh management function? Library Management (15): 28-33.
Bakke, N. and R. Hellberg. 1991. Relevance lost? A critical discussion of different cost accounting principles in connection with decision making for both short and long term production scheduling. International Journal of Production Economics (24): 1-18.
Bakos, Y. and C. Dellarocas. 2011. Cooperation without enforcement? A comparative analysis of litigation and online reputation as quality assurance mechanisms. Management Science (November): 1944-1962.
Bakshi, G. and D. Madan. 2006. A theory of volatility spreads. Management Science (December): 1945-1956. (JSTOR link).
Bakshi, N., S. E. Flynn and N. Gans. 2011. Estimating the operational impact of container inspections at international ports. Management Science (January): 1-20.
Balachandran, B. V. 2007. The customer centricity culture: Drivers for sustainable profitability. Cost Management (November/December): 12-19 . (Discussion of a customer centricity pyramid with five levels: 1) customer satisfaction, 2) customer anticipation, 3) customer delight, 4) customer astonishment, and 5) customer symbiosis).
Balachandran, B. V. 1990. Discussion of “Optimal employment contracts and the returns to monitoring in a principal-agent context”. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 800-803.
Balachandran, B. V. and A. A. Zoltners. 1981. An interactive audit-staff scheduling decision support system. The Accounting Review (October): 801-812. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, B. V. and C. Srinivasan. 2012. Achieving operational excellence through a strategy-aligned execution platform: Extending the ERP models. Cost Management (January/February): 29-43.
Balachandran, B. V. and G. Navis. 1999. Volume adjusted costing: A quick and implementable solution. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 5-10.
Balachandran, B. V. and K. S. Sundar. 2003. Interface between ABC/M requirements and multi-dimensional databases. Cost Management (November/December): 33-39.
Balachandran, B. V. and R. T. S. Ramakrishnan. 1981. Joint cost allocation: A unified approach. The Accounting Review (January): 85-96. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, B. V. and R. T. S. Ramakrishnan. 1980. [Discussion of internal control and external auditing for incentive compensation schedules]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 182-183. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, B. V. and R. T. S. Ramakrishnan. 1980. Internal control and external auditing for incentive compensation schedules. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 140-171. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, B. V. and R. T. S. Ramakrishnan. 1987. A theory of audit partnerships: Audit firm size and fees. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 111-126. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, B. V. and S. V. Balachandran. 2005. Cost culture through cost management maturity model. Cost Management (November/December): 15-26.
Balachandran, B. V., K. N. Kantamneni and M. Pal. 2009. Performance metrics maturity model: Strategy aligned integrated linked scoring system. Cost Management (November/December): 5-14.
Balachandran, B. V., R. Balakrishnan and K. Sivaramakrishnan. 1997. On the efficiency of cost-based decision rules for capacity planning. The Accounting Review (October): 599-619. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, K. R. and R. E. Steuer. 1982. An interactive model for the CPA firm audit staff planning problem with multiple objectives. The Accounting Review (January): 125-140. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, K. R. and S. Radhakrishnan. 2005. Quality implications of warranties in a supply chain. Management Science (August): 1266-1277. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, K. R., R. A. Maschmeyer and J. L. Livingstone. 1981. Product warranty period: A Markovian approach to estimation and analysis of repair and replacement costs. The Accounting Review (January): 115-124. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, S. and P. Mohanram. 2010. Are CEOs compensated for value destroying growth in earnings? Review of Accounting Studies 15(3): 545-577.
Balachandran, S. and P. Mohanram. 2011. Is the decline in the value relevance of accounting driven by increased conservatism? Review of Accounting Studies 16(2): 272-301.
Balachandran, S. and P. Mohanram. 2012. Using residual income to refine the relationship between earnings growth and stock returns. Review of Accounting Studies 17(1): 134-165.
Balachandran, S., M. E. Carter and L. J. Lynch. 2004. Sink or swim? Firm's responses to underwater options. Journal of Management Accounting Research (16): 1-18.
Balachandran, S. V. 2006. How does residual income affect investment? The role of prior performance measures. Management Science (March): 383-394. (JSTOR link).
Balachandran, S. V., P. Joos and J. Weber. 2012. Do voting rights matter? Evidence from the adoption of equity-based compensation plans. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(4): 1204-1236.
Baladouni, V. 1966. The accounting perspective re-examined. The Accounting Review (April): 215-225. (JSTOR link). (The accounting universe is viewed as a behavioral process).
Baladouni, V. 1968. Instructional objectives in accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 582-585. (JSTOR link).
Baladouni, V. 1975. "It is up to us." - Arnold J. Toynbee. The Accounting Historians Journal 2(1-4): 45-48. (JSTOR Link).
Baladouni, V. 1976. George Soule. The Accounting Historians Journal 3(1-4): 72-76. (JSTOR Link).
Baladouni, V. 1981. The accounting records of the East India Company. The Accounting Historians Journal 8(1): 67-69. (JSTOR link).
Baladouni, V. 1983. Accounting in the early years of the East India Company. The Accounting Historians Journal 10(2): 63-80. (JSTOR link).
Baladouni, V. 1984. Etymological observations on some accounting terms. The Accounting Historians Journal 11(2): 101-109. (JSTOR link).
Baladouni, V. 1986. East India Company's 1783 balance of accounts. Abacus 22(2): 59-64.
Baladouni, V. 1986. Financial reporting in the early years of the East India Company. The Accounting Historians Journal 13(1): 19-30. (JSTOR link).
Baladouni, V. 1990. An early attempt at balance sheet classification and financial reporting. The Accounting Historians Journal 17(1): 27-45. (JSTOR link).
Baladouni, V. 1990. Charles Lamb: A man of letters and a clerk in the accountant's department of The East Indian Company. The Accounting Historians Journal 17(2): 21-36. (JSTOR link).
Balakrishnan, J. 2003. Spreadsheet optimization: A support tool for the theory of constraints. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 39-45.
Balakrishnan, K., E. Bartov and L. Faurel. 2010. Post loss/profit announcement drift. Journal of Accounting and Economics (May): 20-41.
Balakrishnan, P. V., S. Kumar and P. Han. 2011. Dual objective segmentation to improve targetability: An evolutionary algorithm approach*. Decision Sciences 42(4): 831-857.
Balakrishnan, R. 1989. On the decomposition of direct material variances. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 193-202.
Balakrishnan, R. 1990. The role of budgets and variances in repeated investment decisions. Contemporary Accounting Research 7(1): 105-122.
Balakrishnan, R. 1991. Information acquisition and resource allocation decisions. The Accounting Review (January): 120-139. (JSTOR link).
Balakrishnan, R. 1992. The value of communication in resource allocation decisions. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(2): 353-373.
Balakrishnan, R. 2010. Journal of Management Accounting Research editor's report. Journal of Management Accounting Research (22): 299-303.
Balakrishnan, R. 2011. Editorial. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): v.
Balakrishnan, R. 2011. Journal of Management Accounting Research editor's report. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 331-335.
Balakrishnan, R. 2012. Editor's report. Journal of Management Accounting Research (24): 221-224.
Balakrishnan, R. and G. B. Sprinkle. 2002. Integrating profit variance analysis and capacity costing to provide better managerial information. Issues in Accounting Education (May): 149-161.
Balakrishnan, R. and K. Sivaramakrishnan. 1996. Is assigning capacity costs to individual products necessary for capacity planning. Accounting Horizons (September): 1-11.
Balakrishnan, R. and K. Sivaramakrishnan. 2002. A critical overview of the use of full-cost data for planning and pricing. Journal of Management Accounting Research (14): 3-31.
Balakrishnan, R. and N. S. Soderstrom. 2000. The cost of system congestion: Evidence from the healthcare sector. Journal of Management Accounting Research (12): 97-114.
Balakrishnan, R. and U. Bhattacharya. 1997. Ace Company (B): The option value of waiting and capital budgeting. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 399-411.
Balakrishnan, R., E. Labro and K. Sivaramakrishnan. 2012. Product costs as decision aids: An analysis of alternative approaches (Part 1). Accounting Horizons (March): 1-20. (Description of four types of cost systems: Traditional volume-based systems, activity-based systems, time-driven activity-based systems, and resource consumption accounting).
Balakrishnan, R., E. Labro and K. Sivaramakrishnan. 2012. Product costs as decision aids: An analysis of alternative approaches (Part 2). Accounting Horizons (March): 21-41.
Balakrishnan, R., K. Sivaramakrishnan and S. Sunder. 2004. A resource granularity framework for estimating opportunity costs. Accounting Horizons (September): 197-206.
Balakrishnan, R., N. S. Soderstrom and T. D. West. 2007. Spending patterns with lapsing budgets: Evidence from U.S. Army Hospitals. Journal of Management Accounting Research (19): 1-23.
Balakrishnan, R., S. Hansen and E. Labro. 2011. Evaluating heuristics used when designing product costing systems. Management Science (March): 520-541.
Balakrishnan, R., T. J. Linsmeier and M. Venkatachalam. 1996. Financial benefits from JIT adoption: Effects of customer concentration and cost structure. The Accounting Review (April): 183-205. (JSTOR link).
Balakrishnan, R., T. S. Harris and P. K. Sen. 1990. The predictive ability of geographic segment disclosures. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 305-325. (JSTOR link).
Balammal, A., M. P. Ganesh and R. Madhumathi. 2013. Aligning field officers' motivation to the social mission of microfinance. Cost Management (March/April): 20-28.
Balanchandran, K. R., S. Li and S. Radhakrishnan. 2007. A framework for unused capacity: Theory and empirical analysis. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 21-38.
Balas, E. 1966. The dual method for the generalized transportation problem. Management Science (March): 555-568. (JSTOR link).
Balas, E. and P. L. Ivanescu. 1964. On the generalized transportation problem. Management Science (September): 188-202. (JSTOR link).
Balasubramanian, N. 2011. New plant venture performance differences among incumbent, diversifying, and entrepreneurial firms: The impact of industry learning intensity. Management Science (March): 549-565.
Balch, C. F. 1928. The railways and cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1).
Balch, C. V. 2010. Internet Survey Methodology. Cambridge Scholars Publishing.
Balch, F. N. 1932. How to tell the truth in accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 805-810.
Balch, J. 1934. Some aspects of standard costs. The Accounting Review (March): 29-32. (JSTOR link).
Baldenius, T. 2000. Intrafirm trade, bargaining power, and specific investments. Review of Accounting Studies 5(1): 27-56.
Baldenius, T. 2003. Delegated investment decisions and private benefits of control. The Accounting Review (October): 909-930. (JSTOR link).
Baldenius, T. 2006. Discussion of “Divisional performance measurement and transfer pricing for intangible assets”. Review of Accounting Studies 11(2-3): 367-376.
Baldenius, T. and A. Ziv. 2003. Performance evaluation and corporate income taxes in a sequential delegation setting. Review of Accounting Studies 8(2-3): 283-309.
Baldenius, T. and S. Reichelstein. 2005. Incentives for efficient inventory management: The role of historical cost. Management Science (July): 1032-1045. (JSTOR link).
Baldenius, T. and S. Reichelstein. 2006. External and internal pricing in multidivisional firms. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 1-28. (JSTOR link).
Baldenius, T. and X. Meng. 2010. Signaling firm value to active investors. Review of Accounting Studies 15(3): 584-619.
Baldenius, T., N. D. Melumad and S. Reichelstein. 2004. Integrating managerial and tax objectives in transfer pricing. The Accounting Review (July): 591-615. (JSTOR link).
Baldenius, T., S. Reichelstein and S. A. Sahay. 1999. Negotiated versus cost-based transfer pricing. Review of Accounting Studies 4(2): 67-91.
Balderston, F. E. 1958. Communication networks in intermediate markets. Management Science (January): 154-171. (JSTOR link).
Balderston, F. E. 1966. Financial regulation as a control system problem: The case of the savings and loan industry. Management Science (June): B417-B432. (JSTOR link).
Baldiga, N. R. 2005. Looking forward: A talk with Leslie Murphy. Journal of Accountancy (September): 34-36.
Baldiga, N. R. 2005. Opportunity and balance: Is your organization ready to provide both? Journal of Accountancy (May): 39-44.
Baldridge, J. V. and R. A. Burnham. 1975. Organizational innovation: Individual, organizational, and environmental impacts. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 165-176. (JSTOR link).
Baldvinsdottir, G., F. Mitchell and H. Nørreklit. 2010. Issues in the relationship between theory and practice in management accounting. Management Accounting Research (June): 79-82.
Baldwin, A. A., B. W. Morris and J. H. Scheiner. 2000. Where do AIS researchers publish? International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 1(2): 123-134.
Baldwin, A. M. 1965. Controllership in a defense contracting business. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 57-63.
Baldwin, B. A. 1980. On positioning the quiz: An empirical analysis. The Accounting Review (October): 664-671. (JSTOR link).
Baldwin, B. A. 1984. Segment earnings disclosure and the ability of security analysts to forecast earnings per share. The Accounting Review (July): 376-389. (JSTOR link).
Baldwin, B. A. 1993. Teaching introductory financial accounting in mass-lecture sections: Longitudinal evidence. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 97-111.
Baldwin, B. A. 1984. The role of difficulty and discrimination in constructing multiple-choice examinations: With guidelines for practical application. Journal of Accounting Education 2(1): 19-28.
Baldwin, B. A. and D. C. Kneer. 1986. EDP audit education and EDP auditor characteristics: Empirical data from practitioners and professors. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 153-167.
Baldwin, B. A. and K. R. Howe. 1982. Secondary-level study of accounting and subsequent performance in the first college course. The Accounting Review (July): 619-626. (JSTOR link).
Baldwin, B. A. and P. M. J. Reckers. 1984. Exploring the role of learning style research in accounting education policy. Journal of Accounting Education 2(2): 63-76.
Baldwin, B. A. and R. W. Ingram. 1991. Rethinking the objectives and content of elementary accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 9(1): 1-14.
Baldwin, B. A. and T. P. Howard. 1983. Intertopical sequencing of examination questions: An empirical evaluation. Journal of Accounting Education 1(2): 89-95.
Baldwin, B. A., D. A. Hansen, K. R. Howe and D. D. Wasson. 1989. Repeating the first college-level accounting course: Empirical evidence from four institutions. Journal of Accounting Education 7(1): 9-23.
Baldwin, B. A., D. D. Pattison and R. B. Toolson. 1989. Intertopical ordering effects: The case of managerial accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 7(1): 83-91.
Baldwin, C. Y. and K. B. Clark. 2006. The architecture of participation: Does code architecture mitigate free riding in the open source development model? Management Science (July): 1116-1127. (JSTOR link).
Baldwin, J. N. and D. L. Chesser. 2003. An approach to integrating accounting courses. Journal of Accounting Education 21(2): 101-126.
Baldwin, R. 1956. A practitioner's plea for more training in written English. The Accounting Review (July): 358-362. (JSTOR link).
Baldwin, R. E., R. E. Lipsey and J. D. Richardson. 1998. Geography and Ownership as Bases for Economic Accounting (National Bureau of Economic Research Studies in Income and Wealth). University of Chicago Press.
Baldwin, T. T., M. D. Bedell and J. L. Johnson. 1997. The social fabric of a team-based M.B.A. program: Network effects on student satisfaction and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 40(6): 1369-1397. (JSTOR link).
Baldwin, W. 1982. This is the answer. Forbes (July 5): 50-52.
Baldwin, W. E. 1957. Tool costing in aircraft production. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 51-56.
Bali, T. G., N. Cakici and F. Chabi-Yo. 2011. A generalized measure of riskiness. Management Science (August): 1406-1423.
Baligh, H. H. 2011. Organization Structures: Theory and Design, Analysis and Prescription. Springer.
Baligh, H. H. and L. E. Richartz. 1964. An analysis of vertical market structures. Management Science (July): 667-689. (JSTOR link).
Balinski, M. L. 1965. Integer programming: Methods, uses, computation. Management Science (November): 253-313. (JSTOR link).
Balinski, M. L. and R. E. Gomory. 1964. A primal method for the assignment and transportation problems. Management Science (April): 578-593. (JSTOR link).
Balintfy, J. L. 1964. On a basic class of multi-item inventory problems. Management Science (January): 287-297. (JSTOR link).
Balk, W. L. 1969. Status perceptions of management "peers". The Academy of Management Journal 12(4): 431-437. (JSTOR link).
Balkcom, J. E., C. D. Ittner and D. F. Larcker. 1997. Strategic performance measurement: Lessons learned and future directions. Journal of Strategic Performance Measurement 1(2): 22-32.
Balke, T. E. and J. K. Harris. 1976. An analysis of APB opinion coverage in the CPA examination. The Accounting Review (April): 370-375. (JSTOR link).
Balke, W. M., K. R. Hammond and G. D. Meyer. 1973. An alternate approach to labor-management relations. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(3): 311-327. (JSTOR link).
Balkin, D. B., G. D. Markman and L. R. Gomez-Mejia. 2000. Is CEO pay in high-technology firms related to innovation? The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1118-1129. (JSTOR link).
Balkundi, P. and D. A. Harrison. 2006. Ties, leaders, and time in teams: Strong inference about network structure's effects on team viability and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 49(1): 49-68. (JSTOR link). 2006. Erratum: Ties, leaders, and time in teams: Strong inference about network structure's effects on team viability and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 49(4): 630. (JSTOR link).
Ball, G. A., L. K. Trevino and H. P. Sims, Jr. 1994. Just and unjust punishment: Influences on subordinate performance and citizenship. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 299-322. (JSTOR link).
Ball, I. 2009. Serving the public interest: How the IFAC fulfills its mission in a globalized economy. Cost Management (January/February): 34-39.
Ball, N. H. 1943. Cost systems for contracts with forward pricing articles. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 963-970.
Ball, R. 1971. Index of empirical research in accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-31. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. 1972. Changes in accounting techniques and stock prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 1-38. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. 1980. Discussion of accounting for research and development costs: The impact on research and development expenditures. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 27-37. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. 1990. Discussion of “Specification problems with information content of earnings: Revisions and rationality of expectations and self-selection bias”. Contemporary Accounting Research 7(1): 178-184.
Ball, R. 1992. The earnings-price anomaly. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June-September): 319-345.
Ball, R. 2008. What is the actual economic role of financial reporting? Accounting Horizons (December): 427-432.
Ball, R. and E. Bartov. 1996. How naive is the stock market's use of earnings information? Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 319-337.
Ball, R. and G. Foster. 1982. Corporate financial reporting: A methodological review of empirical research. Journal of Accounting Research (Supplement: Studies on Current Research Methodologies in Accounting: A Critical Evaluation): 161-234. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. and G. Foster. 1982. [Discussion of corporate financial reporting: A methodological review of empirical research]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Supplement: Studies on Current Research Methodologies in Accounting: A Critical Evaluation): 245-248. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. and G. M. MacDonald. 1995. Editorial: Organizations, incentives, and innovation. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 177.
Ball, R. and J. S. Wu. 2004. Jinan Qingqi Motorcycle Co., Ltd. Journal of Accounting Education 22(4): 325-344.
Ball, R. and L. Shivakumar. 2005. Earnings quality in UK private firms: Comparative loss recognition timeliness. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 83-128.
Ball, R. and L. Shivakumar. 2006. The role of accruals in asymmetrically timely gain and loss recognition. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 207-242. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. and L. Shivakumar. 2008. Earnings quality at initial public offerings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 324-349.
Ball, R. and P. Brown. 1968. An empirical evaluation of accounting income numbers. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 159-178. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. and P. Brown. 1969. Portfolio theory and accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 300-323. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R. and S. P. Kothari. 1991. Security returns around earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (October): 718-738. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R., A. Robin and G. Sadka. 2008. Is financial reporting shaped by equity markets or by debt markets? An international study of timeliness and conservatism. Review of Accounting Studies 13(2-3): 168-205.
Ball, R., A. Robin, and J. S. Wu. 2003. Incentives versus standards: Properties of accounting income in four East Asian countries. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 235-270.
Ball, R., B. Lev and R. Watts. 1976. Income variation and balance sheet compositions. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-9. (JSTOR link).
Ball, R., R. G. Walker and G. P. Whittred. 1979. Audit qualifications and share prices. Abacus 15(1): 23-34.
Ball, R., R. L. Watts and J. L. Zimmerman. 1987. The first eight years of the Journal of Accounting and Economics. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 3-6.
Ball, R., R. L. Watts and J. L. Zimmerman. 1992. Five year report on the Journal of Accounting & Economics. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 3-6.
Ball, R., R. L. Watts and J. L. Zimmerman. 1997. Five year report on the Journal of Accounting and Economics. Journal of Accounting and Economics (May): 3-6.
Ball, R., S. Jayaraman and L. Shivakumar. 2012. Audited financial reporting and voluntary disclosure as complements: A test of the Confirmation Hypothesis. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February-April): 136-166.
Ball, R., S. P. Kothari and A. Robin. 2000. Corrigendum to “The effect of international institutional factors on properties of accounting earnings”; [Journal of Accounting and Economics 29 (2000) 1–51]. Journal of Accounting and Economics (October): 241.
Ball, R., S. P. Kothari and A. Robin. 2000. The effect of international institutional factors on properties of accounting earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 1-51.
Ball, R., S. P. Kothari and R. L. Watts. 1993. Economic determinants of the relation between earnings changes and stock returns. The Accounting Review (July): 622-638. (JSTOR link).
Ball, S. 2006. Making the cost of quality practical. Strategic Finance (July): 34-41.
Ballantine, A. A. 1925. Taxable income. Journal of Accountancy (November): 349-354.
Ballantine, H. W. and G. S. Hills. 1935. Corporate capital and restrictions upon dividends. The Accounting Review (September): 246-268. (JSTOR link).
Ballantine, J., S. Brignall and S. Modell. 1998. Performance measurement and management in public health services: A comparison of U.K. and Swedish practice. Management Accounting Research (March): 71-94.
Ballantine, J. A., A. Duff and P. M. Larres. 2008. Accounting and business students’ approaches to learning: A longitudinal study. Journal of Accounting Education 26(3): 188-201.
Ballard, W. H. 1984. Ten ways to better electronic 'calc'ulating. Management Accounting (June): 50-54.
Ballas, A. and V. Theoharakis. 2003. Faculty perceptions of readership patterns of accounting journals: A global view. Contemporary Accounting Research (June).
Ballas, A. A. 1998. The creation of the auditing profession in Greece. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(8): 715-736.
Balle, F. and M. Balle. 2005. The Gold Mine: A Novel of Lean Turnaround. The Lean Enterprise Institute.
Balle, M. and F. Belle. 2009. The Lean Manager: A Novel of Lean Transformation. The Lean Enterprise Institute.
Ballengee, N. B. 1990. Developing a performance appraisal system. Management Accounting (September): 52-54. (Small business appraisal system for professional staff).
Ballew, V. 1982. Technological routineness and intra-unit structure in CPA firms. The Accounting Review (January): 88-104. (JSTOR link).
Ballingall, J. B. 1922. Dairy accounting. Journal of Accountancy (February): 100-106.
Ballou, B., D. L. Heitger and T. D. Schultz. 2010. The actions-to-value framework: Linking managerial behavior to organizational value. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 1-9.
Ballou, B. 2001. The relationship between auditor characteristics and the nature of review notes for analytical procedure working papers. Behavioral Research In Accounting (13): 25-48.
Ballou, B. and D. L. Heitger. 2005. A building-block approach for implementing COSO's enterprise risk management-integrated framework. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter):1-10.
Ballou, B. and J. M. Mueller. 2005. Helecome Communications: Considering fraud risk on an engagement before and after analyzing a key business process. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 99-118.
Ballou, B. and N. H. Godwin. 2007. Quality of "work life". Strategic Finance (October): 40-45.
Ballou, B. and R. S. King. 1999. Olympic soccer comes to Birmingham: Managing a nonprofit organization's accounting and finance in a public setting. Journal of Accounting Education 17(4): 443-472.
Ballou, B. and W. R. Knechel. 2002. Ceskoslovenska Obchodni Banka, a.s.: Applying business risk audit techniques in an emerging market economy. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 289-331.
Ballou, B., D. L. Heitger and D. Stoel. 2011. How boards of directors perceive risk management information. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 14-22.
Ballou, B., D. L. Heitger and L. Donnell. 2010. Creating effective dashboards. Strategic Finance (March): 26-32.
Ballou, B., D. L. Heitger and R. Tabor. 2003. Nonfinancial performance measures in the healthcare industry. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 11-16.
Ballou, B., D. L. Heitger and T. D. Schultz. 2009. Measuring the costs of responding to business risks. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 1-11.
Ballou, B., D. L. Heitger, C. E. Landes and M. Adams. 2006. The future of corporate sustainability reporting. Journal of Accountancy (December): 65-72.
Ballou, B., J. Cashell and D. L. Heitger. 2008. Alternatives for addressing major challenges in teaching introductory auditing courses. Journal of Accounting Education 26(4): 231-244.
Ballou, B., J. Mueller and P. Zikmund. 2004. Student case: TruGloss Shanghai JV. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 433-456. ( Investigating Fraud in an International Joint Venture).
Ballou, B., N. H. Godwin and R. T. Shortridge. 2003. Firm value and employee attitudes on workplace quality. Accounting Horizons (December): 329-341.
Ballou, B., N. H. Godwin and V. Tilbury. 2000. Riverfest: Managing risk and measuring performance at Little Rock's annual music and arts festival. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 483-512.
Ballou, B., R. J. Casey, J. H. Grenier and D. L. Heitger. 2012. Exploring the strategic integration of sustainability initiatives: Opportunities for accounting research. Accounting Horizons (June): 265-288.
Ballwieser, W. 1996. Accounting treatments for goodwill and other intangible assets in Germany. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 479-481.
Ballwieser, W. 1996. Reply. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 497.
Baloff, N. 1966. The learning curve - Some controversial issues. Journal of Industrial Economics (July): 275-282.
Baloff, N. and J. W. Kennelly. 1967. Accounting implications of product and process start-ups. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 131-143. (JSTOR link).
Balogun, J. and G. Johnson. 2004. Organizational restructuring and middle manager sensemaking. The Academy of Management Journal 47(4): 523-549. (JSTOR link).
Balsam, S. 1994. Extending the method of accounting for stock appreciation rights to employee stock options. Accounting Horizons (December): 52-60.
Balsam, S. 2007. A bid for fair value. Journal of Accountancy (September): 42-45.
Balsam, S. and R. Lipka. 1998. Share prices and alternative measures of earnings per share. Accounting Horizons (September): 234-249.
Balsam, S. and S. Miharjo. 2007. The effect of equity compensation on voluntary executive turnover. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 95-119.
Balsam, S., A. J. Irani and Q. J. Yin. 2012. Impact of job complexity and performance on CFO compensation. Accounting Horizons (September): 395-416.
Balsam, S., A. L. Reitenga and J. Yin. 2008. Option acceleration in response to SFAS No. 123(R). Accounting Horizons (March): 23-45.
Balsam, S., E. Bartov and C. Marquardt. 2002. Accruals management, investor sophistication, and equity valuation: Evidence from 10-Q filings. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 987-1012. (JSTOR link).
Balsam, S., H. A. Mozes, and H. A. Newman. 2003. Managing pro forma stock option expense under SFAS No. 123. Accounting Horizons (March): 31-45.
Balsam, S., I. Haw and S. B. Lilien. 1995. Mandated accounting changes and managerial discretion. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 3-29.
Balsam, S., S. O'Keefe and M. M Wiedemer. 2007. Frontline reaction to FASB 123(R). Journal of Accountancy (April): 54-56. (Expensing employee stock options).
Baltussen, G., T. Post and P. van Vliet. 2006. Violations of cumulative prospect theory in mixed gambles with moderate probabilities. Management Science (August): 1288-1290. (JSTOR link).
Balvers, R. J., B. McDonald and R. E. Miller. 1988. Underpricing of new issues and the choice of auditor as a signal of investment banker reputation. The Accounting Review (October): 605-622. (JSTOR link).
Balwin, A. A., C. E. Brown and B. S. Trinkle. 2006. XBRL: An impacts framework and research challenge. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (3): 97-116.
Balwin-Morgan, A. 1993. The impact of expert system audit tools on auditing firms in the year 2001. A Delphi investigation. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 16-34.
Bamber, E. M. 1983. Expert judgment in the audit team: A source reliability approach. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 396-412. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, E. M. 1993. Opportunities in behavioral accounting research. Behavioral Research In Accounting (5): 1-29.
Bamber, E. M. and D. Snowball. 1988. An experimental study of the effects of audit structure in uncertain task environments. The Accounting Review (July): 490-504. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, E. M. and J. H. Bylinski. 1984. Attribute sampling: A review in light of SAS no. 39. Journal of Accounting Education 2(1): 83-97.
Bamber, E. M. and L. S. Bamber. 2006. Using 10-K reports brings management accounting to life. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 267-290. (The Bambers develop a series of mini-cases from 10Ks).
Bamber, E. M. and R. A. Stratton. 1997. The information content of the uncertainty-modified audit report: Evidence from bank loan officers. Accounting Horizons (June): 1-11.
Bamber, E. M., D. Snowball and R. M. Tubbs. 1989. Audit structure and its relation to role conflict and role ambiguity: An empirical investigation. The Accounting Review (April): 285-299. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, E. M., M. C. Hill and R. T. Watson. 1998. Audit groups and group support systems: A framework and propositions for future research. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 45-73.
Bamber, E. M., R. J. Ramsay and R. M. Tubbs. 1997. An examination of the descriptive validity of the belief-adjustment model and alternative attitudes to evidence in auditing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(3-4): 249-268.
Bamber, L. S. 1986. The information content of annual earnings releases: A trading volume approach. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 40-56. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, L. S. 1987. Unexpected earnings, firm size, and trading volume around quarterly earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (July): 510-532. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, L. S. and K. E. Hughes III. 2001. Activity-based costing in the service sector: The Buckeye national bank. Issues in Accounting Education (August): 381-408.
Bamber, L. S. and Y. S. Cheon. 1995. Differential price and volume reactions to accounting earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (July): 417-441. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, L. S. and Y. S. Cheon. 1998. Discretionary management earnings forecast disclosures: Antecedents and outcomes associated with forecast venue and forecast specificity choices. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 167-190. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, L. S., O. E. Barron and D. E. Stevens. 2011. Trading volume around earnings announcements and other financial reports: Theory, research design, empirical evidence, and directions for future research. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(2): 431-471.
Bamber, L. S., O. E. Barron and T. L. Stober. 1997. Trading volume and different aspects of disagreement coincident with earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (October): 575-597. (JSTOR link).
Bamber, L. S., T. E. Christensen and K. M. Gaver. 2000. Do we really 'know' what we think we know? A case study of seminal research and its subsequent overgeneralization. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(2): 103-129.
Bamberger, P., M. Admati-Dvir and G. Harel. 1995. Gender-based wage and promotion discrimination in Israeli high-technology firms: Do unions make a difference? The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1744-1761. (JSTOR link).
Bamberger, P. A., A. N. Kluger and R. Suchard. 1999. The antecedents and consequences of union commitment: A meta-analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 42(3): 304-318. (JSTOR link).
Bame-Aldred, C, J. T. Sweeney and D. Seifert. 2007. An examination of the effectiveness of Sarbanes-Oxley whistle-blower protection. Journal of Forensic Accounting 8(1-2): 105-118.
Bame-Aldred, C. W. and T. Kida. 2007. A comparison of auditor and client initial negotiation positions and tactics. Accounting, Organizations and Society 32(6): 497-511.
Bamford, J., D. Ernst and D. G. Fubini. 2004. Launching a world-class joint venture. Harvard Business Review (February): 90-100.
Banaji, M. R., M. H. Bazerman and D. Chugh. 2003. How (Un)ethical are you? Harvard Business Review (December): 56-64.
Banas, S. F. 1952. Management needs facts - and vice versa. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1179-1186.
Bancroft, D. S. 1977. Financial management of a public school district. Management Accounting (July): 24-28.
Bandura, A. 1986. Social Foundations of Thought and Action. A Social Cognitive Theory. Prentice Hall.
Bandury, J. and J. E. Nahapiet. 1979. Towards a framework for the study of the antecedents and consequences of information systems in organizations. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(3): 163-177.
Bandyopadhyay, J. K. 1993. Poka yokay systems to ensure zero defect quality manufacturing. International Journal of Management 10 (1): 29-33.
Bandyopadhyay, S. P. 1994. Market reaction to earnings announcements of successful efforts and full cost firms in the oil and gas industry. The Accounting Review (October): 657-674. (JSTOR link).
Bandyopadhyay, S. P., C. Changling, A. G. Huang and R. Jha. 2010. Accounting conservatism and the temporal trends in current earnings' ability to predict future cash flows versus future earnings: Evidence on the trade-off between relevance and reliability. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(2): 413-460.
Bandyopadhyay, S. P., J. D. Hanna and G. Richardson. 1994. Capital market effects of U.S.-Canada GAAP differences. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 262-277. (JSTOR link).
Banerjee, R. 1965. Comments on "Statistical control of time standards". Management Science (March): 602-603. (JSTOR link).
Bangs, R. B. 1940. The definition and measurement of income. The Accounting Review (September): 353-371. (JSTOR link).
Banham, R. 2005. Valuing IP post-Sarbanes-Oxley. Journal of Accountancy (November): 72-78.
Banham, R. 2010. Game changer: Want to score big with your next new product or growth strategy? Take it one level at a time. CFO (September): 56-59 .
Banham, R. 2010. Have no fear, the consultants are here: Hiring outside expertise has long been a perilous exercise, but clients are gaining the upper hand. CFO (June): 56-59 .
Banham, R. 2010. Matter of perception: CFO compensation is up and down. That should make shareholders and finance chiefs happy, which is no easy feat. CFO (October): 60-65 .
Banham, R. 2010. The shape to things to come: L, V, or W? Perhaps a check mark, or something with a wiggly tail? Top economists debate what the recovery will look like. CFO (March): 48-53 .
Banham, R. 2010. Shape shifters: Top economists tinker with their projections for 2011. CFO (December): 48-51 .
Banham, R. 2010. Strategic inquisitions: We ask CFOs what it takes to become a true partner in setting company strategy. CFO (December): 42-47 .
Banham, R. 2011. Disaster averted? A torrent of bad news for business may be good news for enterprise risk management. CFO (April): 56-63. ("Thanks to the global financial meltdown, we now know what a "black swan" is. But do we know from which direction the next one will swim into view, and what to do when it does? Black swans are, or course, those highly improbable but painfully consequential events that strike from the blue - or from the streets of Cairo, or from an offshore oil rig, or from a poorly designed car part. They can destroy a company's reputation, cripple its financial performance, and perhaps even kill it outright.")
Banham, R. 2011. Enjoy the ride: CFO compensation made headway last year, but the sailing may not be so smooth in 2011. CFO (October): 60-67 .
Banham, R. 2011. Going public by accident: Private companies may unwittingly find themselves in the public eye when shares are traded too freely. CFO (March): 58-62.
Banham, R. 2011. Let it roll: Why more companies are abandoning budgets in favor of rolling forecasts. CFO (May): 42-47.
Banham, R. 2011. Looking in the mouth of the gift card: Consumers love them, and so do companies. But finance departments face plenty of challenges in managing them well. CFO (September): 58-62.
Banham, R. 2011. Space race: The weak real estate market offers CFO's a great opportunity. Here's how to maximize it. CFO (January/February): 59-63.
Banham, R. 2011. The price is (more) right: Improved technology - and leadership from finance - may help companies optimize their margins. CFO (June): 60-63.
Banham, R. 2011. What ever happened to the virtual close? CFO (November): 62-66.
Banham, R. 2012. Freed from the budget: Many companies see budgeting as a time-consuming exercise of limited value. Some are resorting to a radical fix: Getting rid of the budget. CFO (September): 41-46. (Includes 10 reasons for replacing the budget and six things beyond budgeting companies do instead of budgeting).
Banham, R. 2012. Too much of a good thing: Working capital is piling up at America's largest companies. CFO (July/August): 46-53. (The 2012 CFO/REL working capital scorecard includes: Days sales outstanding, Days inventory outstanding, Days payables outstanding, and Days working capital).
Banham, R. 2012. When the boomers go: The coming retirement of the baby boomers could leave businesses short of critical knowledge and skills. Make sure it doesn't happen to your company. CFO (June): 50-55.
Banham, R. 2012. Where the money is, and the security isn't. CFO (January/February): 31-32.
Banham, R. and N. Webb. 2012. Project runaway: Strategic visions are great, but they can turn into nightmares at the project level. CFO (May): 46-51.
Banker, R. D. 1992. Selection of efficiency evaluation models. Contemporary Accounting Research 9(1): 343-355.
Banker, R. D. and G. Potter. 1993. Economic implications of single cost driver systems. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 15-32.
Banker, R. D. and H. H. Johnston. 1993. An empirical study of cost drivers in the U.S. airline industry. The Accounting Review (July): 576-601. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on cost drivers).
Banker, R. D. and J. S. Hughes. 1994. Product costing and pricing. The Accounting Review (July): 479-494. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D. and L. Chen. 2006. Predicting earnings using a model based on cost variability and cost stickiness. The Accounting Review (March): 285-307. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D. and S. C. Hansen. 2002. The adequacy of full-cost-based pricing heuristics. Journal of Management Accounting Research (14): 33-58.
Banker, R. D. and S. M. Datar. 1987. Accounting for labor productivity in manufacturing operations: An application. Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Edited by W. J. Bruns, Jr. and R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press: 169-203.
Banker, R. D. and S. M. Datar. 1989. Sensitivity, precision, and linear aggregation of signals for performance evaluation. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 21-39. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D. and S. M. Datar. 1992. Optimal transfer pricing under postcontract information. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(2): 329-352.
Banker, R. D., G. Potter and D. Srinivasan. 2000. An empirical investigation of an incentive plan that includes nonfinancial performance measures. The Accounting Review (January): 65-92. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D., G. Potter and R. G. Schroeder. 1993. Reporting manufacturing performance measures to workers: An empirical study. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 33-55. (Summary).
Banker, R. D., G. Potter and R. G. Schroeder. 1995. An empirical analysis of manufacturing overhead cost drivers. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 115-137.
Banker, R. D., H. Chang and M. Pizzini. 2011. The judgmental effects of strategy maps in balanced scorecard performance evaluations. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 12(4): 259-279.
Banker, R. D., H. Chang and R. Natarajan. 2005. Productivity change, technical progress, and relative efficiency change in the public accounting industry. Management Science (February): 291-304. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D., H. Chang, M. J. Pizzini. 2004. The balanced scorecard: Judgmental effects of performance measures linked to strategy. The Accounting Review (January): 1-23. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D., H. Chang and R. Cunningham. 2003. The public accounting industry production function. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 255-281.
Banker, R. D., H. Chang and S. Das. 1998. Standard estimation, standard tightness, and benchmarking: A method with an application to nursing services. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 133-152.
Banker, R. D., H. Chang and Y. Kao. 2002. Impact of information technology on public accounting firm productivity. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 209-222.
Banker, R. D., H. Chang and Y. Kao. 2002. Reply to Discussion of Impact of information technology on public accounting firm productivity. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 227-229.
Banker, R. D., I. Hwang and B. K. Mishra. 2002. Product costing and pricing under long-term capacity commitment. Journal of Management Accounting Research (14): 79-97.
Banker, R. D., I. R. Bardhan and T. Chen. 2008. The role of manufacturing practices in mediating the impact of activity-based costing on plant performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(1): 1-19.
Banker, R. D., J. M. Field, R. G. Schroeder and K. K. Sinha. 1996. Impact of work teams on manufacturing performance: A longitudinal field study. The Academy of Management Journal 39(4): 867-890. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D., R. Huang and R. Natarajan. 2011. Equity incentives and long-term value created by SG&A expenditure. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(3): 794-830.
Banker, R. D., S. Das and S. M. Datar. 1993. Complementarity of prior accounting information: The case of stock dividend announcements. The Accounting Review (January): 28-47. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D., S. Devaraj, R. G. Schroeder and K. K. Sinha. 2002. Performance impact of the elimination of direct labor variance reporting: A field study. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 1013-1036. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D., S. Lee and G. Potter. 1996. A field study of the impact of a performance-based incentive plan. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 195-226.
Banker, R. D., S. Lee, G. Potter and D. Srinivasan. 1996. Contextual analysis of performance impacts of outcome-based incentive compensation. The Academy of Management Journal 39(4): 920-948. (JSTOR link).
Banker, R. D., S. Lee, G. Potter and D. Srinivasan. 2000. An empirical analysis of continuing improvements following the implementation of a performance-based compensation plan. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 315-350.
Banker, R. D., S. M. Datar and M. J. Mazur. 1990. Testing the optimality of a performance evaluation measure for a gainsharing contract. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 809-824.
Banker, R. D., S. M. Datar and S. Kekre. 1988. Relevant costs, congestion and stochasticity in production environments. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 171-197.
Banker, R. D., S. M. Datar, S. Kekre and T. Mukhopadbyay. 1990. Costs of product and process complexity. Measures for Manufacturing Excellence. Edited by R. S. Kaplan (Harvard Business School Press) Chapter 9: 269-290.
Banker, R. D., W. W. Cooper and G. Potter. 1992. A perspective on research in governmental accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 496-510. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on accounting in the public sector).
Banks, A. S. 1919. Operations of the grain corporation. Journal of Accountancy (June): 420-426.
Banks, C. W. 1976. Applying standard cost to recycled product: The automobile tire. Management Accounting (August): 51-53.
Banks, D. W. and W. R. Kinney, Jr. 1982. Loss contingency reports and stock prices: An empirical study. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 240-254. (JSTOR link).
Banks, I. D. 1977. Internal control of on-line and real-time computer systems. Management Accounting (June): 28-30.
Banks, J. and D. Coutu. 2008. Managing yourself: How to protect your job in a recession. Harvard Business Review (September): 113-116.
Banks, J. and R. G. Heikes. 1983. Technical aid for EOQ determination. American Journal of Small Business (Spring): 27-30.
Banks, R. L. and S. C. Wheelwright. 1979. Operations vs. strategy: Trading tomorrow for today. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 112-120.
Bannan, K. J. 2001. Analyze this! Where did they come from what did they do how long did they stay have they come here before what did they like what did they hate? PC Magazine. (November 27): 133-136, 138, 140,142. (Review of various software that analyzes web site data including: Funnel Web Analyzer 4.0, NetTracker 5.0, 123LogAnalyzer, Sawmill 6, WebTrends Log Analyzer, HitBox Professional, SuperStats Professional, and WebTrends Live 2).
Bannister, J. W. and H. A. Newman. 2003. Analysis of corporate disclosures on relative performance evaluation. Accounting Horizons (September): 235-246.
Bannister, J. W., B. A. Newman and P. Chalos. 1995. Protect your company's earnings forecasts from litigation. Management Accounting (March): 32-35.
Bannon, S., K. Ford and L. Melzer. 2010. How to instill a strong ethical culture. The CPA Journal (July): 56-58.
S.,.. 2011. Understanding Millennials in the workplace. The CPA Journal (November): 61-65. (Surveys).
Bansal, P. and I. Clelland. 2004. Talking trash: Legitimacy, impression management, and unsystematic risk in the context of the natural environment. The Academy of Management Journal 47(1): 93-103. (JSTOR link).
Bansal, P. and K. Roth. 2000. Why companies go green: A model of ecological responsiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 43(4): 717-736. (JSTOR link).
Bansi, N. and G. Tuff. 2012. Managing your innovation portfolio. Harvard Business Review (May): 66-74.
Banyard, C. 1985. Management accounting in business developments over the next decade. Management Accounting. UK (April): 48-50.
Banyard, C. 1993. Observations upon reading: 'The decline of operational expertise in the knowledge base of management accounting'. Management Accounting Research (March): 63-66.
Bao, B. and D. Bao. 1989. LIFO adoption: A technology diffusion analysis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(4): 303-319.
Bao, B. and L. Chow. 1999. The usefulness of earnings and book value for equity valuation in emerging capital markets: Evidence from listed companies in the People’s Republic of China. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting 10(2): 85-104.
Bao, B., D. Bao and M. A. Vasarhelyi, 1986. A stochastic model of professional accountant turnover. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(3): 289-296.
Bao, D. 2009. Usefulness of financial information in evaluation of BRIC firms. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 200-207.
Bapna, R., P. Goes and A. Gupta. 2005. Pricing and allocation for quality-differentiated online services. Management Science (July): 1141-1150. (JSTOR link).
Bar-Yosef, S. and B. Sarath. 2005. Auditor size, market segmentation and litigation patterns: A theoretical analysis. Review of Accounting Studies 10(1): 59-92.
Bar-Yosef, S. and J. Livnat. 1984. Investment in commodities futures: The accounting implications. Abacus 20(1): 87-95.
Bar-Yosef, S., J. L. Callen and J. Livnat. 1996. Modeling dividends, earnings, and book value equity: An empirical investigation of the Ohlson valuation dynamics. Review of Accounting Studies 1(3): 207-224.
Bar-Yosef, S. and P. K. Sen. 1992. On optimal choice of inventory accounting method. The Accounting Review (April): 320-336. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on LIFO choice of inventory valuation).
Bar-Yosef, S.. P. J. Hughes and I. Venezia. 1995. The LIFO/FIFO choice as a signal of future costs. Journal of Management Accounting Research (7): 52-65.
Barakat, A. B. 1924. Linoleum manufacturing accounting. Journal of Accountancy (June): 432-440.
Baran, A., J. Lakonishok and A. R. Ofer. 1980. The information content of general price level adjusted earnings: Some empirical evidence. The Accounting Review (January): 22-35. (JSTOR link).
Baran, J. J. 1965. Exponential smoothing. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 51-52.
Barbatelli, E. 1963. Opportunities in depreciation under revenue procedure 62-21. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 41-47.
Barbatelli, E. 1977. Implementing ASR 190. Management Accounting (December): 27-30.
Barbatelli, E. 1986. The appearance of conflict when CPAs are consulting. Management Accounting (September): 28-31.
Barbatelli, E. and C. W. Hagelin. 1976. Replacement cost estimating for financial reporting. Management Accounting (June): 21-25.
Barber, B. M., R. Lehavy, M. McNichols and B. Trueman. 2006. Buys, holds, and sells: The distribution of investment banks’ stock ratings and the implications for the profitability of analysts’ recommendations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 87-117.
Barber, B. M., T. Ho and T. Odean. 2012. Introduction to the special issue on behavioral economics and finance. Management Science (January): 1.
Barber, B. R. 1996. Jihad vs. McWorld: How Globalism and Tribalism are Reshaping the World. Ballantine.
Barber, F. and M. Goold. 2007. The strategic secret of private equity. Harvard Business Review (September): 53-61. (Buying to sell).
Barber, F. and R. Strack. 2005. The surprising economics of a "people business". Harvard Business Review (June): 80-90.
Barber, J. H. 1925. Budget sales quotas: A problem and suggested solution. Harvard Business Review (January): 210-220.
Barber, J. H. 1930. Budgeting and forecasting in an individual company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 741-759.
Barber, R. J. Jr. 1947. Does your accountant make cents? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1): 26-35.
Barber, R. J. Jr. 1951. When does part of a business break even? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1040-1047.
Barber, R. L. and J. W. Brackner. 2000. Universities/colleges that supply the most certified management accountants (CMA). Strategic Finance (October): 87-88.
Barber, R. L. and J. W. Brackner. 2000. What schools supply the most CFM candidates? Strategic Finance (December): 79-80.
Barber, R. L. and J. W. Brackner. 2001. International interest in CMA is growing. Strategic Finance (September): 71-72.
Barber, W. R., L. Liang and Z. Zhu. 2012. Associations between internal and external corporate governance characteristics: Implications for investigating financial accounting restatements. Accounting Horizons (June): 219-237.
Barberis, N. 2012. A model of casino gambling. Management Science (January): 35-51.
Barbor, J. F. 1978. Is LIFO a valid accounting practice? Management Accounting (May): 30-34.
Barden, J. Q. and W. Mitchell. 2007. Disentangling the influences of leaders' relational embeddedness on interorganizational exchange. The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1440-1461. (JSTOR link).
Barefield, R. M. 1969. Comments on a measure of forecasting performance. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 324-327. (JSTOR link).
Barefield, R. M. 1970. A model of forecast biasing behavior. The Accounting Review (July): 490-501. (JSTOR link).
Barefield, R. M. 1972. The effect of aggregation on decision making success: A laboratory study. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 229-242. (JSTOR link).
Barefield, R. M. 1975. The Impact of Audit Frequency on the Quality of Internal Control. Studies in Accounting Research (11). American Accounting Association.
Barefield, R. M. 1991. A critical view of the AECC and the converging forces of change. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 305-312.
Barefield, R. M. and E. E. Comiskey. 1971. Depreciation policy and the behavior of corporate profits. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 351-358. (JSTOR link).
Barefield, R. M. and E. E. Comiskey. 1972. The smoothing hypothesis: An alternative test. The Accounting Review (April): 291-298. (JSTOR link).
Barefield, R. M. and E. E. Comiskey. 1975. Segmental financial disclosure by diversified firms and security prices: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 818-821. (JSTOR link).
Barefield, R. M., T. W. Foster, III and D. Vickrey. 1976. Interpreting the API: A comment and extension. The Accounting Review (January): 172-175. (API refers to the abnormal performance index). (JSTOR link).
Barenbaum, L. and T. Monahan. 1983. Utilizing terminal values in teaching time value analysis. Journal of Accounting Education 1(2): 79-88.
Barenbaum, L., T. F. Monahan and W. Schubert. 1995. Integrating research and practice in accounting education: The case of executive stock options. Journal of Accounting Education 13(2): 207-222.
Bareuther, E. E. and B. E. Stromberg. 1957. Budgeting policy and practice in a decentralized company. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 31-44.
Barfield, J. T., C. M. Fisher and J. R. Goolsby. 2004. Improving competitiveness through non-value-added activity analysis. Cost Management (July/August): 22-32.
Barfitt, L. A. 2007. The Contributions of John Lansing Carey to the Profession of Accountancy, Volume 10 (Studies in the Development of Accounting Thought). JAI Press.
Barger, P. B. and A. A. Grandey. 2006. Service with a smile and encounter satisfaction: Emotional contagion and appraisal mechanisms. The Academy of Management Journal 49(6): 1229-1238. (JSTOR link).
Bargeron, L. L., K. M. Lehn and C. J. Zutter. 2010. Sarbanes-Oxley and corporate risk-taking. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 34-52.
Barhydt, D., R. H. Clement, D. W. Lufkin and A. J. Yorke. 1957. Planning concepts in the "Tentative Statement of Cost Concepts". The Accounting Review (October): 593-597. (JSTOR link).
Barhyte, D. Y. 1975. A critique of "Socialization in professional schools". Administrative Science Quarterly 20(4): 631-633. (JSTOR link).
Baridon, F. E. 1948. A capacity budget procedure to set task for plant and sales force. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1483-1492.
Baridon, F. E. 1960. Profit and loss budget by volume. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 83-89.
Bariff, M. L. and J. R. Galbraith. 1978. Intraorganizational power considerations for designing information systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(1): 15-27.
Baril, C., L. Betancourt and J. Briggs. 2007. Valuing employee stock options under SFAS 123R using the Black-Scholes-Merton and lattice model approaches. Journal of Accounting Education 25(1-2): 88-101.
Baril, C. P. 1996. Preface. Journal of Accounting Education 14(2): 149.
Baril, C. P., L. Betancourt and J. W. Briggs. 2005. How to "Excel" at options valuation. Journal of Accountancy (December): 57-86.
Baril, C. P., B. M. Cunningham, D. R. Fordham, R. L. Gardner and S. K. Wolcott. 1998. Critical thinking in the public accounting profession: Aptitudes and attitudes. Journal of Accounting Education 16(3-4): 381-406.
Baril, C. P., R. L. Benke Jr. and G. W. Buetow. 1996. Managing risk with derivatives. Management Accounting (October): 20-22, 24, 26-27. (Explanation of four types of financial derivatives (forwards, futures, options, and swaps) and how to use them to manage financial risk, i.e., the uncertainty associated with fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, and the prices of commodities and equities).
Barisa, L. A. 1965. A pattern for profitable automotive fleet transportation. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 56-64. (Purchase, lease, or reimburse employees who own them).
Barish, N. N. 1949. Cost control for sponsored research in a university. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 673-682.
Barkema, H. 2001. From the editors. The Academy of Management Journal 44(4): 615-617. (JSTOR link).
Barkema, H. G. and F. Vermeulen. 1998. International expansion through start up or acquisition: A learning perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 41(1): 7-26. (JSTOR link).
Barkema, H. G. and L. R. Gomez-Mejia. 1998. Managerial compensation and firm performance: A general research framework. The Academy of Management Journal 41(2): 135-145. (JSTOR link).
Barkema, H. G., J. A. C. Baum and E. A. Mannix. 2002. Management challenges in a new time. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 916-930. (JSTOR link).
Barkema, H. G., O. Shenkar, F. Vermeulen and J. H. J. Bell. 1997. Working abroad, working with others: How firms learn to operate international joint ventures. The Academy of Management Journal 40(2): 426-442. (JSTOR link).
Barker, J. R. 1993. Tightening the iron cage: Concertive control in self-managing teams. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(3): 408-437. (JSTOR link).
Barker, J. W. 1958. How to get useful truck transportation costs quickly. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 47-56.
Barker, K., N. F. Stowell, C. Polansky and D. Kieffer. 2010. The Bankruptcy Reform Act and bankruptcy fraud: Implications and opportunities for CPAs. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(3): 75-94.
Barker, P. C. and K. Monks. 1998. Irish women accountants and career progression: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(8): 813-823.
Barker, R. 2004. Reporting financial performance. Accounting Horizons (June): 157-172.
Barker, R. 2010. No, management is not a profession. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 52-60.
Barker, R., J. Hendry, J. Roberts and P. Sanderson. 2012. Can company-fund manager meetings convey informational benefits? Exploring the rationalisation of equity investment decision making by UK fund managers. Accounting, Organizations and Society 37(4): 207-222.
Barker, R. D. 1964. Toward automated production planning. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 47-52.
Barker, R. F. 1973. The businessman's role. Management Accounting (February): 15-16, 25.
Barker, R. F. and B. J. Landwehr. 1966. Quantitative techniques and the faculty. The Accounting Review (April): 338-340. (JSTOR link).
Barker, T. B. 1990. Engineering Quality by Design: Interpreting the Taguchi Approach (Statistics, a Series of Textbooks and Monographs). Marcel Dekker.
Barkin, S. 1951. A trade unionist views net income determinations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1193-1206.
Barkman, A. 1977. Within-item variation: A stochastic approach to audit uncertainty. The Accounting Review (April): 450-464. (JSTOR link).
Barkman, A. I. 1978. Within-item variation: A stochastic approach to audit uncertainty - A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 993-996. (JSTOR link).
Barkman, A. I. 1981. Testing the Markov chain approach on accounts receivable. Management Accounting (January): 48-50.
Barkman, A. I. 1998. Teaching and educational Note: The use of live cases in the accounting information systems course. Journal of Accounting Education 16(3-4): 517-524.
Barkman, A. I. and J. D. Jolley II. 1986. Cost defenses for antitrust cases. Management Accounting (April): 37-40.
Barksdale, H. C. and J. E. Hilliard. 1975. A spectral analysis of the interaction between inventories and sales of merchant wholesalers. Decision Sciences 6(2): 307-323.
Barlas, S. 2008. Just the beginning. Strategic Finance (November): 34-37. (Long term effects of the $700 billion bailout).
Barlev, B. 1983. Contingent equity and the dilutive effect on EPS. The Accounting Review (April): 385-393. (JSTOR link).
Barlev, B. 1984. Theory, pragmatism and conservatism in reflecting the effects of warrants on diluted EPS. Abacus 20(1): 1-15.
Barlev, B. 1986. Total factor productivity and cost variances:
Survey and
Barlev, B. and A. Goldman. 1974. Management advisory services and accounting. Abacus 10(1): 74-82.
Barlev, B. and H. Levy. 1979. On the variability of accounting income numbers. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 305-315. (JSTOR link).
Barlev, B. and Y. C. Peles. 1987. Accounting: The structure of a growing profession. Abacus 23(1): 70-83.
Barley, S. R. 1983. Semiotics and the study of occupational and organizational cultures. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 393-413. (JSTOR link).
Barley, S. R. 1986. Technology as an occasion for structuring: Evidence from observations of CT scanners and the social order of radiology departments. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(1): 78-108. (JSTOR link).
Barley, S. R. 1990. The alignment of technology and structure through roles and networks. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(1): 61-103. (JSTOR link).
Barley, S. R. 1996. Technicians in the workplace: Ethnographic evidence for bringing work into organizational studies. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(3): 404-441. (JSTOR link).
Barley, S. R. 2006. When I write my masterpiece: Thoughts on what makes a paper interesting. The Academy of Management Journal 49(1): 16-20. (JSTOR link).
Barley, S. R. and G. Kunda. 1992. Design and devotion: Surges of rational and normative ideologies of control in managerial discourse. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(3): 363-399. (JSTOR link).
Barley, S. R., G. W. Meyer and D. C. Gash. 1988. Cultures of culture: Academics, practitioners and the pragmatics of normative control. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(1): 24-60. (JSTOR link).
Barnard, C. I. 1938. The Functions of the Executive. Harvard University Press. (The 30th Anniversary edition was published in 1971. Barnard argued that companies were cooperative systems).
Barnard, E. S. 1955. Whole dollar accounting - An application. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1704-1710.
Barndt, R. J., C. H. McGee and A. J. Cataldo II. 2011. Failure to benchmark: An out-of-balance scorecard at an academic institution. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 49-56.
Barnea, A. and S. Sadan. 1974. On the decomposition of the estimation problem in financial accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 197-203. (JSTOR link).
Barnea, A., J. Ronen and S. Sadan. 1975. The implementation of accounting objectives: An application to extraordinary items. The Accounting Review (January): 58-68. (JSTOR link).
Barnea, A., J. Ronen and S. Sadan. 1976. Classificatory smoothing of income with extraordinary items. The Accounting Review (January): 110-122. (JSTOR link).
Barnea, A., J. Ronen and S. Sadan. 1977. Classificatory smoothing of income with extraordinary items: A reply. The Accounting Review (April): 525-526. (JSTOR link).
Barnea, A., S. Sadan and M. Schiff. 1975. Conditional performance review. Management Accounting (November): 19-22.
Barnea, A., T. Dyckman and R. Magee. 1972. Discussion of the predictive content of interim reports - A time series analysis. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 145-155. (JSTOR link).
Barnecut, L. J. Jr. 1967. Contractor performance measurement. Management Accounting (February): 43-48.
Barner, M. 2007. Be a socially responsible corporation. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 59-60.
Barnes, D. P. 1976. Materiality - An illusive concept. Management Accounting (October): 19-20, 32.
Barnes, G. and J. J. Jurinski. 1989. Strategic management of employee health care costs. Management Accounting (September): 44-48.
Barnes, H. E. 1908. The law governing promoters. Journal of Accountancy (July): 177-186.
Barnes, I. C. 1950. A paper mill accounts for its selling costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1393-1403.
Barnes, J. L. 1983. How to tell if standard costs are really standard. Management Accounting (June): 50-54.
Barnes, K. and P. Targett. 1984. Standard costing in distribution - A neglected technique? Management Accounting (May): 26-27.
Barnes, P. 2004. Towards an economic theory of management fraud and corporate failure. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 91-108.
Barnes, P. 2011. Auditor independence when management attempts to mislead: A rational economic analysis. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(2): 107-149.
Barnes, P. and J. Webb. 1986. Management information changes and functional fixation: Some experimental evidence from the public sector. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(1): 1-18.
Barnes, R. M. 1949. Toward standardized productivity measurement - The time study basis. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 783-790.
Barnes, S. B. 2000. Understanding Agency: Social Theory and Responsible Action. Sage Publications.
. 2011. End-user computing applications: Implications for internal auditors and managers. The CPA Journal (July): 67-71.
Barnet, E. M. 1960. The problem of executive manpower insolvency. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(3): 197-199. (JSTOR link).
Barnet, M. J. 2000. Benchmarking at its best. Strategic Finance (December): 58-63. (Benchmarking on the internet).
Barnett, A. H. and J. C. Caldwell. 1974. Accounting for corporate social performance: A survey. Management Accounting (November): 23-26.
Barnett, G. C. 1978. Breeding cattle for tax benefit and profit. Management Accounting (July): 57-59.
Barnett, M. L. 2003. Falling off the fence? A realistic appraisal of a real options approach to corporate strategy. Journal of Management Inquiry 12(3): 185-196.
Barnett, M. L. 2004. Are globalization and sustainability compatible? A review of the debate between the world business council for sustainable development and the International Forum on Globalization. Organization & Environment (November): 523-532.
Barnett, M. L. 2004. Kicking the black box around: A review of 'The Corporation'. Organizational Analysis 12(4): 419-422.
Barnett, M. L. 2005. Stakeholder
influence capacity and the variability of financial returns to corporate social
responsibility.
Academy of Management Review (October):.
Barnett, M. L. 2005. Waves
of collectivizing: A dynamic model of competition and cooperation over the life
of an industry
Corporate Reputation Review 8(4):.
Barnett, M. L. and G. Cahill. 2006. Measure less, succeed more: A Zen approach to organizational effectiveness. Philosophy of Management (6):.
Barnett, M. L. and R. M. Salomon. 2003. Throwing a curve at socially responsible investing research: A new pitch at an old debate. Organization & Environment 16(3): 381-389.
Barnett, M. L. and R. M. Salomon. 2007. Beyond dichotomy: The curvilinear relationship between social responsibility and financial performance. Strategic Management Journal ():.
Barnett, M. L., B. Starbuck and N. Pant. 2003. Which dreams come true? Endogeneity, industry structure and forecasting accuracy. Industrial and Corporate Change 12(4): 653-672.
Barnett, M. L., J. Jermier and B. A. Lafferty. 2006. Corporate reputation: The definitional landscape. Corporate Reputation Review 9(1).
Barnett, R. S. 2009. Deductibility of theft losses. The CPA Journal (March): 52-53.
Barnett, R. S. 2010. Section 1031 like-kind exchanges and entity considerations. The CPA Journal (May): 42-45.
2011. Failure to aggregate rental property: Late election may be an option. The CPA Journal (December): 14-15.
Barnett, R. S. 2011. Revenue procedure 2010-13 provides guidance for passive activity groupings. The CPA Journal (August): 54-55.
Barnett, R. S. 2012. Home office deductions: A review of the requirements. The CPA Journal (June): 48-49.
Barnett, R. S. and R. K. Richards. 2012. Lifetime credit shelter trusts: Utilizing the estate and gift tax exemption before it's too late. The CPA Journal (December): 56-58.
Barnett, W. P. 1990. The organizational ecology of a technological system. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(1): 31-60. (JSTOR link).
Barnett, W. P. 1997. The dynamics of competitive intensity. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(1): 128-160. (JSTOR link).
Barnett, W. P. and D. G. McKendrick. 2004. Why are some organizations more competitive than others? Evidence from a changing global market. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(4): 535-571. (JSTOR link).
Barnett, W. P. and A. S. Miner. 1992. Standing on the shoulders of others: Career interdependence in job mobility. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 262-281. (JSTOR link).
Barnett, W. P. and G. R. Carroll. 1987. Competition and mutualism among early telephone companies. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(3): 400-421. (JSTOR link).
Barney, D., D. Tschopp and S. Wells. 2012. Tax simplification through readability: A look at law complexity. The CPA Journal (December): 6-10.
Barney, D. K. and T. K. Flesher. 2008. A study of the impact of special interest groups on major tax reform: Agriculture and the 1913 Income Tax Law. The Accounting Historians Journal 35(2): 71-100. (JSTOR link).
Barney, J. B. 2005. Should strategic management research engage public policy debates? The Academy of Management Journal 48(6): 945-948. (JSTOR link).
Barney, J. B., F. L. Edwards and A. H. Ringleb. 1992. Organizational responses to legal liability: Employee exposure to hazardous materials, vertical integration, and small firm production. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 328-349. (JSTOR link).
BarNiv, R. 1990. Accounting procedures, market data, cash-flow figures, and insolvency classification: The case of the insurance industry. The Accounting Review (July): 578-604. (JSTOR link).
Barniv, R, O. Hope, M. Myring and W. B. Thomas. 2010. International evidence on analyst stock recommendations, valuations, and returns. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(4): 1131-1167.
Barnum, P., R. C. Liden and N. Ditomaso. 1995. Double jeopardy for women and minorities: Pay differences with age. The Academy of Management Journal 38(3): 863-880. (JSTOR link).
Barnum, W. H. 1961. The challenge to the accountant to challenge costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 74.
Barnum, W. H. 1962. The "where" of computer management. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 20.
Baron, D. 1996. Verification procedures used in two inventory counts in New Spain, 1596-1597. The Accounting Historians Journal 23(1): 1-24. (JSTOR link).
Baron, J. N. and K. S. Cook. 1992. Process and outcome: Perspectives on the distribution of rewards in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 191-197. (JSTOR link).
Baron, J. N. and W. T. Bielby. 1986. The proliferation of job titles in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(4): 561-586. (JSTOR link).
Baron, J. N., A. Davis-Blake and W. T. Bielby. 1986. The structure of opportunity: How promotion ladders vary within and among organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(2): 248-273. (JSTOR link).
Baron, J. N., A. Davis-Blake and W. T. Bielby. 1988. Errata: The structure of opportunity: How promotion ladders vary within and among organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(1): 131. (JSTOR link).
Baron, L., J. Vander Spek and W. Young. 2006. The economics of ergonomics. Journal of Accountancy (December): 34-39.
Baron, L. A. and F. Davis. 1929. Material control and stores accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1).
Baron, R. A. and M. D. Ensley. 2006. Opportunity recognition as the detection of meaningful patterns: Evidence from comparisons of novice and experienced entrepreneurs. Management Science (September): 1331-1344. (JSTOR link).
Baron, R. M. and D. A. Kenny. 1986. The moderator-mediator variable distinction in social psychological research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology (51): 1173-1182.
Barone, M., R. E. Cohen and J. Koszczuk. 2009. The Almanac of American Politics 2010. National Journal Group.
Barr, A. 1940. Accounting research in the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Accounting Review (March): 89-94. (JSTOR link).
Barr, A. 1959. Accounting aspects of business combinations. The Accounting Review (April): 175-181. (JSTOR link).
Barr, A. 1961. Accounting research. The Accounting Review (January): 17-20. (JSTOR link).
Barr, A. 1962. Accounting and auditing preparation for public offering of securities. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 17-30.
Barr, A. 1963. Financial statements - How reliable? N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 3-12.
Barr, A. 1967. The developing debate on line of business disclosure. Management Accounting (December): 18.
Barr, A. Jr. and J. R. Wildman. 1930. How can appreciation be treated in the accounts? The Accounting Review (March): 34-44. (JSTOR link).
Barr, D. H. 1949. Production planning and inventory control for market maintenance and penetration. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 163-172.
Barr, J. L. and K. E. Knight. 1968. Technological change and learning in the computer industry. Management Science (July): 661-681. (JSTOR link).
Barr, R. B. 1964. Use of graphs in financial reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 8-13.
Barr, R. H. 1934. Accounting for the canning industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 937-942.
Barr, R. H. 1941. The use of standard costs in the canning industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1282-1298.
Barr, S. H. and E. J. Conlon. 1994. Effects of distribution of feedback in work groups. The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 641-655. (JSTOR link).
Barra, J. A. 1963. How one company organized for electronic data processing. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 39-45.
Barra, J. A. 1983. Marketing the financial facts of life. Management Accounting (March): 29-32.
Barra, R. A. 2010. The impact of internal controls and penalties on fraud. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-21.
Barra, R. A. and M. E. Taylor. 2007. An experimental investigation of the application of order effects in correctly determining the fairness of accounts receivable. Journal of Forensic Accounting 8(1-2): 155-182.
Barragato, C. A. 1988. Corporate liquidations after TRA '86. Management Accounting (October): 40-44.
Barragato, C. A., J. Bastoli, J., S. B. Lilien, D. Lin, G. Victor, and S. Scarpati. 2008. Meeting of the minds. Dialogue between practitioners, educators, and regulators: Preparing future accounting professionals. Part 2 Panel discussion: How academics and practitioners can work together. The CPA Journal (April): 20-28.
Barranger, J. J. 1947. A standard hour wage incentive plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 391-398.
Barrett, A. H. 1920. Cost accounting for brass and bronze foundries. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (October): 3-21.
Barrett, A. L. 1963. University governance: Some omitted aspects. The Academy of Management Journal 6(2): 170-172. (JSTOR link).
Barrett, B. V., J. B. Forbes, E. J. O'Connor and R. A. Alexander. 1980. Ability-satisfaction relationships: Field and laboratory studies. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 550-555. (JSTOR link).
Barrett, C. T. 1961. Control of detail parts in airframe manufacturing. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 75-82.
Barrett, G. E. 1907. A system of coal-mine accounting. Journal of Accountancy (May): 61-62.
Barrett, G. E. 1907. Company management in Germany. Journal of Accountancy (May): 60-61.
Barrett, G. E. 1907. How to investigate securities. Journal of Accountancy (May): 23-32.
Barrett, G. E. 1907. Presidential address. Journal of Accountancy (March): 407.
Barrett, D. 2007. Paradigm shifts for the twenty-first century management science. Cost Management (November/December): 5-11.
Barrett, H. S. 1916. Offsetting discount and premium. Journal of Accountancy (May): 393.
Barrett, J. 1954. The purchase order - A vital business document. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1634-1638.
Barrett, J. G. 1953. A frontal attack on the scrap accounting problem. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 791-796.
Barrett, J. H. 1928. The analysis and distribution of sales distribution costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 655-679.
Barrett, M. D., J. Cooper and K. Jamal. 2005. Globalization and the coordinating of work in multinational audits. Accounting, Organizations and Society 30(1): 1-24.
Barrett, M. E. 1971. Accounting for intercorporate investments: A behavior field experiment. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 50-65. (JSTOR link).
Barrett, M. E. 1971. [Discussion of accounting for intercorporate investments: A behavior field experiment]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 79-92. (JSTOR link).
Barrett, M. E. 1976. Financial reporting practices: Disclosure and comprehensiveness in an international setting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 10-26. (JSTOR link).
Barrett, M. E. and W. J. Bruns, eds. 1985. Case Problems in Management Accounting. 2nd ed. Homewood, IL: Richard D. Irwin.
Barrett, M. J., W. H. Beaver, W. W. Cooper, J. A. Milburn, D. Solomons and D. P. Tweedie. American Accounting Association Committee on Accounting and Auditing Measurement, 1989-90. Accounting Horizons (September): 81-105.
Barrett, R. 2003. From fast close to fast forward. Strategic Finance (January): 24-29.
Barrett, W. B. 1968. A functional approach to accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 105-112. (JSTOR link).
Barretta, A. and C. Busco. 2011. Technologies of government in public sector's networks: In search of cooperation through management control innovations. Management Accounting Research (December): 211-219.
Barrette, K. 1931. Standard costs in the clay products industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin Section II (November 1).
Barrick, M. R., B. H. Bradley, A. L. Kristof-Brown and A. E. Colbert. 2007. The moderating role of top management team interdependence: Implications for real teams and working groups. The Academy of Management Journal 50(3): 544-557. (JSTOR link).
Barrieu, P. and B. Sinclair-Desgagné. 2006. On precautionary policies. Management Science (August): 1145-1154. (JSTOR link).
Barron, F. H. 1973. Using Fishburn's techniques for analysis of decision trees: Some examples. Decision Sciences 4(2): 247-267.
Barron, O., J. Pratt and J. D. Stice. 2001. Misstatement direction, litigation risk, and planned audit investment. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 449-462. (JSTOR link).
Barron, O. E. 1995. Trading volume and belief revisions that differ among individual analysts. The Accounting Review (October): 581-597. (JSTOR link).
Barron, O. E., D. Byard and O. Kim. 2002. Changes in analysts' information around earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (October): 821-846. (JSTOR link).
Barron, O. E., D. Byard, C. Kile and E. J. Riedl. 2002. High-technology intangibles and analysts' forecasts. Studies on Accounting, Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 289-312. (JSTOR link).
Barron, O. E., D. G. Harris and M. Stanford. 2005. Evidence that investors trade on private event-period information around earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (April): 403-421. (JSTOR Link).
Barron, O. E., O. Kim, S. C. Lim and D. E. Stevens. 1998. Using analysts' forecasts to measure properties of analysts' information environment. The Accounting Review (October): 421-433. (JSTOR link).
Barrows, D. M. 1937. The vegetable oil industry and some of its peculiar accounting problems. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 431-448.
Barrows, D. M. 1939. Thoughts on depreciation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 659-668.
Barry, B. 1977. Justice between generations. In Hacker, P. M. S. and J. Raz. Editors. Law, Morality and Society. Clarendon Press.
Barry, C. B., J. I. Valez-Arocho and P. B. Welch. 1984. Bayesian approach to CVP analysis under parameter uncertainty. Quarterly Review of Economics and Business (Summer): 71.
Barry, E. J., C. F. Kemerer and S. A. Slaughter. 2006. Environmental volatility, development decisions, and software volatility: A longitudinal analysis. Management Science (March): 448-464. (JSTOR link).
Barry, J. E. Jr. 1959. Forms designing as a step in systems improvement. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 65-76.
Barry, J. S. 2011. Dodd-Frank sleeper leaves confusion in its wake. The CPA Journal (January): 7-9.
Barry, J. S. 2011. Another bite at the big apple: The Gaied residency case. The CPA Journal (September): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2011. Building a professional community online. The CPA Journal (October): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2011. COAP: The next generation. The CPA Journal (May): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2011. Cpapac: How does it work for you? The CPA Journal (August): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2011. Is it time for New York firms to embrace NON-CPA partners? The CPA Journal (November): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2011. Meet the press: Building a relationship with the public. The CPA Journal (June): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2011. Think your firm is exempt from mandatory quality review? The CPA Journal (December): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2011. To protect and serve: NYSSCPA is looking for quality reviewers. The CPA Journal (July): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2012. A government affairs program that works for you. The CPA Journal (June): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2012. A pathway for access to the profession. The CPA Journal (September): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2012. A pound of cure: Preparing for the ACA's 2014 deadline. The CPA Journal (August): 7. (Obama's healthcare reform law).
Barry, J. S. 2012. Mending the gaps in the generational bridge. The CPA Journal (July): 7.
Barry, J. S. 2012. Truth and accuracy - in words and numbers. The CPA Journal (October): 7.
Barry, S. E. 1924. "Who pays the income taxes?". Journal of Accountancy (January): 68-69.
Barsade, S. G. 2002. The ripple effect: Emotional contagion and its influence on group behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(4): 644-675. (JSTOR link).
Barsade, S. G., A. J. Ward, J. D. F. Turner and J. A. Sonnenfeld. 2000. To your heart's content: A model of affective diversity in top management teams. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(4): 802-836. (JSTOR link).
Barsky, N. 2013. Say goodbye to Saly. Strategic Finance (February): 35-37.
Barsky, N. P. 2001. Unleashing the value in the supply chain. Strategic Finance (January): 32-37.
Barsky, N. P. and A. H. Catanach Jr. 2001. Perception is reality: Managing student and parental expectations is critical to increasing accounting enrollments. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 22-32.
Barsky, N. P. and A. H. Catanach Jr. 2001. Provide insight or face extinction. Strategic Finance (June): 50-53.
Barsky, N. P. and A. H. Catanach Jr. 2011. Every manager can be an innovator. Strategic Finance (August): 22-29.
Barsky, N. P. and A. H. Catanach Jr. 2013. What makes a CFO "the best"? Strategic Finance (April): 28-34.
Barsky, N. P. and C. D. Flick. 1999. Look on the net! Strategic Finance (December): 26-29. (Some performance measurement web sites).
Barsky, N. P. and G. Marchant. 2000. The most valuable resource - Measuring and managing intellectual capital. Strategic Finance (February): 58-62.
Barsky, N. P. and S. F. Jablonsky. 2000. The digital CFO. Strategic Finance (June): 52-56. (Adapt or fall by the cyber wayside).
Barsky, N. P., A. H. Catanach Jr. and B. M. Kozlowski. 2003. Creating strategic responses to critical risks facing accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 445-462.
Barsness, Z. I., K. A. Diekmann and M. L. Seidel. 2005. Motivation and opportunity: The role of remote work, demographic dissimilarity, and social network centrality in impression management. The Academy of Management Journal 48(3): 401-419. (JSTOR link).
Barson, K. A. 2011. Divorce: The Accountant as Financial Expert. AICPA.
Bart, C. and O. Turel. 2010. IT and the board of directors: An empirical investigation into the "governance questions" Canadian board members ask about IT. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 147-172.
Bart, C. K. 1988. Budgeting gamesmanship. Academy of Management Executive. 285-294.
Bartee, E. M. 1967. Optimization of experimental lunar payloads. Management Science (October): B28-B40. (JSTOR link).
Bartel, C. A. 2001. Social comparisons in boundary-spanning work: Effects of community outreach on members' organizational identity and identification. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(3): 379-413. (JSTOR link).
Bartel, C. A. and R. Saavedra. 2000. The collective construction of work group moods. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(2): 197-231. (JSTOR link).
Bartelmus, P. 1994. Environment, Growth and Development: The concepts and strategies of sustainability. New York: Routledge.
Bartelt, E. F. 1940. Control of federal expenditures. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 1087-1123.
Bartelt, E. F. 1942. Principles involved in a system of central accounts for the United States Government. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 907-941.
Bartelt, E. F. 1942. The role of accounts in the administration of the federal government. The Accounting Review (April): 82-88. (JSTOR link).
Bartlett, C. A. and S. Ghoshal. 2003. What is a global manager? Harvard Business Review (August): 101-108.
Bartenstein, E. 1978. Different costs for different purposes. Management Accounting (August): 42-47. (Related to accounting for idle capacity).
Barter, D. and B. V. Balachandran. 2002. Velocity costing for a manufacturing environment. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 39-42.
Bartezzaghi, E., F. Turco, and G. Spina. 1992. The impact of the just-in-time on production system performance: A survey of Italian industry. International Journal of Operations & Production Management 12 (1).
Barth, E. E. 1959. Standard cost accounting for returnable shipping containers. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 62-64.
Barth, E. E. 1967. A standard cost application for scrap expense. Management Accounting (February): 7-10.
Barth, F. E. 1928. Tanning and leather products costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1181-1198.
Barth, M. and D. Taylor. 2010. In defense of fair value: Weighing the evidence on earnings management and asset securitizations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 26-33.
Barth, M. E. 1991. Relative measurement errors among alternative pension asset and liability measures. The Accounting Review (July): 433-463. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E. 1994. Fair value accounting: Evidence from investment securities and the market valuation of banks. The Accounting Review (January): 1-25. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on financial reporting).
Barth, M. E. 2003. Discussion of “Compensation policy and discretionary disclosure”. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 311-318.
Barth, M. E. 2006. Including estimates of the future in today's financial statements. Accounting Horizons (September): 271-285.
Barth, M. E. and A. P. Hutton. 2004. Analyst earnings forecast revisions and the pricing of accruals. Review of Accounting Studies 9(1): 59-96.
Barth, M. E. and C. M. Murphy. 1994. Required financial statement disclosures: Purposes, subject, number, and trends. Accounting Horizons (December): 1-22.
Barth, M. E. and G. Clinch. 1998. Revalued financial, tangible, and intangible assets: Associations with share prices and non-market-based value estimates. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Enhancing the Financial Reporting Model): 199-233. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E. and M. F. McNichols. 1994. Estimation and market valuation of environmental liabilities relating to superfund sites. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting, Financial Disclosures, and the Law): 177-209. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E. and R. Kasznik. 1999. Share repurchases and intangible assets. Journal of Accounting and Economics 28(2)(December): 211-241.
Barth, M. E. and W. R. Landsman. 1995. Fundamental issues related to using fair value accounting for financial reporting. Accounting Horizons (December): 97-107.
Barth, M. E., D. P. Cram and K. K. Nelson. 2001. Accruals and the prediction of future cash flows. The Accounting Review (January): 27-58. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E., D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, J. A. Elliott, T. J. Frecka, E. A. Imhoff Jr, W. R. Landsman and R. G. Stephens. 1995. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee response to FASB discussion documents: Response to The FASB exposure draft "Accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan - Income recognition". Accounting Horizons (March): 96-98.
Barth, M. E., D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, J. A. Elliott, T. J. Frecka, E. A. Imhoff, Jr., W. R. Landsman, C. L. McDonald and D. G. Searfoss. 1993. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee response to FASB discussion memorandums and exposure draft: Accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan. Accounting Horizons (September): 114-117.
Barth, M. E., D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, J. A. Elliot, T. J. Flecka, E. A. Imhoff, Jr. W. R. Landsman, C. L. McDonald and D. G. Searfoss. 1994. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee report,. Response to the FASB exposure draft "Accounting for certain investments in debt securities". Accounting Horizons (June): 117-119.
Barth, M. E., D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, J. A. Elliott, T. J. Frecka, E. A. Imhoff Jr, W. R. Landsman and R. G. Stephens. 1995. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee response to FASB discussion documents: Response to the FASB exposure draft "Disclosure about derivative instruments and fair value of financial instruments". Accounting Horizons (March): 92-95.
Barth, M. E., D. W. Collins, J. A. Elliott, J. W. Gribble, W. R. Landsman, S. H. Penman, J. T. Smith, R. G. Stephens and T. D. Warfield. 1995. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee response to FASB discussion documents: Response to the FASB exposure draft "Accounting for mortgage servicing rights, and excess servicing rights and for securitization of mortgage loans". Accounting Horizons (June): 77-79.
Barth, M. E., D. W. Collins, J. A. Elliott, J. W. Gribble, W. R. Landsman, S. H. Penman, J. T. Smith, R. G. Stephens and T. D. Warfield. 1995. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee response to FASB discussion documents: Response to the FASB "Preliminary views on major issues related to consolidation policy". Accounting Horizons (June): 80-82.
Barth, M. E., G. Clinch and T. Shibano. 1999. International accounting harmonization and global equity markets. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 201-235.
Barth, M. E., G. Clinch and T. Shibano. 2003. Market effects of recognition and disclosure. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 581-609. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E., I. D. Gow and D. J. Taylor. 2012. Why do pro forma and Street earnings not reflect changes in GAAP? Evidence from SFAS 123R. Review of Accounting Studies 17(3): 526-562.
Barth, M. E., J. A. Elliott and M. W. Finn. 1999. Market rewards associated with patterns of increasing earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 387-413. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E., J. A. Elliott, D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, T. J. Frecka, E. A. Imhoff Jr, W. R. Landsman and R. G. Stephens. 1995. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee response to FASB discussion documents: Response to the FASB discussion document "Accounting for hedging and other risk-adjusting activities: Questions for comment and discussion". Accounting Horizons (March): 87-91.
Barth, M. E., M. B. Clement, G. Foster and R. Kasznik. 1998. Brand values and capital market valuation. Review of Accounting Studies 3(1-2): 41-68.
Barth, M. E., M. F. McNichols and G. P. Wilson. 1997. Factors influencing firms' disclosures about environmental liabilities. Review of Accounting Studies 2(1): 35-64.
Barth, M. E., R. Kasznik and M. F. McNichols. 2001. Analyst coverage and intangible assets. Journal of Accounting Research (June): 1-34. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E., T. B. Bell, D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, J. A. Elliot, T. J. Flecka, E. A. Imhoff, Jr. W. R. Landsman and R. G. Stephens. 1994. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee reports. Response to the FASB prospectus "Earnings per share". Accounting Horizons (June): 111-113.
Barth, M. E., T. B. Bell, D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, J. A. Elliot, T. J. Flecka, E. A. Imhoff, Jr. W. R. Landsman and R. G. Stephens. 1994. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee reports. Response to exposure draft "Accounting for stock-based compensation". Accounting Horizons (June): 114-116.
Barth, M. E., T. B. Bell, D. W. Collins, G. M. Crooch, J. A. Elliot, T. J. Flecka, E. A. Imhoff, Jr. W. R. Landsman and R. G. Stephens. 1994. AAA's Financial Accounting Standards Committee report. Response to the FASB discussion memorandum "Reporting disaggregated information by business enterprises". Accounting Horizons (September): 75-82.
Barth, M. E., W. H. Beaver and C. H. Stinson. 1991. Supplemental data and the structure of thrift share prices. The Accounting Review (January): 56-66. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on accounting disclosures and stock prices).
Barth, M. E., W. H. Beaver and W. R. Landsman. 1992. The market valuation implications of net periodic pension cost components. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 27-62.
Barth, M. E., W. H. Beaver and W. R. Landsman. 1996. Value-relevance of banks' fair value disclosures under SFAS No. 107. The Accounting Review (October): 513-537. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E., W. H. Beaver and W. R. Landsman. 1998. Relative valuation roles of equity book value and net income as a function of financial health. Journal of Accounting and Economics (26 February): 1-34.
Barth, M. E., W. H. Beaver and W. R. Landsman. 2001. The relevance of the value relevance literature for financial accounting standard setting: Another view. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 77-104.
Barth, M. E., W. H. Beaver, J. R. M. Hand and W. R. Landsman. 1999. Accruals, cash flows, and equity values. Review of Accounting Studies 4(3-4): 205-229.
Barth, M. E., W. R. Landsman and R. J. Rendleman, Jr. 1998. Option pricing-based bond value estimates and a fundamental components approach to account for corporate debt. The Accounting Review (January): 73-102. (JSTOR link).
Barth, M. E., W. R. Landsman and R. J. Rendleman Jr. 2000. Implementation of an option pricing-based bond valuation model for corporate debt and its components. Accounting Horizons (December): 455-479.
Barth, M. E., W. R. Landsman, M. Lang and C. Williams. 2012. Are IFRS-based and US GAAP-based accounting amounts comparable? Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 68-93.
Barth, R. E. 1920. Accounting for food preserving companies. Journal of Accountancy (February): 91-97.
Barthelemy, J. 2001. The hidden costs of IT outsourcing. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 60-69.
Barthélemy, J. 2006. The experimental roots of revolutionary vision. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 81-84.
Bartlett, C. A. and S. Ghoshal. 2002. Building competitive advantage through people. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 34-41.
Bartlett, R. T. and T. H. Kelly. 1980. Will FAS no. 33 solve inflation accounting problems? Management Accounting (April): 11-14, 19.
Bartlett, R. W. 1983. Power Base Attribution and the Perceived Legitimacy of Managerial Accounting. Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
Bartlett, R. W. 1991. A heretical challenge to the incantations of audit independence. Accounting Horizons (March): 11-16.
Bartley, J., A. Y. S. Chen and E. Z. Taylor. 2011. A comparison of XBRL filings to corporate 10-Ks: Evidence from the voluntary filings program. Accounting Horizons (June): 227-245.
Bartley, J., F Buckless, Y. S. A Chen, S. K. Harvey, S. Showalter and G. Zuckerman. 2012. Flexible budgeting meets sustainability at Bacardi Limited. Strategic Finance (December): 28-34.
Bartley, J., Y. S. A. Chen and E. Taylor. 2010. Avoiding common errors of XBRL implementation. Journal of Accountancy (February): 46-52.
Bartley, J. W. 1980. A NPV model modified for inflation. Management Accounting (December): 49-52.
Bartley, J. W. and A. Y. S. Chen. 1992. Material changes in financial reporting attributes to the Tax Reform Act of 1986. Accounting Horizons (March): 62-74.
Bartley, J. W. and L. F. Davidson. 1982. The entity concept and accounting for interest costs. Journal of Accounting & Business Research (Summer): 175-182.
Bartol, K. M. 1974. Male versus female leaders: The effect of leader need for dominance on follower satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 225-233. (JSTOR link).
Bartol, K. M. 1976. Expectancy theory as a predictor of female occupational choice and attitude toward business. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 669-675. (JSTOR link).
Bartol, K. M. 1979. Professionalism as a predictor of organizational commitment, role stress, and turnover: A multidimensional approach. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 815-821. (JSTOR link).
Bartoletti, S. 2012. The missing piece in liquidity calculations. Journal of Accountancy (April): 34-37.
Bartolke, K., W. Eschweiler, D. Flechsenberger and A. S. Tannenbaum. 1982. Workers' participation and the distribution of control as perceived by members of ten German companies. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 380-397. (JSTOR link).
Barton, A. 2000. Reflections of an Australian contemporary: The complementarity of entry and exit price current value accounting systems. Abacus 36(3): 298-312.
Barton, A. 2001. Russell Mathews. Abacus 37(1): 132-133.
Barton, A. 2005. Professional accounting standards and the public sector - A mismatch. Abacus 41(2): 138-158.
Barton, A. 2009. The use and abuse of accounting in the public sector financial management reform program in Australia. Abacus 45(2): 221-248.
Barton, A. 2011. Why governments should use the government finance statistics accounting system. Abacus 47(4): 411-445.
Barton, A. and P. R. Ferman. 1966. Comments on Hage's, "An axiomatic theory of organizations". Administrative Science Quarterly 11(1): 134-140. (JSTOR link).
Barton, A. D. 1970. Company income tax and interperiod allocation. Abacus 6(1): 3-24.
Barton, A. D. 1971. A reply to Mr. Baylis. Abacus 7(2): 173-175.
Barton, A. D. 1974. Expectations and achievements in income theory. The Accounting Review (October): 664-681. (JSTOR link).
Barton, A. D. 1976. Surrogates in income theory: A reply. The Accounting Review (January): 160-162. (JSTOR link).
Barton, A. D. 1982. Chambers' contributions to analytical rigour in accounting. Abacus 18(2): 119-128.
Barton, A. D. 1999. A trusteeship theory of accounting for natural capital assets. Abacus 35(2): 207-222.
Barton, D. 2011. Capitalism for the long term. Harvard Business Review (March): 84-91.
Barton, D. and D. Court. 2012. Making advanced analytics work for you: A Practical guide to capitalizing on big data. Harvard Business Review (October): 78-83. (Choose the right data, Build models that predict and optimize business outcomes, and Transform your company's capabilities).
Barton, J. 2001. Does the use of financial derivatives affect earnings management decisions? The Accounting Review (January): 1-26. (JSTOR link).
Barton, J. and G. Waymire. 2004. Investor protection under unregulated financial reporting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 65-116.
Barton, J. and M. Mercer. 2005. To blame or not to blame: Analysts’ reactions to external explanations for poor financial performance. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 509-533.
Barton, J. and P. J. Simko. 2002. The balance sheet as an earnings management constraint. The Accounting Review (Supplement: Quality of Earnings Conference): 1-27. (JSTOR link).
Barton, M. A. and K. M. Sutcliffe. 2010. Learning when to stop momentum. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 69-76.
Barton, M. F. and J. D. Spiceland. 1985. Practical alternative to joint cost allocation. Woman CPA (July): 24-26.
Barton, M. F. and L. M. Rockwell. 1991. Who's responsible for the content of financial statements? Management Accounting (January): 24-26.
Barton, M. F., S. P. Agrawal and Lynn Rockwell. 1988. Meeting the challenge of Japanese Management concepts. Management Accounting (September): 49-53.
Barton, P. C. and C. R. Sager. 2008. Basis overstatement does not trigger six-year statute of limitations. The CPA Journal (June): 38-39.
Barton, R. F. 1966. Reality and business policy decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 9(2): 117-122. (JSTOR link).
Barton, R. F. 1969. An experimental study of the impact of competitive pressures on overhead allocation bids. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 116-122. (JSTOR link).
Barton, S. L. 1988. Diversification strategy and systematic risk: Another look. The Academy of Management Journal 31(1): 166-175. (JSTOR link).
Barton, T. L. 1988. Intuitive choice of cooperative sharing mechanisms for joint cost savings: Some empirical results. Abacus 24(2): 162-169.
Barton, T. L. and F. M. Cole. 1991. Accounting for magic. Management Accounting (January): 27-31. (Related to developing entertainment robots and multi-character shows for Walt Disney World, Universal Studios, and Six Flags).
Barton, T. L. and F. M. Cole. 1994. Atlantic Dry Dock's unique cost estimation system. Management Accounting (October): 32-35, 38-39.
Barton, T. L. and J. B. MacArthur. 2003.
Activity-based
costing and predatory pricing: The case of the petroleum retail industry
Barton, T. L. and J. B. MacArthur. 2011. A new hue of green for the management accountant. Strategic Finance (March): 36-41.
Barton, T. L. and R. J. Fox. 1988. Evolution at American Transtech. Management Accounting (April): 49-52.
Barton, T. L., J. B. MacArthur and R. L. Moore. 2005. BuyGasCo Corporation: The use of alternative costing methods in a predatory pricing lawsuit. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 341-357.
Barton, T. L., W. G. Shenkir and B. C. Marinas. 1996. Instructional case: Main Line vs. Basinger: A case in relevant costs and incremental analysis. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 163-174.
Bartoshesky, F. 1981. Raynond A. Bauer: A list of his works. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(3): 263-270.
Bartov, E. 1991. Open-market stock repurchases as signals for earnings and risk changes. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 275-294.
Bartov, E. 1992. Patterns in unexpected earnings as an explanation for post-announcement drift. The Accounting Review (July): 610-622. (JSTOR link).
Bartov, E. 1993. The timing of asset sales and earnings manipulation. The Accounting Review (October): 840-855. (JSTOR link).
Bartov, E. 2003. Discussion of “Investor sophistication and the mispricing of accruals”. Review of Accounting Studies 8(2-3): 277-281.
Bartov, E. 2008. Discussion of “Investor recognition and stock returns”. Review of Accounting Studies 13(2-3): 362-368.
Bartov, E. and G. M. Bodnar. 1996. Alternative accounting methods, information asymmetry and liquidity: Theory and evidence. The Accounting Review (July): 397-418. (JSTOR link).
Bartov, E. and P. Mohanram. 2004. Private information, earnings manipulations, and executive stock-option exercises. The Accounting Review (October): 889-920. (JSTOR link).
Bartov, E., D. Givoly and C. Hayn. 2002. The rewards to meeting or beating earnings expectations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 173-204.
Bartov, E., F. A. Gul, and J. S. L. Tsui. 2000. Discretionary-accruals models and audit qualifications. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 421-452.
Bartov, E., F. W. Lindahl and W. E. Ricks. 1998. Stock price behavior around announcements of write-offs. Review of Accounting Studies 3(4): 327-346.
Bartov, E., P. Mohanram and C. Seethamraju. 2002. Valuation of internet stocks: An IPO perspective. Studies on Accounting, Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 321-346. (JSTOR link).
Bartov, E., P. Mohanram and D. Nissim. 2007. Managerial discretion and the economic determinants of the disclosed volatility parameter for valuing ESOs. Review of Accounting Studies 12(1): 155-179.
Bartov, E., S. Radhakrishnan and I. Krinsky. 2000. Investor sophistication and patterns in stock returns after earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (January): 43-63. (JSTOR link).
Bartunek, J. M. 1984. Changing interpretive schemes and organizational restructuring: The example of a religious order. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(3): 355-372. (JSTOR link).
Bartunek, J. M. 2002. The proper place of organizational scholarship: A comment on Hinings and Greenwood. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(3): 422-427. (JSTOR link).
Bartunek, J. M. 2007. Academic-practitioner collaboration need not require joint or relevant research: Toward a relational scholarship of integration. The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1323-1333. (JSTOR link).
Bartunek, J. M., P. Bobko and N. Venkatraman. 1993. Toward innovation and diversity in management research methods. The Academy of Management Journal 36(6): 1362-1373. (JSTOR link).
Bartunek, J. M., S. L. Rynes and R. D. Ireland. 2006. What makes management research interesting, and why does it matter? The Academy of Management Journal 49(1): 9-15. (JSTOR link).
Bartschi, D. P. 1956. Costing pre-cast stone. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 644-647.
Bartz, D. J. 1958. Reports which alert supermarket management. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 65-74.
Barua, A., C. M. Wheatley and Y. Yan. 2010. Internal control opinions and auditor resignations. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(2): 127-174.
Barua, A., L. F. Davidson, D. V. Rama and S. Thiruvadi. 2010. CFO gender and accruals quality. Accounting Horizons (March): 25-39.
Barua, A., P. Konana, A. B. Whinston and F. Yin. 2001. Driving e-business excellence. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 36-44.
Barwise, P. and S. Meehan. 2004. Don't be unique, be better. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 23-26.
Barwise, P. and S. Meehan. 2010. Is your company as customer-focused as you think? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 63-68.
Barwise, P. and S. Meehan. 2010. The one thing you must get right when building a brand. Harvard Business Review (December): 80-84.
Barzun, J. 2000. From Dawn to Decadence: 1500 to the Present: 500 Years of Western Cultural Life. Harper Collins.
Basak, S., A. Shapiro and L. Teplá. 2006. Risk management with benchmarking. Management Science (April): 542-557. (JSTOR link).
Bashan, O., Y. Goldschmidt, G. Levkowitz and L. Shashua. 1973. Laspeyres indexes for variance analysis in cost accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 790-793. (JSTOR link).
Bashir, T. H. 2000. Accounting instruction using the open learning approach. Journal of Accounting Education 18(3): 229-240.
Basi, B. A. and R. P. Beck. 1975. Accumulated earnings vs. economic stabilization. Management Accounting (December): 18-20.
Basi, B. A., K. J. Carey and R. D. Twark. 1976. A comparison of the accuracy of corporate and security analysts' forecasts of earnings. The Accounting Review (April): 244-254. (JSTOR link).
Basi, B. A., K. J. Carey and R. D. Twark. 1977. A comparison of the accuracy of corporate and security analysts' forecasts of earnings: A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 741-745. (JSTOR link).
Basile, A., R. Katz, N. D. Katz and H. Finkelstein. 2008. New preparer penalties. The CPA Journal (July): 40-45.
Basilico, E., H. Grove and L. Patelli. 2012. Asia's Enron: Satyam (Sanskrit word for truth). Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 4(2): 142-175.
Basioudis, I. G., E. Papakonstantinou and M. A. Geiger. 2008. Audit fees, non-audit fees and auditor going-concern reporting decisions in the United Kingdom. Abacus 44(3): 284-309.
Baskerville, R. and D. Hay. 2006. The effect of accounting firm mergers on the market for audit services: New Zealand evidence. Abacus 42(1): 87-104.
Baskerville, R. F. 1999. 1996 Vangermeersch award winner: The telling power of CCA - A New Zealand oral history. The Accounting Historians Journal 26(1): 1-26. (JSTOR link).
Baskerville, R. F. 2003. Hofstede never studied culture. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(1): 1-14.
Baskerville-Morley, R. F. 2004. Dangerous, dominant, dependent, or definitive: Stakeholder identification when the profession faces major transgressions. Accounting and the Public Interest (4): 24-42.
Baskerville-Morley, R. F. 2005. A research note: the unfinished business of culture. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(4): 389-391.
Baskin, E. F. 1971. Comment on "Some recent trends in accounting changes". Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 375-377. (JSTOR link).
Baskin, E. F. 1972. The communicative effectiveness of consistency exceptions. The Accounting Review (January): 38-51. (JSTOR link).
Basoglu, K. A., M. A. Fuller and J. T. Sweeney. 2009. Investigating the effects of computer mediated interruptions: An analysis of task characteristics and interruption frequency on financial performance. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(4): 177-189.
Basopidis, I. G. and P. A. de Lange. 2009. An assessment of the learning benefits of using a web-based learning environment when teaching accounting. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(1): 13-19.
Bass, A. W. 1927. Cost accounting as a basis for shaping operating policy. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 600-618.
Bass, A. W. 1930. Executive and key men bonuses. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 89-97.
Bass, A. W. 1931. Modern trends in cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1897-1908. (Volume 12, issue 24).
Bass, A. W. 1933. Financial incentives for clerical service. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 1115-1127.
Bass, B. M. 1964. Business gaming for organizational research. Management Science (April): 545-556. (JSTOR link).
Bass, B. M. and H. J. Leavitt. 1963. Some experiments in planning and operating. Management Science (July): 574-585. (JSTOR link).
Bass, B. M. and R. Bass. 2008. The Bass Handbook of Leadership: Theory, Research, and Managerial Applications, 4th edition. Free Press.
Bass, B. M., D. W. McGregor and J. L. Walters. 1977. Selecting foreign plant sites: Economic, social and political considerations. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 535-551. (JSTOR link).
Bass, B. M., W. F. Cascio, J. W. McPherson and H. J. Tragash. 1976. PROSPER - Training and research for increasing management awareness of affirmative action in race relations. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 353-369. (JSTOR link).
Bass, G. M. Jr. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1996. Education research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 239-243.
Bass, G. M. Jr. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1996. Education research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 518-524.
Bass, G. M. Jr. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1997. Education research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 248-252.
Bass, G. M. Jr. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1997. Education research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 607-613.
Bass, G. M. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1998. Educational research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 244-248.
Bass, G. M. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1998. Education research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 471-477.
Bass, G. M. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1998. Education research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 784-788.
Bass, G. M. and W. T. Geary, editors. 1998. Education research abstracts. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 1115-1121.
. 2011. Sarbanes-Oxley's CEO and CFO certification requires scienter to protect investors. The CPA Journal (July): 62-66. (Scienter refers to the required state of mind to prove the crime, i.e., the mental state embracing intent to deceive, manipulate or defraud).
Basset, W. R. 1918. Accounting as an aid to business profits. A. W. Shaw Co. Google eBook.
Bassi, L. and D. McMurrer. 2007. Maximizing your return on people. Harvard Business Review (March): 115-123.
Bassler, L. E. and J. A. Litterer. 1959. Business games at the undergraduate level. The Journal of the Academy of Management 2(2): 127-133. (JSTOR link).
Basson, M. B. 1954. Review of internal reports - and reporting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 3-10.
Bast, J. L., R. C. Rue and S. A. Wesbury Jr. 1993. Why we spend too much on Health Care and what we can do about it. Heartland Institute. (Summary).
Bastable, C. W. and D. H. Bao. 1988. The fiction of sales-mix and sales-quantity variances. Accounting Horizons (June): 10-17.
Bastable, C. W. Jr. 1955. A revised concept of inventories. The Accounting Review (January): 130-133. (JSTOR link).
Basu, A. and S. Muylle. 2007. How to plan e-business initiatives in established companies. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 28-36.
Basu, O. N. 1994. The institutional effects of leadership: The United States General Accounting Office and its audit report review process. The Accounting Historians Journal 21(1): 255-273. (JSTOR link).
Basu, J. 1978. Discussion of income tax implications of various methods of accounting for changing prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Changes in General and Specific Prices): 234-246. (JSTOR link).
Basu, P. and J. Cohen. 1994. Learning to learn in the accounting principles course: Outcome assessment of an integrative business analysis project. Journal of Accounting Education 12(4): 359-374.
Basu, S. 1978. 1977 competitive manuscript award: The effect of earnings yield on assessments of the association between annual accounting income numbers and security prices. The Accounting Review (July): 599-625. (JSTOR link).
Basu, S. 1981. Market reactions to accounting policy deliberations: The inflation accounting case revisited. The Accounting Review (October): 942-954. (JSTOR link).
Basu, S. 1997. The conservatism principle and the asymmetric timeliness of earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 3-37.
Basu, S. 1999. Discussion of international differences in the timeliness, conservatism, and classification of earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Credible Financial Reporting): 89-99. (JSTOR link).
Basu, S. 2003. Discussion of enforceable accounting rules and income measurement by early 20th century railroads. Journal of Accounting Research (May-The Effects of Regulation (Including Taxation) on Financial Reporting and Disclosure): 433-444. (JSTOR link).
Basu, S. 2004. What do we learn from two new accounting-based stock market anomalies? Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 333-348.
Basu, S. 2005. Discussion of “Conditional and unconditional conservatism: Concepts and modeling”. Review of Accounting Studies 10(2-3): 311-321.
Basu, S. 2008. Panel on big unanswered questions in accounting-genesis. Accounting Horizons (December): 425-426.
Basu, S. 2008. Panel on big unanswered questions in accounting-synopsis. Accounting Horizons (December): 449-451.
Basu, S. 2012. How can accounting researchers become more innovative? Accounting Horizons (December): 851-870.
Basu, S. and G. B. Waymire. 2006. Recordkeeping and human evolution. Accounting Horizons (September): 201-229.
Basu, S. and J. R. Hanna. 1978. Interindustry estimation of general price-level impact on financial information: A comment. The Accounting Review (January): 192-197. (JSTOR link).
Basu, S. and S. Markov. 2004. Loss function assumptions in rational expectations tests on financial analysts’ earnings forecasts. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 171-203.
Basu, S., M. Kirk and G. Waymire. 2009. Memory, transaction records, and The Wealth of Nations. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(8): 895-917.
Basu, S., S. Markov and L. Shivakumar. 2010. Inflation, earnings forecasts, and post-earnings announcement drift. Review of Accounting Studies 15(2): 403-440.
Batac, J. and D. Carassus. 2009. Interactions between control and organizational learning in the case of a municipality: A comparative study with Kloot (1997). Management Accounting Research (June): 102-116.
Batchelder, G. M. 1949. What records are essential for direction and control of sales effort? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 295-298.
Bateman, T. S. and D. W. Organ. 1983. Job satisfaction and the good soldier: The relationship between affect and employee "citizenship". The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 587-595. (JSTOR link).
Bateman, T. S. and S. Strasser. 1984. A longitudinal analysis of the antecedents of organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 95-112. (JSTOR link).
Bateman, W. 1990. Open to Question: The Art of Teaching and Learning by Inquiry. Jossey-Bass.
Bates, B. L. 1955. Procedure write-ups which will be read and followed. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 836-841.
Bates, H. L. and B. E. Waldrup. 2010. A reexamination of the deductibility of graduate business educational expenses. The CPA Journal (September): 34-37.
Bates, R. E. 1970. Auditing the advanced computer systems. Management Accounting (June): 34-37.
Bates, R. J. 1968. Discussion of the information content of annual earnings announcements. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 93-95. (JSTOR link).
Bateson, G. 1981. Paradigmatic conservatism. In Rigor & Imagination: Essays from the Legacy of Gregory Bateson, edited by C. Wilder-Mott and J. H. Weakland. Praeger Publishers: 347-355.
Bateson, G. 1991. Sacred Unity: Further Steps to an Ecology of Mind. Harper Collins.
Bateson, G. 2000. Steps to an Ecology of Mind: Collected Essays in Anthropology, Psychiatry, Evolution, and Epistemology. University of Chicago Press.
Bateson, G. 2002. Mind and Nature: A Necessary Unity (Advances in Systems Theory, Complexity, and the Human Sciences). Hampton Pr. (Originally published in 1980).
Bathke, A. W. Jr. and K. S. Lorek. 1984. The relationship between time-series models and the security market's expectation of quarterly earnings. The Accounting Review (April): 163-176. (JSTOR link).
Bathke, A. W. Jr., K. S. Lorek and G. L. Willinger. 1989. Firm-size and the predictive ability of quarterly earnings data. The Accounting Review (January): 49-68. (JSTOR link).
Bátiz-Lazo, B. and M. Billings. 2012. Accounting regulation and management discretion - A case note. Abacus 48(3): 414-437.
Batt, R. 2002. Managing customer services: Human resource practices, quit rates, and sales growth. The Academy of Management Journal 45(3): 587-597. (JSTOR link).
Battalio, R. H., A. Lerman, J. Livnat and R. R. Mendenhall. 2012. Who, if anyone, reacts to accrual information? Journal of Accounting and Economics (February-April): 205-224.
Battelle, D. D. 1930. Uniform cost accounting in the retail lumber business. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 388-399.
Batten, F. 2002. Out of the blue and into the black. Harvard Business Review (April): 112-119.
Battin, W. F. 1912. Accounting methods for mercantile corporations. Journal of Accountancy (July): 30-52.
Battin, W. F. 1912. Accounting methods for mercantile corporations (concluded). Journal of Accountancy (August): 117-127.
Battista, G. L. 1962. Direct costing and the balance sheet. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 90.
Battista, G. L. 1965. The selling and administrative expenses dilemma. Management Accounting (November): 3-8.
Battista, G. L. and G. R. Crowningshield. 1963. Accounting for depreciation and repair costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 21-30.
Battista, G. L. and G. R. Crowningshield. 1963. The balance sheet - A subordinate statement. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 27-32. (The balance sheet is a compilation of sundry residues and not a serviceable financial statement).
Battista, G. L. and G. R. Crowingshield. 1964. Absorption, direct or relevant costing? N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 11-23.
Battista, G. L. and G. R. Crowingshield. 1965. Inventories at realizable values? N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 31-43.
Battista, G. L. and G. R. Crowningshield. 1966. Cost behavior and breakeven analysis - A different approach. Management Accounting (October): 3-14.
Battista, M. S. 1978. The effect of instructional technology and learner characteristics on cognitive achievement in college accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 477-485. (JSTOR link).
Baty, G. B., W. M. Evan and T. W. Rothermel. 1971. Personnel flows as interorganizational relations. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 430-443. (JSTOR link).
Baucells, M. and F. H. Heukamp. 2006. Stochastic dominance and cumulative prospect theory. Management Science (September): 1409-1423. (JSTOR link).
Baucells, M. and F. H. Heukamp. 2012. Probability and time trade-off. Management Science (April): 831-842.
Baucells, M., M. Weber and F. Welfens. 2011. Reference-point formation and updating. Management Science (March): 506-519.
Bauch, D. J. 1997. Software review. Management Accounting (July): 63.
Baucus, M. S. and D. A. Baucus. 1997. Paying the piper: An empirical examination of longer-term financial consequences of illegal corporate behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 40(1): 129-151. (JSTOR link).
Baucus, M. S. and J. P. Near. 1991. Can illegal corporate behavior be predicted? An event history analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 34(1): 9-36. (JSTOR link).
Baudoin, P. and M. S. Luehlfing. 1997. Family-owned businesses: A challenge for management accountants. Management Accounting (March): 46-48, 50-51.
Bauer, J. 1913. The accounting of interest and discount on notes. Journal of Accountancy (April): 248-258.
Bauer, J. 1913. The accounting of interest and discount notes. Journal of Accountancy (May): 341-350.
Bauer, J. 1915. Depreciation formula of the American Society of Civil Engineers. Journal of Accountancy (August): 104-111.
Bauer, J. 1915. Rents in public utility accounting. Journal of Accountancy (July): 21-27.
Bauer, J. 1916. The idea of capitalization as applied to public service corporations. Journal of Accountancy (July): 1-9.
Bauer, J. 1919. Renewal costs and business profits in relation to rising prices. Journal of Accountancy (December): 413-419.
Bauer, J. 1926. The problem of effective regulation of public utilities. Harvard Business Review (October): 68-79.
Bauer, J. 1930. Depreciation and public utility valuation. The Accounting Review (June): 111-116. (JSTOR link).
Bauer, J. 1937. The concepts of capital and income in the regulation of public utilities. The Accounting Review (March): 22-29 . (JSTOR link).
Bauer, K. J. 1956. Expense center accounting for retail stores. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 874-879.
Bauer, R. D. M. 1942. Keeping the proper balance between practical and theoretical accounting training. The Accounting Review (July): 233-236 . (JSTOR link).
Bauer, T. D., B. Dehning and T. C. Stratopoulos. 2012. The financial performance of global information and communication technology companies. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 119-152.
Bauer, T. N., S. G. Green and T. N. Bauer. 1996. Development of leader-member exchange: A longitudinal test. The Academy of Management Journal 39(6): 1538-1567. (JSTOR link). 1997. Erratum: Development of leader-member exchange: A longitudinal test. The Academy of Management Journal 40(2): 258. (JSTOR link).
Bauer, W. C. 1961. Leasing equipment - Advantageous to whom? N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 44-46.
Baugh, F. H. 1915. Principles and Practice of Cost Accounting for Accountants, Manufacturers, Mechanical Engineers, Teachers and Students. F. H. Baugh. Google eBook.
Baughman, G. K. 1967. Economical processing of small orders. Management Accounting (March): 55-58.
Baughman, J. P. 1969. The History of American Management: Selections from the Business History Review. Prentice-Hall. Review by R. H. Homburger. (JSTOR link).
Baughman, R. H. 1970. Accounting for inter-plant sales. Management Accounting (September): 41-43.
Baum, B. and E. Burack. 1969. Information technology, manpower development and organizational performance. The Academy of Management Journal 12(3): 279-291. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. 2002. Editor. The Blackwell Companion to Organizations. Blackwell Publishers.
Baum, J. A. C. and C. Oliver. 1991. Errata: Institutional linkages and organizational mortality. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(3): 489. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C. and C. Oliver. 1991. Institutional linkages and organizational mortality. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(2): 187-218. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C. and C. Oliver. 1996. Toward an institutional ecology of organizational founding. The Academy of Management Journal 39(5): 1378-1427. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C. and H. A. Haveman. 1997. Love thy neighbor? Differentiation and agglomeration in the Manhattan hotel industry, 1898-1990. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(2): 304-338. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C. and H. A. Haveman. 1998. Errata: Love they neighbor? Differentiation and agglomeration in the Manhattan hotel industry, 1898-1990. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(2): 506. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C. and H. J. Korn. 1996. Competitive dynamics of interfirm rivalry. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 255-291. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C. and S. J. Mezias. 1992. Localized competition and organizational failure in the Manhattan hotel industry, 1898-1990. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(4): 580-604. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C., S. Xiao Li, and J. M. Usher. 2000. Making the next move: How experiential and vicarious learning shape the locations of chains' acquisitions. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(4): 766-801. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. A. C., T. J. Rowley, A. V. Shipilov and Y. Chuang. 2005. Dancing with strangers: Aspiration performance and the search for underwriting syndicate partners. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(4): 536-575. (JSTOR link).
Baum, J. R., E. A. Locke and K. G. Smith. 2001. A multidimensional model of venture growth. The Academy of Management Journal 44(2): 292-303. (JSTOR link).
Bauman, C. C., M. P. Bauman and S. Das. 2010. Valuation consequences of regulatory changes in revenue recognition: Evidence from advertising barter sales. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 26(2): 177-184.
Bauman, M. P. 2003. The impact and valuation of off-balance-sheet activities concealed by equity method accounting. Accounting Horizons (December): 303-314.
Bauman, M. P. and R. N. Francis. 2011. Issues in lessor accounting: The forgotten half of lease accounting. Accounting Horizons (June): 247-266.
Baumgartel, H. 1957. Leadership style as a variable in research administration. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(3): 344-360. (JSTOR link).
Baumgarten, D., U. Bonenkamp and C. Homburg. 2010. The information content of the SG&A ratio. Journal of Management Accounting Research (22): 1-22.
Baumler, J. V. 1971. Defined criteria of performance in organizational control. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 340-350. (JSTOR link).
Baumol, W., B. Malkiel and R. Quandt. 1966. The valuation of convertible securities. Quarterly Journal of Economics (February): 48-59.
Baumol, W. J. 1963. An expected gain-confidence limit criterion for portfolio selection. Management Science (October): 174-182. (JSTOR link).
Baumol, W. J. and E. A. Ide. 1956. Variety in retailing. Management Science (October): 93-101. (JSTOR link).
Baumol, W. J., et al. 1962. The role of cost in minimum pricing of railroad services. The Journal of Business (October): 1-10.
Baumol, W. J. and T. Fabian. 1964. Decomposition, pricing for decentralization and external economies. Management Science (September): 1-32. (JSTOR link).
Baur, P. C. Jr. 1965. Profit performance index. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 17-20.
Bauscher, H. A. 1959. Leasing of machine tools. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 88-89.
Bavelas, A. 1960. Leadership: Man and function. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(4): 491-498. (JSTOR link).
Bavishi, V. B. 1981. Capital budgeting practices at multinationals. Management Accounting (August): 32-35. (Survey of Fortune 500 multinationals).
Baxendale, S., R. Coppage and A. Levitan. 1998. Lambers CFM Review: Test prep software for the CFM Exam. Lambers CFM Review.
Baxendale, S., R. Coppage and A. Levitan. 2001. The CMA/CFM Exam: Test-Taking Tips, Past Examination Questions and Solutions. Wise Guides CMA/CFM Review.
Baxendale, S. J. 1987. Cost allocation vs. performance evaluation:
Observations at five major defense contractors. Akron Business and Economic Review (Winter): 90-97.
Baxendale, S. J. 1999. Software for activity-based management. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 11-24.
Baxendale, S. J. 2000. An Activity-based costing practicum. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 46-47.
Baxendale, S. J. 2006. The selection of actionable cost objects for an activity-based costing system. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 9-13.
Baxendale, S. J. and B. P. Foster. 2010. ABC absorption and direct costing income statements. Cost Management (September/October): 5-14.
Baxendale, S. J. and F. Jama. 2003. What ERP can offer ABC. Strategic Finance (August): 54-57.
Baxendale, S. J. and M. Gupta. 1998. Aligning TOC & ABC for silkscreen printing. Management Accounting (April): 39-44.
Baxendale, S. J. and P. Jokinen. 2000. Interactions between ERP and ABCM systems. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 40-46.
Baxendale, S. J. and P. S. Raju. 2004. Using ABC to enhance throughput accounting: A strategic perspective. Cost Management (January/February): 31-38. (Summary).
Baxendale, S. J. and R. E. Coppage. 2012. Tax savings from the sale of qualified small business stock. The CPA Journal (August): 36-41.
Baxendale, S. J. and V. Dornbusch. 2000. Activity-based costing for a hospice. Strategic Finance (March): 60-70.
Baxendale, S. J., L. H. Boyd and M. Gupta. 2006. The absorption costing/inventory management conundrum: A theory of constraints approach. Cost Management (November/December): 30-39.
Baxendale, S. J., M. Gupta and P.S. Raju. 2005. Profit enhancement using an ABC model. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 11-21. (A field study).
Baxt, R. 1967. Legal decisions and accounting principles. Abacus 3(1): 83-86.
Baxter, G. C. and R. A. Konopka. 1985. Transfer pricing across the Canada U. S. border. CA Magazine (June): 50-55.
Baxter, J. 2004. Professor Bill Birkett (1940-2004). Management Accounting Research (December): 381-382.
Baxter, J. and W. F. Chua. 2003. Alternative management accounting research - Whence and whither. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(2-3): 97-126.
Baxter, J. and W. F. Chua. 2006. A management accountant from "down under": The research of Professor Bill Birkett (1940-2004). Management Accounting Research (March): 1-10.
Baxter, J. and W. F. Chua. 2008. Be(com)ing the chief financial officer of an organisation: Experimenting with Bourdieu's practice theory. Management Accounting Research (September): 212-230.
Baxter, J. A. and W. F. Chua. 1998. Doing field research: Practice and meta-theory in counterpoint. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 69-87.
Baxter, R. J. and J. C. Thibodeau. 2011. Does the use of intelligent learning and assessment software enhance the acquisition of financial accounting knowledge? Issues In Accounting Education (November): 647-656.
Baxter, R. J. and J. E. Hunton. 2011. Capturing affect via the experience sampling method: Prospects for accounting information systems researchers. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 12(2): 90-98.
Baxter, W. T. 1945. House of Hancock, Harvard University Press.
Baxter, W. T. 1956. Accounting in Colonial America, in A. C. Littleton and B. S. Yamey (eds). Studies in the History of Accounting, Sweet and Maxwell.
Baxter, W. T. 1946. Credit, bills, and bookkeeping in a simple economy. The Accounting Review (April): 154-166. (JSTOR link).
Baxter, W. T. 1967. Accounting values: Sale price versus replacement cost. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 208-214. (JSTOR link).
Baxter, W. T. 1970. Depreciating assets: The forward-looking approach to value. Abacus 6(2): 120-131.
Baxter, W. T. 1980. The account charge and discharge. The Accounting Historians Journal 7(1): 69-71. (JSTOR Link).
Baxter, W. T. 1989. Early accounting: The tally and checkerboard. The Accounting Historians Journal 16(2): 43-83. (JSTOR link).
Baxter, W. T. 1999. McKesson & Robbins: A milestone in auditing. Accounting, Business & Financial History.
Baxter, W. T. 2004. Observations on money, barter and bookkeeping. The Accounting Historians Journal 31(1): 129-139. (JSTOR link).
Baxter, W. T. and N. H. Carrier. 1971. Depreciation, replacement price, and cost of capital. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 189-214. (JSTOR link).
Bay, D. D. and R. R. Greenberg. 2001. The relationship of the DIT and behavior: A replication. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 367-380. (The Defining Issues Test based on Kohlberg's theory is used to assess the level of ethical development. This study replicates Ponemon's 1993 study indicating that subjects with low scores and those with high scores are more likely to behave unethically).
Bay, M. W. 1953. An experience in teaching accountants' report writing by visual methods. The Accounting Review (January): 113-114. (JSTOR link).
Baydoun, N. and R. Willett. 1995. Cultural relevance of western accounting systems to developing countries. Abacus 31(1): 67-92.
Baydoun, N. and R. Willett. 2000. Islamic corporate reports. Abacus 36(1): 71-90.
Bayer, F. A., D. C. Clark, H. C. Herring III and L. R. Thomas. 1994. Summary of “evaluating your curriculum”: A report by the Federation of Schools of Accountancy Committee on Assessment of Curriculum Changes. Journal of Accounting Education 12(2): 115-120.
Bayer, F. A., D. M. Hopkins and B. J. Pierce. 1989. Integrating tax and financial accounting concepts into the partnership accounting curriculum. Journal of Accounting Education 7(2): 195-216.
Bayer, H. S. 1973. Planning for cost reductions. Management Accounting (April): 31-36.
Bayer, W. A. 1906. C.P.A. examination questions/solutions. Journal of Accountancy (May): 74-78.
Bayless, R., J. Cochrane, T. Harris, J. Leisenring, J. McLaughlin and J. P. Wirtz. 1996. International access to U.S. capital markets - An AAA forum on accounting policy. Accounting Horizons (March): 75-94.
Baylis, A. W. 1971. Income tax allocation - A defence. Abacus 7(2): 161-172.
Baylis, J., J. J. Wirtz and C. S. Gray. 2010. Strategy in the Contemporary World: An Introduction to Strategic Studies, 3rd edition. Oxford University Press, USA.
Bayou, M. E. 1999. Accounting for modular manufacturing: Addressing new challenges. Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 11-20.
Bayou, M. E. 2008. A note on an alternative cost allocation system for municipal service units. Advances in Management Accounting (17): 317-346.
Bayou, M. E. and J. B. Nachtman. 1992. Costing for manufacturing wastes. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 53-62. (Summary).
Bayou, M. E. and B. L. Gerber. 1997. A 100-year history of the control function at Ford Motor Company. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 28-33.
Bayou, M. E. and A. Reinstein. 1996. Target costing for product safety. Advances in Management Accounting (5): 1-25.
Bayou, M. E. and A. Reinstein. 1997. Formula for success: target costing for cost-plus pricing companies. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 30-34.
Bayou, M. E. and A. Reinstein. 1999. Integration of applied thinking to guide management accounting perspective. Advances in Management Accounting (8): 95-112.
Bayou,
M. E. and A. Reinstein. 2000. Process-driven cost associations for creating
value. Advances in Management Accounting (9):
Bayou, M. E. and A. Reinstein. 2003. A management accounting taxonomy for the mass customization approach. Advances in Management Accounting (11): 169-189.
Bayou, M. E. and A. Reinstein. 2004. Accounting for cost interactions in designing products. Advances in Management Accounting (12): 151-170.
Bayou, M. E. and A. Reinstein. 2007. Capacity utilization and the BEFCU model: A field study. Advances in Management Accounting (16): 181-203.
Bayou, M. E. and T. Jeffries. 2006. Analyzing the
investment decision in modular manufacturing systems within a critical-thinking
framework. Advances in Management Accounting (15):
Bayou, M. E., A. Reinstein and P. F. Williams. 2011. To tell the truth: A discussion of issues concerning truth and ethics in accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(2): 109-124.
Baysinger, B. and R. E. Hoskisson. 1989. Diversification strategy and R&D intensity in multiproduct firms. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 310-332. (JSTOR link).
Baysinger, B. D., G. D. Keim and C. P. Zeithaml. 1985. An empirical evaluation of the potential for including shareholders in corporate constituency programs. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 180-200. (JSTOR link).
Baysinger, B. D., R. D. Kosnik and T. A. Turk. 1991. Effects of board and ownership structure on corporate R&D strategy. The Academy of Management Journal 34(1): 205-214. (JSTOR link).
Bazarraa, M. S., J. J. Jarvis and H. D. Sherali. 2009. Linear Programming and Network Flows, 4th edition. Wiley.
Bazerman, M. H. 2001. Judgment in Managerial Decision Making. John Wiley & Sons.
Bazerman, M. H. and A. E. Tenbrunsel. 2011. Ethical breakdowns. Harvard Business Review (April): 58-65.
Bazerman, M. H. and D. Chugh. 2006. Decisions without blinders. Harvard Business Review (January): 88-97.
Bazerman, M. H. and D. Moore. 2011. Is it time for auditor independence yet? Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(4-5): 310-312.
Bazerman, M. H. and M. D. Watkins. 2004. Predictable Surprises: The Disasters You Should Have Seen Coming, and How to Prevent Them (Leadership for the Common Good). Harvard Business School Press.
Bazerman, M. H., G. Loewenstein and D. A. Moore. 2002. Why good accountants do bad audits. Harvard Business Review (November): 97-102. (Summary).
Bazerman, M. H., G. F. Loewenstein and S. B. White. 1992. Reversals of preference in allocation decisions: Judging an alternative versus choosing among alternatives. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 220-240. (JSTOR link).
Bazilevich, L. A. 1992. Transition from a command to a market economy: Creation of a valid management information system. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 14-31.
Bazley, J. D. 1974. An algebraic aid in teaching the differences between direct costing and full-absorption costing models: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 838. (JSTOR link).
Bazley, J. D. and J. C. Tripp. 1989. The corporate alternative minimum tax: Impacts on financial reporting. Accounting Horizons (March): 54-62.
Bazley, J. D. and L. A. Nikolai. 1975. A comparison of published accounting research and qualities of accounting faculty and doctoral programs. The Accounting Review (July): 605-610. (JSTOR link).
Bazley, M., P. Brown and H. Y. Izan. 1985. An analysis of lease disclosures by Australian companies. Abacus 21(1): 44-62.
Bazzle, K. L. 1989. Funding postemployment health care benefits. Management Accounting (April): 27-29.
Beach, L. R. and J. R. Frederickson. 1989. Image theory: An alternative description of audit decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(1-2): 101-112.
Beach, W. F. 1953. How to make I-day easier. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 245-254.
Beadle, W. H. 1954. Tax effects of declining balance depreciation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1174-1178.
Beale, D. M. 1934. Accounting in the paint industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 73-78.
Bealing, W. E. Jr. 1994. Actions speak louder than words: An institutional perspective on the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(7): 555-567.
Bealing, W. E. Jr., M. W. Dirsmith and T. Fogarty. 1996. Early regulatory actions by the SEC: An institutional theory perspective on the dramaturgy of political exchanges. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(4): 317-338.
Beall, F. M. 1952. A cost system for a chemical plant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 263-275.
Beam, T. 1986. Budget is not a plan. Business Planning 2(2): 23-26.
Beam, T. J. 1973. Mix variance in gross profit analysis. Management Accounting (November): 38-40.
Beaman, I. and B. Richardson. 2007. Information technology, decision support and management accounting roles. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 59-68.
Beamer, G. C. and T. Rose. 1955. The use of the GATB and the AIA tests in predicting success in courses in accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 533-535. (JSTOR link).
Beams, F. A. 1969. EDP and the elementary accounting course. The Accounting Review (October): 832-836. (JSTOR link).
Beams, F. A. 1969. Indications of pragmatism and empiricism in accounting thought. The Accounting Review (April): 382-388. (JSTOR link). (Compares two views related to the purpose of accounting. The Empirical line of thought - The purpose of accounting is to present the facts of enterprise financial experience. The Pragmatic line of thought - The purpose of accounting is to provide useful information about the enterprise.)
Beams, F. A. 1972. Income reporting: Continuity with change. Management Accounting (August): 23-27.
Beams, F. A. 1974. New directions in financial reporting. Management Accounting (February): 13-15, 22.
Beams, J. D. 2004. Stock options: This time it's going to be different. Strategic Finance (November): 50-51.
Beams, J. D. and J. W. Briggs. 2012. Tax planning for parents of college students. Journal of Accountancy (March): 50-54.
Beams, J. D., A. J. Amoruso and F. M. Richardson. 2005. Discretionary reporting of stock options by IPO firms. Accounting Horizons (December): 223-236.
Bean, D. 2002. Learn Peach Tree Accounting. Wordware Publishing.
Bean, L. and D. W. Thomas. 1990. The development of the judicial definition of materiality. The Accounting Historians Journal 17(2): 113-123. (JSTOR link).
Bean, M. A. 1989. Audit standards: An overview. Management Accounting (December): 46-49.
Bean, T. J. and J. G. Gros. 1992. R&D benchmarking at AT&T. Research-Technology Management (July-August): 32-37.
Bean, V. L. and J. N. Medewitz. 1987. Computer education: A survey of accounting graduates. Journal of Accounting Education 5(2): 243-258.
Bean, V. L. and W. G. Mister. 1978. A partner in residence program at the University of Colorado for national accountancy firms. The Accounting Review (January): 139-142. (JSTOR link).
Beard, A. 2010. Losing the top job - and winning it back. Harvard Business Review (October): 136-138.
Beard, A. 2011. Forced to shut down. Harvard Business Review (May): 132-134.
Beard, A. 2011. Surviving twin challenges - At home and work. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 164-166.
Beard, A., R. Hornik, H. Wang, M. Ennes, E. Rush and S. Presnal. 2011. It's hard to be good: But it's worth it. Here are five companies whose success is built on responsible business practices. Harvard Business Review (November): 88-96. (Royal DSM, Southwest Airlines, Broad Group, Potash Corporation, and Unilever).
Beard, D. F. 1998. The status of internships/cooperative education experiences in accounting education. Journal of Accounting Education 16(3-4): 507-516.
Beard, D. F. 2007. Retaliation: Unlawful, unethical, or just to be expected? Strategic Finance (August): 32-38. (Protecting whistleblowers).
Beard, D. F. and J. A. Elfrink. 1990. A profile of recent doctoral graduates in accounting: Some guidance in what to expect. Journal of Accounting Education 8(2): 285-298.
Beard, D. W. and G. G. Dess. 1981. Corporate-level strategy, business-level strategy, and firm performance. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 663-688. (JSTOR link).
Beard, L. H. and C. W. Caldwell. 1984. Transfer pricing can improve sales and credit cooperation. Management Accounting (March): 60-65.
Beard, L. H. and V. A. Hoyle. 1976. Cost accounting proposal for an advertising agency. Management Accounting (December): 38-40.
Beard, L. H., F. A. Jacobs and A. L. Hartgraves. 1985. Publications: A valid measure of faculty contribution? Journal of Accounting Education 3(2): 155-161.
Beard, V. 1993. Classroom assessment techniques (CATs): Tools for improving accounting education. Journal of Accounting Education 11(2): 293-300.
Beard, V. 1994. Popular culture and professional identity: Accountants in the movies. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(3): 303-318.
Beard, V. K. 1997. Performance appraisal of public accounting interns: A qualitative analysis of self-reported deficiencies. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 15-26.
Bearden, J. N., A. Rapoport and R. O. Murphy. 2006. Sequential observation and selection with rank-dependent payoffs: An experimental study. Management Science (September): 1437-1449. (JSTOR link).
Beardsley, R. 1960. Company administrated salesmen expense drafts. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 15-22 .
Bearse, A. W. 1971. Air pollution: A case study. Management Accounting (September): 16-18.
Beasley, A. L. 2005. The style split: Good communication has no gender. Journal of Accountancy (September): 91-92.
Beasley, M., A. Chen, K. Nunez and L. Wright. 2006. Working hand in hand: Balanced scorecards and enterprise risk management. Strategic Finance (March): 49-55.
Beasley, M., M. Bradford and B. Dehning. 2009. The value impact of strategic intent on firms engaged in information systems outsourcing. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(2): 79-96.
Beasley, M., M. Bradford and D. Pagach. 2004. Outsourcing? At your own risk. Strategic Finance (July): 22-29. (The risks associated with outsourcing).
Beasley, M. S. 1996. An empirical analysis of the relation between the board of director composition and financial statement fraud. The Accounting Review (October): 443-465. (JSTOR link).
Beasley, M. S. 2003. SAS No 99: A new look at auditor detection of fraud. Journal of Forensic Accounting (4): 1-20.
Beasley, M. S. and J. G. Jenkins. 2003. The relation of information technology and financial statement fraud. Journal of Forensic Accounting (4): 217-232.
Beasley, M. S. and M. L. Frigo. 2007. Strategic risk management: Creating and protecting value. Strategic Finance (May): 24-31, 53.
Beasley, M. S., B. C. Branson and B. V. Hancock. 2008. Rising expectations. Journal of Accountancy (April): 44-50.
Beasley, M. S., B. C. Branson and B. V. Hancock. 2010. Are you identifying your most significant risks? Strategic Finance (November): 29-35.
Beasley, M. S., F. A. Buckless, S. M. Glover and D. F. Prawitt. 2005. Auditing Cases (3rd Edition). Prentice Hall.
Beasley, M. S., J. V. Carcello and D. R. Hermanson. 1999. Just say 'no'. Strategic Finance (May): 52-57. (The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission or COSO study suggests control guidelines based on fraud cases).
Beasley, M. S., J. V. Carcello, D. R. Hermanson and P. D. Lapides. 2000. Fraudulent financial reporting: Consideration of industry traits and corporate governance mechanisms. Accounting Horizons (December): 441-454.
Beasley, M. S., R. Clune and D. R. Hermanson. 2008. The impact of enterprise risk management on the internal audit function. Journal of Forensic Accounting 9(1): 1-20.
Beath, C., I. Becerra-Fernandez, J. Ross and J. Short. 2012. Finding value in the information explosion. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 18-20.
Beattie, V. and J. M. Jones. 1999. Australian financial graphs: An empirical study. Abacus 35(1): 46-76.
Beattie, V. and M. J. Jones. 2002. The impact of graph slope on rate of change judgments in corporate reports. Abacus 38(2): 177-199.
Beattie, V. A. and R. J. Ryan. 1991. The impact of non-serial publications on research in accounting and finance. Abacus 27(1): 32-50.
Beatty, A. 1996. Forum on experience in practice: Federal Reserve Bank. Accounting Horizons (September): 122-125.
Beatty, A. 1999. Assessing the use of derivatives as part of a risk-management strategy. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 353-357.
Beatty, A. 2007. Discussion of “Asymmetric timeliness of earnings, market-to-book and conservatism in financial reporting”. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 32-35.
Beatty, A. and D. G. Harris. 1999. The effects of taxes, agency costs and information asymmetry on earnings management: A comparison of public and private firms. Review of Accounting Studies 4(3-4): 299-326.
Beatty, A. and D. G. Harris. 2001. Intra-group, interstate strategic income management for tax, financial reporting, and regulatory purposes. The Accounting Review (October): 515-536. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, A. and J. Weber. 2003. The effects of debt contracting on voluntary accounting method changes. The Accounting Review (January): 119-142. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, A. and J. Weber. 2006. Accounting discretion in fair value estimates: An examination of SFAS 142 goodwill impairments. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 257-288. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, A. and S. Liao. 2011. Do delays in expected loss recognition affect banks' willingness to lend? Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 1-20.
Beatty, A., J. Weber and J. J. Yu. 2008. Conservatism and debt. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 154-174.
Beatty, A., K. Ramesh and J. Weber. 2002. The importance of accounting changes in debt contracts: The cost of flexibility in covenant calculations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 205-227.
Beatty, A., P. G. Berger and J. Magliolo. 1995. Motives for forming research & development financing organizations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 411-442.
Beatty, A., R. Petacchi and H. Zhang. 2012. Hedge commitments and agency costs of debt: Evidence from interest rate protection covenants and accounting conservatism. Review of Accounting Studies 17(3): 700-738.
Beatty, A., S. Chamberlain and J. Magliolo. 1996. An empirical analysis of the economic implications of fair value accounting for investment securities. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August-December): 43-77.
Beatty, A., S. L. Chamberlain and J. Magliolo. 1995. Managing financial reports of commercial banks: The influence of taxes, regulatory capital, and earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 231-261. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, A., S. Liao and J. Weber. 2012. Evidence on the determinants and economic consequences of delegated monitoring. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 555-576.
Beatty, A., W. S. Liao and J. Weber. 2010. The effect of private information and monitoring on the role of accounting quality in investment decisions. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(1): 17-47.
Beatty, A. L., B. Ke and K. R. Petroni. 2002. Earnings management to avoid earnings declines across publicly and privately held banks. The Accounting Review (July): 547-570. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, C. A. 1992. Implementing advanced manufacturing technologies: Rules of the road. Sloan Management Review (Summer): 49-60.
Beatty, R. P. 1989. Auditor reputation and the pricing of initial public offerings. The Accounting Review (October): 693-709. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, R. P. 1993. The economic determinants of auditor compensation in the initial public offerings market. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 294-302. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, R. P. and E. J. Zajac. 1994. Managerial incentives, monitoring, and risk bearing: A study of executive compensation, ownership, and board structure in initial public offerings. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(2): 313-335. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, R. P., S. M. Riffe and R. Thompson. 1999. The method of comparables and tax court valuations of private firms: An empirical investigation. Accounting Horizons (September): 177-199.
Beatty, R. W. 1973. Blacks as supervisors: A study of training, job performance, and employers' expectations. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 196-206. (JSTOR link).
Beatty, W. C. 1941. Accounting in the graduate program of the social-science student. The Accounting Review (June): 155-161. (JSTOR link).
Beaudoin, C., N. Chandar and E. M. Werner. 2011. Good disclosure doesn't cure bad accounting - Or does it?: Evaluating the case for SFAS 158. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(1): 99-110.
Beaudoin, L. 2012. Growing the CMA around the world. Strategic Finance (September): 54-59.
Beaudry, D. P. Jr. 1941. The supply inventory and its control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1381-1398.
Beaudry, D. P. Jr. 1949. An economical payroll system featuring centralized processing of employee deductions by machine methods. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 43-58.
Beaudry, D. P. Jr. 1954. Can you afford that asset? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1383-1405.
Beaujon, A. L. 1922. Accounting for a printing and bookbinding business. Journal of Accountancy (August): 91-99.
Beaujon, G. J., and V. R. Singhal. 1990. Understanding the activity costs in an activity-based cost system. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 51-72.
Beaulieu, P. 2009. Beliefs of forensic investigators regarding by- and uni-directional behavior analysis. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 1(1): 1-21.
Beaulieu, P. R. 1996. A note on the role of memory in commercial loan officers' use of accounting and character information. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(6): 515-528.
Beaver, K. 2002. Healthcare Information Systems, Second Edition (Best Practices). AUERBACH.
Beaver, W. 1968. The information content of annual earnings announcements. Journal of Accounting Research (Supplement): 67-92.
Beaver, W., C. Eger, S. Ryan and M. Wolfson. 1989. Financial reporting, supplemental disclosures, and bank share prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 157-178. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W., M. McNichols and R. Price. 2007. Delisting returns and their effect on accounting-based market anomalies. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 341-368.
Beaver, W., P. Kettler; M. Scholes. 1970. The association between market determined and accounting determined risk measures. The Accounting Review (October): 654-682. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W., R. Lambert and D. Morse. 1980. The information content of security prices. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 3-28.
Beaver, W. H. 1966. Financial ratios as predictors of failure. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 71-111. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1966. Professor Beaver's reply to Professor Neter. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 123-127. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1968. Alternative accounting measures as predictors of failure. The Accounting Review (January): 113-122. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1968. Market prices, financial ratios, and the prediction of failure. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 179-192. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1968. The information content of annual earnings announcements. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 67-92. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1970. The time series behavior of earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 62-99. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1974. Implications of security price research for accounting: A reply to Bierman. The Accounting Review (July): 563-571. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1981. Econometric properties of alternative security return methods. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 163-184. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1981. Market efficiency. The Accounting Review (January): 23-37. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1982. Discussion of market-based empirical research in accounting: A review, interpretation, and extension. Journal of Accounting Research (Supplement: Studies on Current Research Methodologies in Accounting: A Critical Evaluation): 323-331. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1984. Incorporating research into the education process. Issues In Accounting Education: 33-38.
Beaver, W. H. 1987. Presidential address. Accounting Horizons (December): 1-6.
Beaver, W. H. 1987. The properties of sequential regressions with multiple explanatory variables. The Accounting Review (January): 137-144. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. 1991. Problems and paradoxes in the financial reporting of future events. Accounting Horizons (December): 122-134.
Beaver, W. H. 1992. Challenges in accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 135-144.
Beaver, W. H. 1996. Directions in accounting research: Near and far. Accounting Horizons (June): 113-124.
Beaver, W. H. 1999. Comments on ‘An empirical assessment of the residual income valuation model'. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 35-42.
Beaver, W. H. 1999. Discussion of “On transitory earnings”. Review of Accounting Studies 4(3-4): 163-167.
Beaver, W. H. 2002. Perspectives on recent capital market research. The Accounting Review (April): 453-474. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and E. E. Engel. 1996. Discretionary behavior with respect to allowances for loan losses and the behavior of security prices. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August-December): 177-206.
Beaver, W. H. and J. S. Demski. 1974. The nature of financial accounting objectives: A summary and synthesis. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Financial Accounting Objectives): 170-187. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and J. S. Demski. 1979. The nature of income measurement. The Accounting Review (January): 38-46. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and M. A. Wolfson. 1982. Foreign currency translation and changing prices in perfect and complete markets. Journal of Accounting Research (Part II, Autumn): 528-550. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and M. F. McNichols. 1998. The characteristics and valuation of loss reserves of property casualty insurers. Review of Accounting Studies 3(1-2): 73-95.
Beaver, W. H. and M. F. McNichols. 2001. Do stock prices of property casualty insurers fully reflect information about earnings, accruals, cash flows, and development? Review of Accounting Studies 6(2-3): 197-220.
Beaver, W. H. and R. E. Dukes. 1972. Interperiod tax allocation, earnings expectations, and the behavior of security prices. The Accounting Review (April): 320-332. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and R. E. Dukes. 1973. Interperiod tax allocation and δ-depreciation methods: Some empirical results. The Accounting Review (July): 549-559. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and R. E. Dukes. 1974. δ-Depreciation methods: Some analytical results. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 205-215. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and S. G. Ryan. 2000. Biases and lags in book value and their effects on the ability of the book-to-market ratio to predict book return on equity. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 127-148. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H. and S. G. Ryan. 2005. Conditional and unconditional conservatism: Concepts and modeling. Review of Accounting Studies 10(2-3): 269-309.
Beaver, W. H. and W. R. Landsman. 1981. Note on the behavior of residual security returns for winner and loser portfolios. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 233-241.
Beaver, W. H., A. A. Christie and P. A. Griffin. 1980. The information content of SEC accounting series release N. 190. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 127-157.
Beaver, W. H., C. Shakespeare and M. T. Soliman. 2006. Differential properties in the ratings of certified versus non-certified bond-rating agencies. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 303-334.
Beaver, W. H., J. W. Kennelly and W. M. Voss. 1968. Predictive ability as a criterion for the evaluation of accounting data. The Accounting Review (October): 675-683. (JSTOR link).
Beaver, W. H., M. F. McNichols and J. Rhie. 2005. Have financial statements become less informative? Evidence from the ability of financial ratios to predict bankruptcy. Review of Accounting Studies 10(1): 93-122.
Beaver, W. H., M. F. McNichols and K. K. Nelson. 2003. Management of the loss reserve accrual and the distribution of earnings in the property-casualty insurance industry. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 347-376.
Beaver, W. H., M. F. McNichols and K. K. Nelson. 2007. An alternative interpretation of the discontinuity in earnings distributions. Review of Accounting Studies 12(4): 525-556.
Beaver, W. H., M. L. McAnally and C. H. Stinson. 1997. The information content of earnings and prices: A simultaneous equations approach. Journal of Accounting and Economics (May): 53-81.
Beaver, W. H., P. A. Griffin and W. R. Landsman. 1982.The incremental information content of replacement cost earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 15-39.
Beaver, W. H., P. A. Griffin, and W. R. Landsman. 1984. Testing for incremental information content in the presence of collinearity: A comment. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 219-223.
Beaver, W. H., R. A. Lambert and S. G. Ryan. 1987. The information content of security prices : A second look. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 139-157.
Beaver, W. H., R. Clarke and W. F. Wright. 1979. The association between unsystematic security returns and the magnitude of earnings forecast errors. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 316-340. (JSTOR link).
Bebbington, J., E. A. Kirk and C. Larrinaga. 2012. The production of normativity: A comparison of reporting regimes in Spain and the UK. Accounting, Organizations and Society 37(2): 78-94.
Bebbington, J., I. Thomson and D. Wall. 1997. Accounting students and constructed gender: An exploration of gender in the context of accounting degree choices at two Scottish universities. Journal of Accounting Education 15(2): 241-267.
Bebchuk, L. and J. M. Fried. 2004. Pay without Performance: The Unfulfilled Promise of Executive Compensation. Harvard University Press.
Bebee, R. F. 1976. A look at employee retirement benefits. Management Accounting (March): 13-14, 16.
Bebee, R. F., L. L. Steinmetz and W. D. Wilsted. 1975. Managing the income number. Management Accounting (February): 40-42.
Becerra-Fernandez, I., A. Gonzalez and R. Sabherwal. 2003. Knowledge Management. Prentice Hall.
Becerra-Fernandez, I. and R. Sabherwal. 2010. Knowledge Management: Systems and Processes. M. E. Sharpe.
Bechara, M. and G. Kapoor. 2012. Maximizing the value of a risk-based audit plan. The CPA Journal (March): 28-30.
Becht, B. 2010. Building a company without borders. Harvard Business Review (April): 103-106.
Bechtel, R. C. 1963. Electronic billing at Bell Telephone. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 55-61.
Bechtel, R. V. 1943. Business budgeting with a view to conversion from wartime to peacetime conditions. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1349-1375.
Bechtel, V. R. 1954. Wide-awake inventory control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 345-351.
Beck, C. 2007. Private companies cash in on "private" insurance. Strategic Finance (November): 44-48.
Beck, D. and C. Cowan. 1996. Spiral Dynamic: Mastering Values, Leadership, and Change (Developmental Management). Blackwell Publishing.
Beck, E. M. 1973. Comments on Greene and Organ's "Evaluation of models". Administrative Science Quarterly 18(3): 393-395. (JSTOR link).
Beck, P. J. 1980. A critical analysis of the regression estimator in audit sampling. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 16-37. (JSTOR link).
Beck, P. J. and I. Solomon. 1985. Sampling risks and audit consequences under alternative testing approaches. The Accounting Review (October): 714-723. (JSTOR link).
Beck, P. J. and W. Jung. 1989. Taxpayers' reporting decisions and auditing under information asymmetry. The Accounting Review (July): 468-487. (JSTOR link).
Beck, P. J., I. Solomon and L. A. Tomassini. 1985. Subjective prior probability distributions and audit risk. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 37-56. (JSTOR link).
Beck, P. J., J. S. Davis and W. Jung. 1991. Experimental evidence on taxpayer reporting under uncertainty. The Accounting Review (July): 535-558. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on reporting and auditing tax compliance).
Beck, P. J., J. S. Davis and W. Jung. 1992. Experimental evidence on an economic model of taxpayer aggression under strategic and nonstrategic audits. Contemporary Accounting Research 9(1): 86-112.
Becker, B. and B. Gerhart. 1996. The impact of human resource management on organizational performance: Progress and prospects. The Academy of Management Journal 39(4): 779-801. (JSTOR link).
Becker, B. E. 1988. Concession bargaining: The meaning of union gains. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 377-387. (JSTOR link).
Becker, B. E. and M. A. Huselid. 1992. The incentive effects of tournament compensation systems. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 336-350. (JSTOR link).
Becker, B. E. and M. A. Huselid. 1998. High performance work systems and firm performance: A synthesis of research and managerial implications. Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management (16): 53-101.
Becker, B. E., M. A. Huselid and D. Ulrich. 2001. The HR Scorecard: Linking People, Strategy and Performance. Harvard Business School.
Becker, C. J. 1949. The employee rating side of wage administration. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 683-688.
Becker, D. and S. Haugen. 2004. Wireless instruction: A new dimension in course delivery. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 41-46.
Becker, D. A. 1997. The effects of choice on auditors' intrinsic motivation and performance. Behavioral Research In Accounting (9): 1-19.
Becker, E. A. and K. J. Kim. 1988. Direct material variances: Review of the mix and yield variances. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 1-16.
Becker, E. M. 1966. The case for decentralized data processing in manufacturing companies. Management Accounting (January): 17-18.
Becker, H. S. 1986. Persona and authority. Chapter 2 in Writing for Social Scientists. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Becker, H. S. 1998. Tricks of the Trade: How to Think About Your Research While You're Doing It. University of Chicago Press.
Becker, H. S. and B. Geer. 1960. Latent culture: A note on the theory of latent social roles. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(2): 304-313. (JSTOR link).
Becker, J. 1996. Fostering public confidence in the tax profession: An examination of ethics and legal liability. Journal of Accounting Education 14(1): 133-140.
Becker, J., M. Kugeler and M. Rosemann. 2010. Process Management: A Guide for the Design of Business Processes. Springer.
Becker, S. W. 1967. Discussion of the effect of frequency of feedback on attitudes and performance. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 225-228. (JSTOR link).
Becker, S. W. 1970. The parable of the pill. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(1): 94-96. (JSTOR link).
Becker, S. W. 1973. Discussion of appropriate reinforcement contingencies in the budgeting process. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 254-256. (JSTOR link).
Becker, S. W. and D. Green. 1962. Budgeting and employee behavior. The Journal of Business (October): 392-402.
Becker, S. W. and G. Gordon. 1966. An entrepreneurial theory of formal organizations Part I: Patterns of formal organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(3): 315-344. (JSTOR link).
Becker, S. W. and N. Baloff. 1969. Organization structure and complex problem solving. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 260-271. (JSTOR link).
Becker, S. W., J. Ronen and G. H. Sorter. 1974. Opportunity costs - An experimental approach. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 317-329. (JSTOR link).
Becker, T. 2011. IRS eases rules on liens for taxpayers. The CPA Journal (June): 12-13.
Becker, T. 2012. Business credit scores: What CPAs need to know. The CPA Journal (September): 12-13.
Becker, T. E. 1992. Foci and bases of commitment: Are they distinctions worth making? The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 232-244. (JSTOR link).
Becker, T. E. and S. L. Martin. 1995. Trying to look bad at work: Methods and motives for managing poor impressions in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 174-199. (JSTOR link).
Becker, T. E., R. S. Billings, D. M. Eveleth and N. L. Gilbert. 1996. Foci and bases of employee commitment: Implications for job performance. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 464-482. (JSTOR link).
Beckett, J. A. 1950. Accounting - A mid-century appraisal. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 3-11.
Beckett, J. A. 1951. A study of the principles of allocating costs. The Accounting Review (July): 327-333. (JSTOR link).
Beckett, J. A. 1951. An appraisal of direct costing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 407-415. (Beckett promotes the idea of different costs for different purposes).
Beckett, J. A. 1951. The art and the science of distribution costing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 893-906.
Beckett, J. A. 1955. Direct costing in perspective. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 651-660.
Beckett, J. A. 1961. Some facts of federal fiscal life and their importance to thinking Americans. The Accounting Review (January): 36-42. (JSTOR link).
Beckett, J. A. 1964. Management accounting in the age of systems. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 3-10.
Beckett, L. I. 1959. Using "value groups" in cycle counts. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 92.
Beckman, C. M. 2006. The influence of founding team company affiliations on firm behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 49(4): 741-758. (JSTOR link).
Beckman, C. M. and P. R. Haunschild. 2002. Network learning: The effects of partners' heterogeneity of experience on corporate acquisitions. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(1): 92-124. (JSTOR link).
Beckman, T. N. 1923. Sources and treatment of surplus. Journal of Accountancy (May): 343-349.
Beckmann, M. 1961. An inventory model for arbitrary interval and quantity distributions of demand. Management Science (October): 35-57. (JSTOR link).
Beckman, M. and R. Muth. 1956. An inventory policy for a case of lagged delivery. Management Science (January): 145-155. (JSTOR link).
Beckwith, R. E. 1973. Bounds on sample size in modified Bernoulli sampling, with applications in opinion surveys. Decision Sciences 4(1): 31-43.
Bedard, J. 1989. Expertise in auditing: Myth or reality? Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(1-2): 113-131.
Bedard, J. 1991. Expertise and its relation to audit decision quality. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(1): 198-222.
Bédard, J. 2011. Discussion of “The relationship between perceived tone at the top and earnings quality”. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(4): 1225-1229.
Bedard, J. C. 2012. Discussion of “Audit partner specialization and audit fees: Some evidence from Sweden”. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(1): 341-348.
Bedard, J. C. and K. M. Johnstone. 2004. Earning manipulation risk, and auditors' planning and pricing decisions. The Accounting Review (April): 277-304. (JSTOR link).
Bedard, J. C. and K. M. Johnstone. 2010. Audit partner tenure and audit planning and pricing. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 29(2): 45-70.
Bedard, J. C. and S. F. Biggs. 1991. Pattern recognition, hypotheses generation, and auditor performance in an analytical task. The Accounting Review (July): 622-642. (JSTOR link).
Bedard, J. C., B. R. Gopi, R. Babu and B. Vijayalakshmi. 1991. A multiple criteria model for audit planning decisions. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(1): 293-308.
Bedard, J. C., C. Jackson, M. L. Ettredge and K. M. Johnstone. 2003. The effect of training on auditors' acceptance of an electronic work system. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 4(4): 227-250.
Bedard, J. C., C. M. Jackson and L. Graham. 2005. Issues and risks in performing SysTrust® engagements: Implications for research and practice. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 6(1): 55-79.
Bedard, J. C., R. Hoitash, U. Hoitash and K. Westermann. 2012. Material weakness remediation and earnings quality: A detailed examination by type of control deficiency. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 31(1): 57-78.
Bedard, J. C., S. F. Biggs and J. J. Maroney. 1998. Sources of process gain and loss from group interaction in performance analytical procedures. Behavioral Research In Accounting (10 Supplement): 207-233.
Bedaux, C. E. 1928. European manufacturing methods and costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1).
Beddingfield, R. 1969. Human behavior: The key to success in budgeting. Management Accounting (September): 54-56.
Bedeian, A. 1972. Relationship in organization: A clarification. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 238-239. (JSTOR link).
Bedeian, A. G. 1974. A historical review of efforts in the area of management semantics. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 101-114. (JSTOR link).
Bedeian, A. G. 1974. Vytautas Andrius Graicunas: A biographical note. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 347-349. (JSTOR link).
Bedeian, A. G. 1975. A comparison and analysis of German and United States managerial attitudes toward the legitimacy of organizational influence. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 897-904. (JSTOR link).
Bedeian, A. G. and A. A. Armenakis. 1981. A path-analytic study of the consequences of role conflict and ambiguity. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 417-424. (JSTOR link).
Bedell, L. V. 1937. Measured day work - A wage plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 533-539.
Bedell, L. V. 1944. Production control and planning. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1099-1108.
Bedford, D., D. A. Brown, T. Malmi and P. Sivabalan. 2008. Balanced scorecard design and performance impacts: Some Australian evidence. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 17-36.
Bedford, H. N. 1954. To control inventory - Prevent, regulate, eliminate. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 737-750.
Bedford, N., E. E. Bartholomew, C. A. Bowsher, A. L. Brown, S. Davidson, C. T. Horngren, H. C. Knortz, M. M. Piser, W. G. Shenkir, J. K. Simmons, E. L. Summers and J. T. Wheeler. 1986. Future accounting education: Preparing for the expanding profession. Committee on the Future Structure, Content, and Scope of Accounting Education. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 168-195.
Bedford, N. M. 1951. A critical analysis of accounting concepts of income. The Accounting Review (October): 526-537. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1952. Need for supplementary data in interpretation of income reports. The Accounting Review (April): 195-201. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1953. Using supplementary data to interpret reported income. The Accounting Review (October): 517-521. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1957. Cost accounting as a motivation technique. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1250-1257.
Bedford, N. M. 1957. The nature of business costs, general concepts. The Accounting Review (January): 8-14. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1961. Emerging tools for managerial accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 31-37 .
Bedford, N. M. 1963. The laws of learning and accounting instruction. The Accounting Review (April): 406-408. (JSTOR link). (Old laws: 1) Learning occurs through active practice, 2) People should not try tasks where they are unlikely to succeed, 3) Transfer or using of learned knowledge is to be expected only if the problems encountered are much like those on which the person was trained, 4) Knowledge that leads to a desired goal is easier taught than knowledge motivated only by direct incentives and compulsion. New laws: 1) The law of discovery and 2) The law of transfer. Claimed advantages of the discovery method include: a) It increases the intellectual capacity of the student, b) it shifts the rewards from extrinsic to intrinsic promoting an attitude for continuous life-long learning, and c) it conserves memory by causing the student to develop his or her own associations that are the basis for retrieval).
Bedford, N. M. 1965. Income Determination Theory: An Accounting Framework. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. Review by Y. Ijiri. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1967. The nature of future accounting theory. The Accounting Review (January): 82-85. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1968. The foundations of accounting measurement. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 270-282. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1973. Corporate accountability. Management Accounting (November): 41-44. ("To whom is the corporation responsible?" "For what is the corporation accountable?")
Bedford, N. M. 1974. Discussion of opportunities and implications of the report on objectives of financial statements. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Financial Accounting Objectives): 13-17. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. 1976. The corporate report: A discussion. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 111-114.
Bedford, N. M. 1982. The impact of Chambers on the scope of accounting: An analysis and extension. Abacus 18(2): 112-118.
Bedford, N. M. 1997. A History of Accountancy at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Bedford, N. M. and J. C. McKeown. 1972. Comparative analysis of net realizable value and replacement costing. The Accounting Review (April): 333-338. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. and N. Dopuch. 1961. Research methodology and accounting theory - Another perspective. The Accounting Review (July): 351-361. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. and R. E. Ziegler. 1975. The contributions of A. C. Littleton to accounting thought and practice. The Accounting Review (July): 434-443. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. and T. Iino. 1968. Consistency reexamined. The Accounting Review (July): 453-458. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M. and V. Baladouni. 1962. A communication theory approach to accountancy. The Accounting Review (October): 650-659. (JSTOR link).
Bedford, N. M., C. H. Griffin and T. H. Williams. 1962. Emerging role of mathematical methodology in accountancy. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 33-38.
Bedingfield, J. P. and S. E. Loeb. 1973. Attitudes of professors toward accounting ethics. The Accounting Review (July): 603-605. (JSTOR link).
Bee, S. and D. Hayes. 2006. Student case: Noreen naive and the case of the baffled business owner - A grader-friendly, financial statement analysis case. Journal of Forensic Accounting 7(2): 533-562.
Beechy, T. H. 1969. Quasi-debt analysis of financial leases. The Accounting Review (April): 375-381. (JSTOR link).
Beechy, T. H. 1970. The cost of leasing: Comment and correction. The Accounting Review (October): 769-773. (JSTOR link).
Beechy, T. H. and W. A. Bernath. 1971. The measurement of economic activity: An introductory accounting course. The Accounting Review (April): 385-387. (JSTOR link).
Beehr, T. A. and D. C. Gilmore. 1982. Applicant attractiveness as a perceived job-relevant variable in selection of management trainees. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 607-617. (JSTOR link).
Beekman, M., R. H Chenhall and K. J. Euske. 2007. Management control systems as a tool for planned organizational change. Cost Management (September/October): 15-25.
Beelde, I. D. 2002. Creating a profession 'out of nothing'? The case of the Belgian auditing profession. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(4-5): 447-470.
Beer, M. 1964. Organizational size and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 7(1): 34-44. (JSTOR link).
Beer, M. and N. Nohria. 2000. Breaking the Code of Change. Harvard Business School Press.
Beer, M. and N. Nohria. 2000. Cracking the code of change. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 133-141. (Summary).
Beer, M. and R. A. Eisenstat. 2004. How to have an honest conversation about your business strategy. Harvard Business Review (February): 82-89.
Beerel, A. 1986. Strategic financial control can provide light and guidance. Accountancy UK (June): 70-74.
Beerman, R. E. 1959. Cycle payment of vendor invoices. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 14.
Beers, J. W. 1928. Training classes in the income tax unit. The Accounting Review (June): 177-183. (JSTOR link).
Beersma, B., J. R. Hollenbeck, S. E. Humphrey, H. Moon, D. E. Conlon and D. R. Ilgen. 2003. Cooperation, competition, and team performance: Toward a contingency approach. The Academy of Management Journal 46(5): 572-590. (JSTOR link).
Beesack, P. R. 1967. A finite horizon dynamic inventory model with a stockout constraint. Management Science (May): 618-630. (JSTOR link).
Beeson, J. 2009. Managing yourself: Why you didn't get that promotion. Harvard Business Review (June): 101-105.
Beeson, J., J. W. Rowe, E. Reilly, J. A. Conger, D. A. Ready and M. Jordan. 2006. Indispensable. Harvard Business Review (September): 37-50. (Case).
Beeson, L. J. 1975. An accounting internship program in industry. Management Accounting (March): 59-61.
Beets, S. D. and C. C. Souther. 1999. Corporate environmental reports: The need for standards and an environmental assurance service. Accounting Horizons (June): 129-145.
Beged-Dov, A. G. 1966. Why only few operations researchers manage. Management Science (August): B580-B593. (JSTOR link).
Beged-Dov, A. G., S. Ehrenfeld and C. E. Summer. 1967. An overview of management science and information systems. Management Science (August): B817-B837. (JSTOR link).
Begley, J. 1990. Debt covenants and accounting choice. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 125-139.
Begley, J. and G. A. Feltham. 1999. An empirical examination of the relation between debt contracts and management incentives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 229-259.
Begley, J. and P. E. Fischer. 1998. Is there information in an earnings announcement delay? Review of Accounting Studies 3(4): 347-363.
Begley, J. and R. Freedman. 2004. The changing role of accounting numbers in public lending agreements. Accounting Horizons (June): 81-96.
Begley, J., J. Ming and S. Watts. 1996. Bankruptcy classification errors in the 1980s: An empirical analysis of Altman's and Ohlson's models. Review of Accounting Studies 1(4): 267-284. (See Erratum in Volume 2(3) for corrections to two equations in this paper).
Begley, J., T. V. Eaton and S. W. Peck. 2003. Managers’ incentives to manipulate earnings in management buyout contests: An examination of how corporate governance and market mechanisms mitigate earnings management. Journal of Forensic Accounting (4): 249-274.
Begley, T. M. and D. P. Boyd. 2003. The need for a corporate global mind-set. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 25-32.
Behling, O. and F. A. Starke. 1973. The postulates of expectancy theory. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 373-388. (JSTOR link).
Behling, O. and J. F. Dillard. 1987. Accounting: The intuitive challenge. Accounting Horizons (June): 35-42. (Very interesting discussion of the rational (analytic or computational) decision model versus the intuitive (judgmental) decision model. The authors provide some recommendations related to a balanced approach involving four decision strategies related to when cause and effect relationships are certain or uncertain. The strategies include: computational, judgmental, compromise, and inspirational).
Behling, O., C. Schriesheim and J. Tolliver. 1975. Alternatives to expectancy theories of work motivation. Decision Sciences 6(3): 449-461.
Behling, O., G. Labovitz and R. Kosmo. 1968. The Herzberg controversy: A critical reappraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 11(1): 99-108. (JSTOR link).
Behn, B. K. 2012. Introduction: The Pathways commission on Accounting Higher Education: Charting a national strategy for the next generation of accountants. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 593.
Behn, B. K., D. D. DeVries and J. Lin. 2010. The determinants of transparency in nonprofit organizations: An exploratory study. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 26(1): 6-12.
Behn, B. K., D. L. Searcy and J. B. Woodroof. 2006. A within firm analysis of current and expected future audit lag determinants. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 65-86.
Behn, B. K., G. A. Carnes, G. W. Krull Jr, K. D. Stocks and P. M. J. Reckers. 2008. Accounting Doctoral Education-2007: A Report of the Joint AAA/APLG/FSA Doctoral Education Committee. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 357-367.
Behn, B. K., J. V. Carcello, D. R. Hermanson and R. H. Hermanson. 1997. The determinants of audit client satisfaction among clients of big 6 firms. Accounting Horizons (March): 7-24.
Behn, B. K., N. B. Nichols and D. L. Street. 2002. The predictive ability of geographic segment disclosures by U.S. companies: SFAS No. 131 vs. SFAS No. 14. Journal of International Accounting Research (1): 31-44.
Behn, B. K., T. V. Eaton and J. R. Williams. 1998. The determinants of the deferred tax allowance account under SFAS No. 109. Accounting Horizons (March): 63-78.
Behn, B. K., W. F. Ezzell, L. A. Murphy, J. D. Rayburn, M. T. Stith and J. R. Strawser. 2012. The Pathways Commission on Accounting Education: Charting a national strategy for the next generation of accountants. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 595-600.
Behrmann, R. D. 1961. Manufacturing expenses - A burden or not? N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 79-84.
Beichley, M. W. and H. L. Poppel. 1965. Use of EDP and teletype in monthly financial closings. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 27-32.
Beidleman, C. R. 1973. Income smoothing: The role of management. The Accounting Review (October): 653-667. (JSTOR link).
Beidleman, C. R. 1975. Income smoothing: The role of management: A reply. The Accounting Review (January): 122-126. (JSTOR link).
Beierle, H. 1926. Cost finding in the printing industry. The Accounting Review (March): 98-104. (JSTOR link).
Beightler, C. S. 1966. Erratum: Diagonalization of quadratic forms by Gauss elimination. Management Science (July): 908. (JSTOR link).
Beightler, C. S. and D. J. Wilde. 1966. Diagonalization of quadratic forms by Gauss elimination. Management Science (January): 371-379. (JSTOR link).
Beights, D. M. 1952. The CPA examination. The Accounting Review (July): 346-351. (JSTOR link).
Beights, D. M. 1954. Opportunities for a career in governmental accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 614-619. (JSTOR link).
Beights, D. M. 1954. The accounting curriculum. The Accounting Review (April): 219-223. (JSTOR link).
Beights, D. M. 1955. Municipal auditing standards. The Accounting Review (July): 421-427. (JSTOR link).
Beiman, I. 2006. Using the balanced scorecard methodology to execute China strategy. Cost Management (July/August): 9-19.
Beiman, I. 2007. China strategy execution: Managing intangibles. Cost Management (July/August): 29-39.
Beiman, I. 2008. Economic and environmental sustainability: A modest proposal - Part II. Cost Management (September/October): 18-28.
Beiman, I. 2010. The CFRS: A wake-up call to action for cities. Part II. Cost Management (May/June): 39-48.
Beiman, I. 2010. The comprehensive framework for resilient sustainability: A wake-up call to action for cities. Cost Management (March/April): 24-36.
Beimer, R. E. 1966. Double pay for coffee breaks? Management Accounting (July): 61-62.
Beinhocker, E., I. Davis and L. Mendonca. 2009. The 10 trends you have to watch. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 55-60.
Beischel, M. E. and K. R. Smith. 1991. Linking the shop floor to the top floor. Management Accounting (October): 25-29.
Beja, A. and Y. Aharoni. 1977. Some aspects of conventional accounting profits in an inflationary environment. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 169-178. (JSTOR link).
Bejan, M. 1981. On the application of rational choice theory to financial reporting controversies: A comment on Cushing. The Accounting Review (July): 704-712. (JSTOR link).
Bekaert, A. C. 1952. "What's wrong with financial reporting?". The Accounting Review (January): 57-62. (JSTOR link).
Bekefi, T. and M. J. Epstein. 2008. Measuring and managing social and political risk. Strategic Finance (February): 33-41.
Bekefi, T. and M. J. Epstein. 2008. Transforming social and environment risks into opportunities. Strategic Finance (March): 42-47.
Bekefi, T., M. J. Epstein and K. Yuthas. 2008. Creating growth: Using opportunity risk management effectively. Journal of Accountancy (June): 72-78.
Belasco, D. R. 2000. Team-up for success. Strategic Finance (May): 54-58, 60.
Belasco, J. A. and J. A. Alutto. 1969. Line staff conflicts: Some empirical insights. The Academy of Management Journal 12(4): 469-477. (JSTOR link).
Belcher, D. W. 1962. Toward a behavioral science theory of wages. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(2): 102-116. (JSTOR link).
Belda, B. J. 1965. Operations research at work. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 51-55.
Belden, I. C. 1931. What executives need from accountants. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 15): 1823-1835.
Belenky, M., B. Clinchy, N. Goldberger and J. Tarule. 1996. Women's Ways of Knowing: The Development of Self, Voice, and Mind. Harper Collins.
Belda, B. J. 1970. Line of business reporting and product profitability. Management Accounting (March): 10-12.
Belford, W. B. and L. G. Ayer. 1969. Unitization of construction work orders. Management Accounting (September): 29-32.
Belik, B. I. and G. R. Violette. 2010. Examining satisfaction in multiprofessional engagements. The CPA Journal (February): 65-67.
Belkaoui, A. 1975. Learning order and acceptance of accounting techniques. The Accounting Review (October): 897-899. (JSTOR link).
Belkaoui, A. 1977. The primacy-recency effect, ego involvement and the acceptance of accounting techniques. The Accounting Review (January): 252-256. (JSTOR link).
Belkaoui, A. 1978. Linguistic relativity in accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(2): 97-104.
Belkaoui, A. 1980. The impact of socio-economic accounting systems on the investment decision: An empirical study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(3): 263-283.
Belkaoui, A. 1980. The interprofessional linguistic communication of accounting concepts: An experiment in sociolinguistics. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 362-374. (JSTOR link).
Belkaoui, A. 1981. The relationship between self-disclosure style and attitudes to responsibility accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(4): 281-289.
Belkaoui, A. 1984. Socio-Economic Accounting. Quorum Books.
Belkaoui, A. 1986. Accounting students' need for achievement and career aspirations: An experiment. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 197-206.
Belkaoui, A. 1986. The Learning Curve. Quorum Books.
Belkaoui, A. 1989. Behavioral Accounting: The Research and Practical Issues. Quorum Books.
Belkaoui, A. 1990. The effects of goal setting and task uncertainty on task outcomes. Management Accounting Research (June): 91-100.
Bell, A. L. 1953. Fixed assets and current costs. The Accounting Review (January): 44-53. (JSTOR link).
Bell, A. L. 1968. College students attitudes toward business. Management Accounting (November): 60-62.
Bell, A. L. 1969. Break-even charts versus marginal graphs. Management Accounting (February): 32-35.
Bell, A. L. 1977. Flexible budgets and marginal cost pricing. Management Accounting (January): 34-37, 40.
Bell, C. E. 1968. The N days of Christmas: A model for competitive advertising over an intensive campaign. Management Science (May): 525-535. (JSTOR link).
Bell, C. S. 1960. Wanted: Qualified accountants for the opportunities ahead. N.A.A. Bulletin -1960 Conference Proceedings I (July): 22-28.
Bell, C. T. 1924. Growth of professional ethics. Journal of Accountancy (February): 149.
Bell, D. 1968. An inverse warehousing problem for imperfect markets. Management Science (May): 536-542. (JSTOR link).
Bell, D. E. and M. L. Shelman. 2011. KFC's radical approach to China. Harvard Business Review (November): 137-142.
Bell, D. R. and X. Dreze. 2002. Changing the channel: A better way to do trade promotions. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 42-49.
Bell, D. R., C. Jeonghye and L. Lodish. 2012. What matters most in internet retailing. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 27-33.
Bell, E. C. 1974. A college of business administration as a production system. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 306-317. (JSTOR link).
Bell, G. D. 1965. The influence of technological components of work upon management control. The Academy of Management Journal 8(2): 127-132. (JSTOR link).
Bell, G. D. 1966. Predictability of work demands and professionalization as determinants of workers' discretion. The Academy of Management Journal 9(1): 20-28. (JSTOR link).
Bell, G. L. 1926. Distribution of burden. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 852-862.
Bell, H. E. 1968. Discussion of university cost structure and behavior: An empirical study. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 156-159. (JSTOR link).
Bell, H. M. 1957. Machine accounting and the medium-size business. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 29-30.
Bell, J., A. J. Nanni, Jr. and S. Ansari. 2010. Performance management at Perelson Weiner, LLC. IMA Educational Case Journal 3(2): 1-23.
Bell, J., S. S. Erzurumlu and H. Fowler. 2012. Deploying sustainability at Solea. IMA Educational Case Journal 5(2): 1-11.
Bell, J. E. and S. L. Ansari. 2008. IMA student case competition: Academic advising at Bay State. Strategic Finance (September): 44-51.
Bell, J. N. 1955. Shall we take heavier depreciation in early years? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 335-342.
Bell, J. W. 1928. The Canadian gold situation - Is Canada's gold reserve too large? Harvard Business Review (October): 1-19.
Bell, J. W. 1960. Brewery inventory control with electronic data processing. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 45-52.
Bell, J. W. 1968. Financial data in a management information system. Management Accounting (June): 23-33.
Bell, K. 2010. Will the internet destroy us? Harvard Business Review (December): 138-139.
Bell, K. S., R. F. Randall and K. Williams. 1995. Women in management accounting: Determined to succeed. Management Accounting (November): 20-22, 24, 26, 28.
Bell, L. and R. B. Trueman. 2008. Virtual Worlds, Real Libraries: Librarians and Educators in Second Life and Other Multi-User Virtual Environments. Information Today, Inc.
Bell, L. A. 1927. Some phases of railroad accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 329-341.
Bell, P. W. 1987. Boussard's 'Effectiveness of inflation accounting adjustments': A comment. Abacus 23(1): 91-92.
Bell, R. R. and G. F. Mascaro. 1972. Interpersonal attraction as a basis of informal organization: Comment and review. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 233-236. (JSTOR link).
Bell, S. 1926. Research work at Ohio State University. The Accounting Review (March): 39-42. (JSTOR link).
Bell, S. 2012. Cost basis reporting presents an opportunity to tax professionals: Strategies for solving investor issues. The CPA Journal (December): 62-64.
Bell, T. B. 1983. Market reaction to reserve recognition accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-17. (JSTOR link).
Bell, T. B. 1994. Discussion of auditor litigation and modified reporting on bankrupt clients. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting, Financial Disclosures, and the Law): 31-38. (JSTOR link).
Bell, T. B. and J. B. Griffin. 2012. Commentary on auditing high-uncertainty fair value estimates. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 31(1): 147-155.
. 2011. Expanded information in the audit report. The CPA Journal (December): 12-13.
Bell, T. B. and R. H. Tabor. 1991. Empirical analysis of audit uncertainty qualifications. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 350-370. (JSTOR link).
Bell, T. B., W. R. Landsman and D. A. Shackelford. 2001. Auditors' perceived business risk and audit fees: Analysis and evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (June): 35-43. (JSTOR link).
Bell, T. B., T. J. Frecka and I. Solomon. 1993. The relation between research productivity and teaching effectiveness: Empirical evidence for accounting educators. Accounting Horizons (December): 33-47.
Bell, T. B., W. R. Landsman, B. L. Miller and S. Yeh. 2002. The valuation implications of employee stock option accounting for profitable computer software firms. The Accounting Review (October): 971-996. (JSTOR link).
Bell, W. H. 1918. Corporation organization and accounting. Journal of Accountancy (August): 98-107.
Bell, W. H. 1918. Corporation organization and accounting II. Journal of Accountancy (September): 169-190.
Bell, W. H. 1919. Audit working papers. Journal of Accountancy (August): 104-112.
Bell, W. H. 1922. Depreciation and retirement of property. Journal of Accountancy (April): 253-258.
Bell, W. H. 1925. Staff preparation and editing of reports. Journal of Accountancy (February): 114-124.
Bell, W. H. 1948. Depreciation and the price level: A Symposium first negative. The Accounting Review (April): 126-128. (JSTOR link).
Bellinghausen, J. M. 1968. Preparing for computers. Management Accounting (March): 9-14.
Belliveau, M. A., C. A. O'Reilly III and J. B. Wade. 1996. Social capital at the top: Effects of social similarity and status on CEO compensation. The Academy of Management Journal 39(6): 1568-1593. (JSTOR link).
Bellman, R. 1956. Dynamic programming and the smoothing problem. Management Science (October): 111-113. (JSTOR link).
Bellman, R. 1956. On the theory of dynamic programming - A warehousing problem. Management Science (April): 272-275. (JSTOR link).
Bellman, R. 1957. On a dynamic programming approach to the caterer problem. Management Science (April): 270-278. (JSTOR link).
Bellman, R. 1957. On the computational solution of linear programming problems involving almost-block-diagonal matrices. Management Science (July): 403-406. (JSTOR link).
Bellman, R. 1958. Notes on the theory of dynamic programming-transportation models. Management Science (January): 191-195. (JSTOR link).
Bellman, R., I. Glicksberg and O. Gross. 1955. On the optimal inventory equation. Management Science (October): 83-104. (JSTOR link).
Belser, F. C. 1915. Cost accounting for fertilizer manufacturers. Journal of Accountancy (March): 165-181.
Belser, F. C. 1917. The elements of cost accounting. Journal of Accountancy (November): 325-341.
Belser, F. C. 1919. Rapid calculation of compound interest processes. Journal of Accountancy (April): 241-248.
Belser, F. C. 1927. How the universities can aid the accounting profession. The Accounting Review (March): 37-42. (JSTOR link).
Belsky, S. 2010. Making Ideas Happen: Overcoming the Obstacles Between Vision and Reality. Portfolio Hardcover.
Belt, R. E. 1916. Importance of true cost. Journal of Accountancy (July): 28-34.
2011. Beware: Precautions for accepting retention as a successor auditor. The CPA Journal (December): 65-67.
BeMiller, S. M., R. Wirtz and D. L. Lindberg. 2009. Sky Scientific, Inc.: An auditing minefield. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 219-236.
Bemmels, B. 1988. Gender effects in discipline arbitration: Evidence from British Columbia. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 699-706. (JSTOR link).
. 2011. Auditing and monitoring activities help uncover fraud and assess control effectiveness. The CPA Journal (June): 68-71.
Ben-Haim, Y. 2001. Information-Gap Decision Theory. Academic Press.
Benard, R. J. 1936. How we plan, set up and operate our budget. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 575-606.
Benaroch, M., A. Chernobai and J. Goldstein. 2012. An internal control perspective on the market value consequences of IT operational risk events. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 13(4): 357-381.
Benbasat, I. and A. S. Dexter. 1979. Value and events approaches to accounting: An experimental evaluation. The Accounting Review (October): 735-749. (JSTOR link).
Benbasat, I. and A. S. Dexter. 1982. Individual differences in the use of decision support aids. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-11. (JSTOR link).
Benbya, H. and M. Van Alstyne. 2011. How to find answers within your company. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 65-75.
Bence, A. A. 1966. Value analysis for cost control and profit improvement. Management Accounting (July): 52-57.
Bench, N., S. G. Ginsburg and H. Stern. 1967. Information systems in management science. Management Science (June): B693-B702. (JSTOR link).
Bendapudi, N. and V. Bendapudi. 2005. Creating the living brand. Harvard Business Review (May): 124-132.
Bendel, C. W. 1946. A simple formula for the accrual of the vacation pay. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 15): 916-922.
Bendel, C. W. 1949. Graphical reporting of operating variances and ratio data. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 537-546.
Bendel, C. W. 1950. Modified timekeeping for office work. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 623-624.
Bendel, C. W. 1950. Streamlining the property accounting procedure. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1361-1370.
Bendel, C. W. 1951. Control of inventory consigned to suppliers. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1446-1456.
Bendel, C. W. 1953. Using statistical tools to keep costs current. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1307-1326.
Bendel, C. W. 1954. Material handling overhead affects unit cost. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 643-652.
Bendel, C. W. 1958. An accountant draws some blue-prints for the foreman. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 29-35.
Bender, E. A. 1996. Mathematical Methods in Artificial Intelligence (IEEE Computer Society Press). Wiley-IEEE.
Bender, R. and B. Porter. 2003. Setting executive directors' remuneration in listed companies. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 27-47.
Bendock, C. M. 1975. Measuring social costs. Management Accounting (January): 13-15.
Bendoly, E., D. Thomas and M. Capra. 2010. Multilevel social dynamics considerations for project management decision makers: Antecedents and implications of group member tie development. Decision Sciences 41(3): 459-490.
Bene, K. J. 1966. Clerical work measurement. Management Accounting (October): 29-34.
Benedetti, C. 2000. 8 ways to protect your business. Strategic Finance (May): 76-80. (Defensive strategies for an economic downturn).
Benedetto, A. F. 1934. Accounting in Mexico. The Accounting Review (December): 340-342. (JSTOR link).
Benedict, R. 1946. The Chrysanthemum and the Sword: Patterns of Japanese Culture. Rutland, VT: Charles E. Tuttle Company Inc.
Benedik, J. 1978. Macroeconomics: The emerging influence on accounting theory. Management Accounting (July): 23-26.
Benedon, W. 1956. What makes up an adequate records program? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1504-1517.
Beneish, M. D. 1998. Discussion of “Are accruals during initial public offerings opportunistic?” Review of Accounting Studies 3(1-2): 209-221.
Beneish, M. D. 1999. A note on Wiedman's (1999) instructional case: Detecting earnings manipulation. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 369-370.
Beneish, M. D. 1999. Incentives and penalties related to earnings overstatements that violate GAAP. The Accounting Review (October): 425-457. (JSTOR link).
Beneish, M. D. and E. Press. 1993. Costs of technical violation of accounting-based debt covenants. The Accounting Review (April): 233-257. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on the effects of violating debt covenants).
Beneish, M. D. and E. Press. 1995. The resolution of technical default. The Accounting Review (April): 337-353. (JSTOR link).
Beneish, M. D. and M. E. Vargus. 2002. Insider trading, earnings quality, and accrual mispricing. The Accounting Review (October): 755-791. (JSTOR link).
Beneish, M. D., C. M. C. Lee and R. L. Tarpley. 2001. Contextual fundamental analysis through the prediction of extreme returns. Review of Accounting Studies 6(2-3): 165-189.
Beneish, M. D., E. Press and M. E. Vargus. 2012. Insider trading and earnings management in distressed firms. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(1): 191-220.
Benford, T. L. and J. E. Hunton. 2000. Incorporating information technology considerations into an expanded model of judgment and decision making in accounting. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 1(1): 54-65.
Bengel, R. and B. Ikawa. 1997. Where's the profit? Management Accounting (January): 40, 42-44, 46-47. (Related to the film industry and their calculation of net profit participation).
Bengtson, W. P. 2003. Waste in IT. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 28-33.
Bengtsson, O. 2011. Covenants in venture capital contracts. Management Science (November): 1926-1943.
Beniger, J. R. 1989. The Control Revolution: Technological and Economic Origins of the Information Society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Benington, H. 1916. Limitations. Journal of Accountancy (May): 333-343. (Limitations of the auditor).
Benis, M. 1979. The non-consolidated finance company subsidiary. The Accounting Review (October): 808-814. (JSTOR link).
Benis, M., C. Brody and R. T. Johnson. 1976. Utilization of the small group approach to teaching intermediate accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 894-898. (JSTOR link).
Benishay, H. 1965. Managerial controls of accounts receivable: A deterministic approach. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 114-132. (JSTOR link).
Benishay, H. 1966. Managerial controls of accounts receivable: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 131-132. (JSTOR link).
Benishay, H. 1973. Discussion of a prediction of business failure using accounting data. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 180-182. (JSTOR link).
Benjaafar, S. and M. ElHafsi. 2006. Production and inventory control of a single product assemble-to-order system with multiple customer classes. Management Science (December): 1896-1912. (JSTOR link).
Benjaafar, S., W. L. Cooper and J. Kim. 2005. On the benefits of pooling in production-inventory systems. Management Science (April): 548-565. (JSTOR link).
Benjamin, A. L. 1954. How to get "reproduction cost new, less depreciation". N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1164-1173. (Related to insurance).
Benjamin, B. A. and J. M. Podolny. 1999. Status, quality, and social order in the California wine industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(3): 563-589. (JSTOR link).
Benjamin, J. 1973. The accuracy of the period-end method for computing the current cost of materials used. Abacus 9(1): 73-80.
Benjamin, J. J. and D. E. Ricketts. 1973. A profit planning project in the management accounting course. The Accounting Review (October): 794-797. (JSTOR link).
Benjamin, J. J. and R. H. Strawser. 1974. The publication of forecasts: An experiment. Abacus 10(2): 138-146.
Benjamin, J. J. and V. C. Brenner. 1974. Perceptions of journal quality. The Accounting Review (April): 360-362. (JSTOR link).
Benjamin, J. J. and V. C. Brenner. 1975. Reaction to NYSE white paper's call for disclosure. Management Accounting (May): 13-18, 38.
Benjamin, J. J., P. E. Dascher and R. G. Morgan. 1979. How corporate controllers view the foreign corrupt practices act. Management Accounting (June): 43-45, 49.
Benjamin, L. and T. Simon. 2003. A planning and control model based on RCA principles. 2003. Cost Management (July/August): 20-27.
Benjamin, L. J. 1975. Doctors incorporated? Management Accounting (November): 37-39.
Benjamin, S. J., A. Niskkalan and M. S. Marathamuthu. 2012. Fair value accounting and the global financial crisis: The Malaysian experience. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 53-68.
Benjamin, W. 2004. Introduction to Online Competitive Intelligence Research. South-Western Educational Publishing.
Benke, F. F. 1921. A cost system for an electric cable plant. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (August): 3-15.
Benke, R. L. and C. P. Baril. 1990. The lease versus purchase decision. Management Accounting (March): 42-46.
Benke, R. L. Jr. 1983. A statement of policy. Journal of Accounting Education 1(1): 1-3.
Benke, R. L. Jr. 1996. 150-Hour programs and the preparation of management accountants. Journal of Accounting Education 14(2): 187-192.
Benke, R. L. Jr. and J. D. Edwards. 1980. Transfer pricing: Techniques and uses. Management Accounting (June): 44-46.
Benke, R. L. Jr. and J. D. Edwards. 1980. Transfer Pricing: Techniques and Uses. National Association of Accountants.
Benke, R. L. Jr. and J. D. Edwards. 1981. Should you use transfer pricing to create pseudo-profit centers? Management Accounting (February): 36-39, 43.
Benke, R. L. Jr. and J. G. Rhode. 1980. The job satisfaction of higher level employees in large certified public accounting firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(2): 187-201.
Benke, R. L. Jr., J. D. Edwards and A. R. Wheelock. 1982. Applying an opportunity cost general rule for transfer pricing. Management Accounting (June): 43-51.
Benkler, Y. 2011. The unselfish gene. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 76-85. (The deep-rooted belief about human selfishness is beginning to change. This research indicates that companies should use systems that rely on engagement and a sense of common purpose to motivate people, rather than controls, carrots and sticks).
Benn, S. I. and G. F. Gaus. 1983. The liberal conception of the public and private. In Benn, S. I. and G. F. Gaus. Public and Private in Social Life: 31-65. Croom Helm.
Benner, C. 2002. Work in the New Economy: Flexible Labor Markets in Silicon Valley. Blackwell Publishing.
Benner, M. J. and M. Tushman. 2002. Process management and technological innovation: A longitudinal study of the photography and paint industries. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(4): 676-706. (JSTOR link).
Benner-Dale, C. J. 1980. The hammer of "Thor". Management Accounting (November): 48-51.
Bennett, A. L. 1949. An effective group incentive plan for smaller companies. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 943-951.
Bennett, B. and M. E. Bradbury. 2007. Earnings thresholds related to dividend cover. Journal of International Accounting Research 6(1): 1-17.
Bennett, B., M. Bradbury and H. Prangnell. 2006. Rules, principles and judgments in accounting standards. Abacus 42(2): 189-204.
Bennett, C. F. 1936. Management reports - Their use and interpretation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 1028-1043.
Bennett, C. W. 1922. Woolen mill costs. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (September 15): 3-16.
Bennett, C. W. 1932. Cutting the cost of cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 861-874.
Bennett, C. W. 1935. A cost plan for the women's shoe industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 677-704.
Bennett, C. W. 1936. A cost plan for the knitting industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 143-165.
Bennett, C. W. 1938. The Vermont Maple Furniture Company (A cost study). N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1225-1250.
Bennett, C. W. 1940. The Alachusetts Cotton Mills. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1459-1499.
Bennett, C. W. 1942. Internal control principles, practical adaptations, cases; Foreword. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1537-1566.
Bennett, C. W. 1943. Some problems of wartime industrial accounting control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1261-1280.
Bennett, C. W. 1948. A case study of small business controls. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 991-1026. (Sections include: production control, accounting and cost control, and general control techniques).
Bennett, C. W. 1952. The accountant in industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1283-1291.
Bennett, C. W. 1958. Management services by C.P.A.'S. The Accounting Review (October): 602-614. (JSTOR link).
Bennett, C. W. and R. W. Bumstead. 1929. Problems in textile costs and management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15).
Bennett, C. W. and W. P. Fiske. 1936. Hattie Hicks Sweets Company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 15): 1065-1093.
Bennett, E. D., S. A. Reed and T. Simmonds. 1991. Learning from a CIM experience. Management Accounting (July): 28-33.
Bennett, E. E. 1956. Operating statements for bank management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 867-873.
Bennett, G. E. 1916. "Recruits wanted". Journal of Accountancy (April): 312-315.
Bennett, G. E. 1926. Accounting Systems: Principles and Problems of Installation. A. W. Shaw Company. Review 1926. Harvard Business Review (October): 125.
Bennett, G. E. 1927. The administration of college courses in accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 182-188. (JSTOR link).
Bennett, G. E. 1933. Assumptions. The Accounting Review (June): 157-159. (JSTOR link).
Bennett, G. E., R. G. H. Smails and H. T. Scovill. 1926. Some observations on the application of manufacturing expense of production. The Accounting Review (March): 1-8. (JSTOR link).
Bennett,
J. P. 1985. Standard cost systems lead to efficiency and profitability. Healthcare
Financial Management (September): 46-54.
Bennett, J. W. 1963. Measuring project profitability: Rate of return or present value - A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 548-551. (JSTOR link).
Bennett, K., L. Owen and T. Warner. 1980. Implementing ZBB at Stanford University. Business Officer (May): 21-27.
Bennett, N. and S. A. Miles. 2006. Second in command. Harvard Business Review (May): 71-78.
Bennett, P. 1996. ABM and the procurement cost model. Management Accounting (March): 28-32.
Bennett, R. C. 1971. Corporate divorce and taxes. Management Accounting (January): 31-35.
Bennett, R. E. and J. A. Hendricks. 1987. Justifying the acquisition of automated equipment. Management Accounting (July): 39-46. (Discussion of justifying CAD, CAM and FMS systems).
Bennett, R. E., J. A. Hendricks, D. E. Keys and E. J. Rudnicki. 1987. Cost Accounting for Factory Automation. National Association of Accountants.
Bennett, R. J. 1912. Audit of a building and loan association. Journal of Accountancy (July): 1-18.
Bennett, R. J. 1912. Educational training of an accountant. Journal of Accountancy (March): 182-193.
Bennett, R. J. 1913. Pennsylvania C.P.A. examinations of November, 1912. Journal of Accountancy (March): 198-230.
Bennett, R. J. 1915. Annuities and bond discount. Journal of Accountancy (June): 405-424.
Bennett, R. J. 1915. Annuities and bond discount. Journal of Accountancy (July): 1-20.
Bennett, R. J. 1916. Reorganization through receivership. Journal of Accountancy (May): 354-362.
Bennett, R. J. 1924. Building and loan associations. Journal of Accountancy (February): 81-90.
Bennett, R. J. and D. Henderson. 1913. Pennsylvania C.P.A. examinations of November, 1912. Journal of Accountancy (April): 273-301.
Bennett, S. 1982. Computer Control of Industrial Processes (I E E Control Engineering Series). Institution of Electrical Engineers.
Bennett, V. E. 1922. Naval-stores accounting. Journal of Accountancy (January): 22-31.
Bennett, W. F. 1951. Point-rating for reliable service life estimates. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1216-1223.
Bennigson, L. and F. S. Leonard. 2013. Bringing opportunity oversight onto the board's agenda. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 57-61.
Benninger, L. J. 1944. Business and withholding taxes. The Accounting Review (July): 302-306. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1946. State law in regard to paid-in surplus. The Accounting Review (January): 57-61. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1949. The traditional vs. the cost accounting concept of cost. The Accounting Review (October): 387-391. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1949. Wage incentive standards as costing standards. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 183-184.
Benninger, L. J. 1950. A proposed reconciliation of standard and current material costs. The Accounting Review (April): 156-160. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1950. Standard costs for income determination, control, and special studies. The Accounting Review (October): 378-383. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1951. Needed: A new concept of accounts. The Accounting Review (October): 481-484. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1954. Development of cost accounting concepts and principles: Role of the Committee on Cost Accounting Concepts and Standards. The Accounting Review (January): 27-37. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1956. Cost control as applied to the smaller business organization. The Accounting Review (January): 95-98. (JSTOR link).
Benninger, L. J. 1965. Accounting theory and cost Accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 547-557. (JSTOR link).
Bennis, W. 2001. Leading in unnerving times. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 97-103.
Bennis, W. 2002. Will the legacy live on? Harvard Business Review (February): 95-99. (The bottom line on Jack Welch).
Bennis, W. G. 1959. Leadership theory and administrative behavior: The problem of authority. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(3): 259-301. (JSTOR link).
Bennis, W. G. 1963. A new role for the behavioral sciences: Effecting organizational change. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(2): 125-165. (JSTOR link).
Bennis, W. G. 2004. The seven ages of the leader. Harvard Business Review (January): 46-53.
Bennis, W. G. and J. O'Toole. 2005. How business schools lost their way. Harvard Business Review (May): 96-104. ("Too focused on "scientific" research, business schools are hiring professors with limited real-world experience and graduating students who are ill equipped to wrangle with complex, unquantifiable issues - in other words, the stuff of management.").
Bennis, W. G. and R. J. Thomas. 2002. Crucibles of leadership. Harvard Business Review (September): 39-45.
Bennis, W. G. and R. J. Thomas. 2002. Geeks and Geezers: How Era, Values, and Defining Moments Shape Leaders. Harvard Business School Press.
Bennis, W. G., N. Berkowitz, M. Affinito and M. Malone. 1958. Reference groups and loyalties in the out-patient department. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(4): 481-500. (JSTOR link).
Benoit, G. N. 1935. Setting standard costs in a metal working plant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 337-358.
Bens, D. A. 2002. The determinants of the amount of information disclosed about corporate restructurings. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 1-20. (JSTOR link).
Bens, D. A. 2006. Discussion of Accounting discretion in fair value estimates: An examination of SFAS 142 goodwill impairments. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 289-296. (JSTOR link).
Bens, D. A. and S. J. Monahan. 2004. Disclosure quality and the excess value of diversification. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 691-730. (JSTOR link).
Bens, D. A., V. Nagar and M. H. F. Wong. 2002. Real investment implications of employee stock option exercises. Studies on Accounting, Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 359-393. (JSTOR link).
Bens, D. A., V. Nagar, D. J. Skinner and M. H. F. Wong. 2003. Employee stock options, EPS dilution, and stock repurchases. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 51-90.
Bensaou, M. and M. Earl. 1998. The right mind-set for managing information technology. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 119-128. (Compares the western approach with how Japanese companies manage information technology). (Summary).
Benschop, Y. and H. E. Meihuizen. 2002. Keeping up gendered appearances: Representations of gender in financial annual reports. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(7): 611-636.
Benson, B. A. 1984. Computer graphics for financial management. Management Accounting (January): 46-49.
Benson, C. M. and W. H. Donaldson. 1949. Labor cost control without clock cards or individual production time records. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 999-1003.
Benson, F. D. 1985. Effective operational budgeting techniques. Corporate Accounting (Summer): 3-12.
Benson, G. S., D. Finegold and S. A. Mohrman. 2004. You paid for the skills, now keep them: Tuition reimbursement and voluntary turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 47(3): 315-331. (JSTOR link).
Benson, H. 2005. Are you working too hard? A conversation with mind/body researcher Herbert Benson. Harvard Business Review (November): 53-58.
Benson, J. K. 1975. The interorganizational network as a political economy. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 229-249. (JSTOR link).
Benson, J. K. 1977. Organizations: A dialectical view. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 1-21. (JSTOR link).
Benson, K. and R. Faff. 2013. β. Abacus 49(Supplement): 24-31. (Discussion of CAPM, the capital asset pricing model).
Benson, L. 2009. Lessons learned from the financial crisis. Journal of Accountancy (October): 52-55.
Benson, L. K. Jr. 2007. All in the family: Multifamily office practice... Journal of Accountancy (July): 62-65.
Benson, R. A. 1963. Pricing interplant transfers for measuring plant operations. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 53-57.
Benson, S. S. 2009. Recognizing the red flags of a Ponzi scheme. The CPA Journal (June): 18-25.
Benson, S. S. 2012. Shielding the auditor from corporate fraud liability: Recent decisions and rationale for the in pari delicto defense. The CPA Journal (April): 58-65.
Benston, G. and A. Hargraves. 2002. Enron: What happened and what we can learn from it. Journal of Accounting and Public Policy. (Summer): 105-127.
Benston, G. J. 1963. The role of the firm's accounting system for motivation. The Accounting Review (April): 347-354. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J. 1966. Multiple regression analysis of cost behavior. The Accounting Review (October): 657-672. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J. 1967. Published corporate accounting data and stock prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 1-14. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J. 1967. Published corporate accounting data and stock prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 22-54. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J. 1969. The value of the SEC's accounting disclosure requirements. The Accounting Review (July): 515-532. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J. 1974. Unaccountable accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 348-354. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J. 1976. Public (U.S.) compared to private (U.K.) regulation of corporate financial disclosure. The Accounting Review (July): 483-498. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J. 1982. Accounting and corporate accountability. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(2): 87-105.
Benston, G. J. 1984. Rejoinder to "accounting and corporate accountability: An extended comment". Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 417-419.
Benston, G. J. 1985. The self-serving management hypothesis: Some evidence. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 67-84.
Benston, G. J. 1995. Review of Defining the roles of accountants, bankers and regulators in the United States. Accounting Horizons (December): 138-142.
Benston, G. J. and M. A. Krasney. 1978. DAAM: The demand for alternative accounting measurements. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Changes in General and Specific Prices): 1-30. (JSTOR link).
Benston, G. J., D. R. Carmichael, J. S. Demski, B. G. Dharan, K. Jamal, R. Laux, S. Rajgopal and G. Vrana. 2007. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: The FASB's conceptual framework for financial reporting: A critical analysis. Accounting Horizons (June): 229-238.
Benston, G. J., M. Bromwich and A. Wagenhofer. 2006. Principles- versus rules-based accounting standards: The FASB's standard setting strategy. Abacus 42(2): 165-188.
Bentham, J. 1948. An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. Hafner.
Bentler, D. A. 1989. Controlling unemployment costs. Management Accounting (November): 43-45.
Bentley, A. 1918. Defects of the Title 2 of the Federal Revenue Act of October, 3, 1917 - Viewed from the accounting standpoint. Journal of Accountancy (February): 81-90.
Bentley, H. C. and T. Conyngton. 1908. Corporate finance and accounting: Treating of the corporate finances and securities; the corporate books of account; reports; negotiable instruments; and the powers, duties and relations of the corporation treasures, with forms. The Ronald Press. Google eBook.
Bentley, H. C. 1912. Standardization of accounting forms and methods. Journal of Accountancy (February): 109-121.
Bentley, H. C. 1912. Standardization of accounting forms and methods. Journal of Accountancy (March): 161-181.
Bentley, H. C. 1912. Standardization of accounting forms and methods. Journal of Accountancy (June): 389-400.
Bentley, H. C. 1912. Standardization of accounting forms and methods. Journal of Accountancy (July): 19-29.
Bentley, H. C . 1912. Standardization of accounting forms and methods: Model Manufacturing Company. Journal of Accountancy (August): 99-106.
Bentley, H. C. 1912. Standardization of accounting forms and methods (seventh article). Journal of Accountancy (September): 169-187.
Bentley, H. C. 1913. A problem in the distribution of expense burden. Journal of Accountancy (July): 25-50.
Bentley, H. C. 1913. A problem in the distribution of expense burden. Journal of Accountancy (September): 175-209.
Bentley, H. C., J. P. Goodwin and S. Vigilans. 1912. Correspondence. "The Science of Accounts"- Author's reply to critic. Journal of Accountancy (June): 449-453.
Bentley, K. A., P. C. Brewer and T. W. Eaton. 2009. Motivating students to prepare for class and engage in discussion using the hot seat. Journal of Accounting Education 27(3): 155-167.
Bento, A. and L. F. White. 2006. Budgeting,
performance evaluation, and compensation: A performance management model. Advances
in Management Accounting (15):
Bento, A. and L. F. White. 2010. An exploratory study of strategic performance measurement systems. Advances in Management Accounting (18): 1-26.
Benton, B. W. 1981. Regulatory implications of inflation accounting. Management Accounting (August): 43-47.
Benton, M. C. 1954. Terminal costs control in trucking operations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 48-52.
Bentson, R., G. L. Gass, and G. McMakin. 1987.White collar productivity. Management Accounting (September): 33-37.
Bentwood, S. and P. Lee. 2012. Benchmark management during Australia's transition to international accounting standards. Abacus 48(1): 59-85.
Bentz, W. F. 1973. Input-output analysis for cost accounting, planning and control: A proof. The Accounting Review (April): 377-380. (JSTOR link).
Bentz, W. F. 1975. Learning transfer in professional education and training for accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 370-379. (JSTOR link).
Bentz, W. F. 1979. Computer extended reciprocal allocation methods. The Accounting Review (July): 595-603. (JSTOR link).
Bentz, W. F. and R. F. Lusch. 1980. Now you can control your product's market performance. Management Accounting (January): 17-25.
Beran, D. R. 1982. Cost reduction through control reporting. Management Accounting (April): 29-33. (Example based on chili manufacturing).
Beranek, W. 1964. A note on the equivalence of certain capital budgeting criteria. The Accounting Review (October): 914-916. (JSTOR link).
Beranek, W. 1967. Financial implications of lot-size inventory models. Management Science (April): B401-B408. (JSTOR link).
Berck, W. R. 1972. Evaluation of subcontractor performance. Management Accounting (May): 34-36.
Berenheim, R. E. 1992. Corporate Ethics Practices. New York: The Conference Board.
Berenson, A. 2003. The Number: How the Drive for Quarterly Earnings Corrupted Wall Street and Corporate America. Random House Trade.
Beresford, D. 1990. Internationalization of accounting standards. Accounting Horizons (March): 99-107.
Beresford, D. R. 1974. How companies are reporting social performance. Management Accounting (August): 41-44.
Beresford, D. R. 1988. The "balancing act" in setting accounting standards. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-7.
Beresford, D. R. 1990. Financial reporting in the 1990s. Beresford: Financial statements are not meant to be propaganda. Management Accounting (November): 49-52.
Beresford, D. R. 1991. Standard setting process in trouble (again). Accounting Horizons (June): 94-96.
Beresford, D. R. 1993. Frustrations of a standards setter. 1993. Accounting Horizons (December): 70-76.
Beresford, D. R. 1995. How should the FASB be judged? Accounting Horizons (June): 56-61.
Beresford, D. R. 1996. What did we learn from the stock compensation project? Accounting Horizons (June): 125-130.
Beresford, D. R. 1997. How to succeed as a standard setter by trying really hard. Accounting Horizons (September): 79-90.
Beresford, D. R. 1998. The FASB's accomplishments to date: One participant's views. The Accounting Historians Journal 25(2): 151-166. (JSTOR link).
Beresford, D. R. 2001. Congress looks at accounting for business combinations. Accounting Horizons (March): 73-86.
Beresford, D. R. and L. T. Johnson. 1995. Interactions between the FASB and the academic community. Accounting Horizons (December): 108-117.
Beresford, D. R. and S. A. Feldman. 1976. Companies increase social responsibility disclosure. Management Accounting (March): 51-55.
Beresford, D. R. and W. J. Ihlanfeldt. 1999. You can influence accounting standards. Strategic Finance (March): 52-56.
Beresford, D. R., D. L. Jensen and Ray J. Groves. 2000. Accounting Hall of Fame 1999 induction: Remarks, citation, and responses: Ray J. Groves. The Accounting Historians Journal 27(1): 179-185. (JSTOR link).
Beretvas, A. 1951. Case study in auditing procedure casualty (automobile) insurance company. The Accounting Review (January): 80-87. (JSTOR link).
Beretvas, A. 1952. Case study in auditing procedure: (Real estate & personal property tax). The Accounting Review (April): 210-214. (JSTOR link).
Beretvas, A. 1955. Management contracts, expense sharing agreements, and tax planning. The Accounting Review (July): 519-521. (JSTOR link).
Berg, G. G., M. S. Freeman and K. N. Schneider. 2008. Analyzing the TJ Maxx data security fiasco. The CPA Journal (August): 34-37.
Berg, J., D. Coursey and J. Dickhaut. 1990. Experimental methods in accounting: A discussion of recurring issues. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 825-849.
Berg, J. D., J. M. Mathews and C. M. O'Hare. 2007. Measuring brand health to improve top-line growth. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 61-68.
Berg, J. E. 1991. Discussion of the impact of MAS on auditors' independence: An experimental markets study. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting Institutions in Markets and Organizations): 99-106. (JSTOR link).
Berg, K. B. 1962. Allowance for repairs. The Accounting Review (July): 488-496. (JSTOR link).
Berg, K. B. and F. J. Mueller. 1963. Accounting for investment credits. The Accounting Review (July): 554-561. (JSTOR link).
Berger, J. and D. Pope. 2011. Can losing lead to winning? Management Science (May): 817-827.
Berger, J. O. 1985. Statistical Decision Theory and Bayesian Analysis (Springer Series in Statistics). Springer-Verlag.
Berger, J. O. 2010. Statistical Decision Theory and Bayesian Analysis, 3rd Edition. Springer.
Berger, L. W. 1955. A garment factory applies direct costing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 362-367.
Berger, M. 1957. Bureaucracy east and west. Administrative Science Quarterly 1(4): 518-529. (JSTOR link).
Berger, P. B. and R. Hann. 2003. The impact of SFAS No. 131 on information and monitoring. Journal of Accounting Research (May-The Effects of Regulation (Including Taxation) on Financial Reporting and Disclosure): 163-223. (JSTOR link).
Berger, P. G. 1993. Explicit and implicit tax effects of the R & D tax credit. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 131-171. (JSTOR link).
Berger, P. G. 2002. Discussion of Valuation of internet stocks: An IPO perspective. Studies on Accounting, Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 347-358. (JSTOR link).
Berger, P. G. 2003. Discussion of “Anomalous stock returns around internet firms’ earnings announcements”. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 273-281.
Berger, P. G. 2003. Discussion of “Differential market reactions to revenue and expense surprises”. Review of Accounting Studies 8(2-3): 213-220.
Berger, P. G. 2011. Challenges and opportunities in disclosure research - A discussion of ‘the financial reporting environment: Review of the recent literature’. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 204-218.
Berger, P. K. and A. J. Grimes. 1973. Cosmopolitan-local: A factor analysis of the construct. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 223-235. (JSTOR link).
Berger, P. K. and J. M. Ivancevich. 1973. Birth order and managerial achievement. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 515-519. (JSTOR link).
Berger, S. R. 2010. A practical guide to the new PCAOB reporting requirements. The CPA Journal (February): 28-35. (Public company accounting oversight board).
Bergeron, B. 2003. Essentials of XBRL. John Wiley & Sons.
Bergeron, P. G. 2003. Finance: Essentials for the Successful Professional. South-Western Educational Publishing.
Bergevin, P. M. 1993. The stockholders' equity section of a Japanese company: The Minolta Camera Company case. Journal of Accounting Education 11(2): 301-311.
Bergh, D. 2002. From the editors: Deriving greater benefit from the reviewing process. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 633-636. (JSTOR link).
Bergh, D. D. 1995. Problems with repeated measures analysis: Demonstration with a study of the diversification and performance relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1692-1708. (JSTOR link).
Bergh, D. D. 2003. From the editors: Thinking strategically about contribution. The Academy of Management Journal 46(2): 135-138. (JSTOR link).
Bergh, D. D. 2006. Editing the 2004 "AMJ" best article award winner. The Academy of Management Journal 49(2): 197-202. (JSTOR link).
Bergin, J. L. 1983. The effect of previous accounting study on student performance in the first college-level financial accounting course. Issues In Accounting Education: 19-28.
Berglas, S. 2002. The very real dangers of executive coaching. Harvard Business Review (June): 86-93.
Berglas, S. 2004. Chronic time abuse. Harvard Business Review (June): 90-97.
Berglas, S. 2006. How to keep A players productive. Harvard Business Review (September): 104-112.
Berglund, W. J. 1965. Ordering and controlling of supplies - The "pattern accounting" procedure. Management Accounting (December): 35-40.
Bergman, N. B. 1922. Accounting for pig iron production. Journal of Accountancy (February): 90-99.
Bergman, R. and R. Williams. 2008. Today's finance workforce. The CPA Journal (June): 11-13.
Bergner, J. 2009. Pursuing a Ph.D. in accounting: Walking in with your eyes open. Journal of Accountancy web-exclusive article. (Mentioned in the March issue as an AICPA resource on page 40). (Link).
Bergolofsky, H. 1968. A proposed revision of the accounting curriculum. The Accounting Review (October): 787-788. (JSTOR link).
Bergstresser, D. 2006. Discussion of “Overinvestment of free cash flow”. Review of Accounting Studies 11(2-3): 191-202.
Bergstrom, K. H. 1947. Teamwork accounting and management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 2): 550-559.
Bergstrom, K. H. 1974. Looking back. Management Accounting (March): 47-50.
Bergstrom, K. H. 1976. For want of a nail. Management Accounting (September): 39-40.
Bergstrom, W. E. 1942. Suggested procedure for the issuance and control of procedures; Introduction. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 384-389.
Bergquist, R. E. 1971. Direct labor vs. machine hour costing. Management Accounting (May): 25-28.
Bergstrom, C. and E. Tang. 2001. Price differentials between different classes of stocks: An empirical study on Chinese stock markets. Journal of Multinational Financial Management 11(4-5): 407-426.
Berhold, M. 1970. It's permutations or combinations. Decision Sciences 1(3-4): 513-515.
Berhold, M. 1971. Applications of a risk aversion concept. Decision Sciences 2(2): 129-140.
Berhold, M. 1975. Procedures to increase the validity of subjective probability estimates. Decision Sciences 6(4): 721-730.
Berinato, S. 2011. The demographics of cool: Don't market to who they are. Understand how they think. Harvard Business Review (December): 136-137.
Berk, R. A. 1983. An introduction to sample selection bias in sociological data. American Sociological Review (48): 386-398.
Berk, R. F. 1991. Uncompensated overtime. Management Accounting (August): 31-35. (Two methods of accounting for uncompensated overtime: 40 hour accounting and full-time accounting).
Berkey, M. A. 1973. Decision tables for clerical procedures. Management Accounting (October): 21-26.
Berkman, H. 2013. The capital asset pricing model: A revolutionary idea in finance! Abacus 49(Supplement): 32-35.
Berkman, H. and M. E. Bradbury. 1998. Instructional case: Evergreen Forests Limited. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 869-882.
Berkner, L. V. 1966. Management in the university. Management Science (June): C183-C191. (JSTOR link).
Berkow, W. F. 1964. Need for engineering influence upon accounting procedure. The Accounting Review (April): 377-386. (JSTOR link).
Berkowitz, J., P. Christoffersen and D. Pelletier. 2011. Evaluating value-at-risk models with desk-level data. Management Science (December): 2213-2227.
Berkowitz, N. H. and W. G. Bennis. 1961. Interaction patterns in formal service-oriented organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(1): 25-50. (JSTOR link).
Berkun, S. 2005. The Art of Project Management. O'Reilly Media.
Berkun, S. 2008. Making Things Happen: Mastering Project Management, revised edition. O'Reilly Media.
Berland, N. and E. Chiapello. 2009. Criticisms of capitalism, budgeting and the double enrolment: Budgetary control rhetoric and social reform in France in the 1930s and 1950s. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(1): 28-57.
Berle, A. A. Jr. 1926. Protection of non-voting stock. Harvard Business Review (April): 257-265.
Berle, A. A. 1927. Management power and stockholders' property. Harvard Business Review (July): 424-432.
Berle, A. A. Jr. 1938. Accounting and the law. The Accounting Review (March): 9-15. (JSTOR link).
Berlew, D. E. and D. T. Hall. 1966. The socialization of managers: Effects of expectations on performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(2): 207-223. (JSTOR link).
Berliner, C., and J. A. Brimson, eds. 1988. Cost Management for Today's Advanced Manufacturing: The CAMI Conceptual Design. Boston: Harvard Business School Press. (Short Summary of Concepts), (Longer Summary).
Berliner, J. S. 1956. A problem in Soviet business administration. Administrative Science Quarterly 1(1): 86-101. (JSTOR link).
Berliner, R. W. 1977. Replacement cost accounting: A CPA's view. Management Accounting (December): 23-26.
Berling, P. and K. Rosling. 2005. The effects of financial risks on inventory policy. Management Science (December): 1804-1815. (JSTOR link).
Berman, A. H. 1923. Cigar manufacturing costs. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (March 1): 3-15.
Berman, E. B. 1959. A regional production and transportation model. Management Science (April): 319-326. (JSTOR link).
Berman, E. B. 1964. Resource allocation in a PERT network under continuous activity time-cost functions. Management Science (July): 734-745. (JSTOR link).
Berman, E. S., D. L. Rahn, B. W. Chase and V. Calkins-McGettigan. 2008. Successfully navigating OPEB: New standards cast light on governments' post-employment liabilities. Journal of Accountancy (August): 54-59. (Other post employment benefit).
Berman, N. D. 1961. Profit analysis practices in an oil refining company. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 63-68.
Berman, O., N. Sanajian and H. Abouee-Mehrizi. 2012. Do shareholders really prefer their executives to maximize the equity value? A Newsvendor case. Decision Sciences 43(3): 395-436.
Berman, S. L., A. C. Wicks, S. Kotha and T. M. Jones. 1999. Does stakeholder orientation matter? The relationship between stakeholder management models and firm financial performance. The Academy of Management Journal 42(5): 488-506. (JSTOR link).
Berman, S. L., J. Down and C. W. L. Hill. 2002. Tacit knowledge as a source of competitive advantage in the National Basketball Association. The Academy of Management Journal 45(1): 13-31. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L. 1984. The use of market data and accounting data in hedging against consumer price inflation. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 445-466. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L. 1985. Discussion of vertical information transfers: The association between retailers' sales announcements and suppliers' security returns. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting Earnings and Security Valuation: Current Research Issues): 167-169. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L. 1987. Cross-sectional dependence and problems in inference in market-based accounting research. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-48. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L. 1990. Discussion of A synthesis of alternative testing procedures for event studies. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 641-647.
Bernard, V. L. 1993. Discussion of an investigation of revaluations of tangible long-lived assets. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on International Accounting): 39-45. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L. 1996. The demand for 150-hours: Let the market decide. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 207-209.
Bernard, V. L. 1996. Rebuttal. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 213.
Bernard, V. L. and D. J. Skinner. 1996. What motivates managers' choice of discretionary accruals? Journal of Accounting and Economics (August-December): 313-325.
Bernard, V. L. and J. K. Thomas. 1989. Post-earnings-announcement drift: Delayed price response or risk premium? Journal of Accounting Research (Current Studies on The Information Content of Accounting Earnings): 1-36. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L. and J. K. Thomas. 1990. Evidence that stock prices do not fully reflect the implications of current earnings for future earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 305-340.
Bernard, V. L. and R. G. Ruland. 1987. The incremental information content of historical cost and current cost income numbers: Time-series analyses for 1962-1980. The Accounting Review (October): 707-722. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L. and T. L. Stober. 1989. The nature and amount of information in cash flows and accruals. The Accounting Review (October): 624-652. (JSTOR link).
Bernard, V. L., R. C. Merton and K. G. Palepu. 1995. Mark-to-market accounting for banks and thrifts: Lessons from the Danish experience. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-32. (JSTOR link).
Bernardi, R. A. 2004. Suggestions for providing legitimacy to ethics research. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 145-146.
Bernardi, R. A. and C. C. LaCross. 2009. Positioning codes of ethics on international corporations' websites: A six-year longitudinal study. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(1): 75-80.
Bernardi, R. A. and D. F. Bean. 1999. Preparer versus user introductory sequence: The impact on performance in Intermediate Accounting I. Journal of Accounting Education 17(2-3): 141-156.
Bernardin, H. J. 1987. Development and validation of a forced choice scale to measure job-related discomfort among customer service representatives. The Academy of Management Journal 30(1): 162-173. (JSTOR link).
Bernardin, H. J. and D. K. Cooke. 1993. Validity of an honesty test in predicting theft among convenience store employees. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 1097-1108. (JSTOR link).
Bernardin, H. J. and K. M. Alvares. 1976. The managerial grid as a predictor of conflict resolution method and managerial effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 84-92. (JSTOR link).
Bernardin, H. J. and K. M. Alvares. 1977. A reply to Blake and Mouton. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 136-137. (JSTOR link).
Berndtson, K. 1986. Managers and physicians come head to head over cost control. Healthcare Financial Management (September): 22-24, 28-29.
Berner, E. S. 1998. Clinical Decision Support Systems: Theory and Practice. Springer-Verlag.
Bernhard, R. H. 1967. Probability and rates of return: Some critical comments. Management Science (March): 598-600. (JSTOR link).
Bernhard, R. H. 1968. Some problems in applying mathematical programming to opportunity costing. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 143-148. (JSTOR link).
Bernhardt, I. and R. M. Copeland. 1970. Some problems in applying an information theory approach to accounting aggregation. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 95-98. (JSTOR link).
Bernheim, R. C. 1983. The right way to design a cost accounting system. Management Accounting (September): 63-65.
Bernile, G. and G. A. Jarrell. 2009. The impact of the options backdating scandal on shareholders. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 2-26.
Bernoff, J. and C. Li. 2008. Harnessing the power of the oh-so-social web. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 36-42.
Bernoff, J. and T. Schadler. 2010. Empowered. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 94-101. (Dealing with angry tweets).
Bernotat, W. H. 2007. Take responsibility for climate change. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 58-59.
Berns, M., A. Townend, Z. Khayat, B. Balagopal, M. Reeves, M. S. Hopkins and N. Kruschwitz. 2009. The business of sustainability: What it means to managers now. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 20-26.
Bernstein, F. and A. Federgruen. 2005. Decentralized supply chains with competing retailers under demand uncertainty. Management Science (January): 18-29. (JSTOR link).
Bernstein, F., G. A. DeCroix and Y. Wang. 2011. The impact of demand aggregation through delayed component allocation in an assemble-to-order system. Management Science (June): 1154-1171.
Bernstein, F., G. Chen and A. Federgruen. 2006. Coordinating supply chains with simple pricing schemes: The role of vendor-managed inventories. Management Science (October): 1483-1492. (JSTOR link).
Bernstein, L. A. 1967. The concept of materiality. The Accounting Review (January): 86-95. (JSTOR link).
Bernstein, L. A. 1970. Discussion of an empirical investigation of the concept of materiality in accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 130-132. (JSTOR link).
Bernstein, P. L. 2009. The moral hazard economy. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 101-103.
Bernthal, W. F. 1960. Integrating the behavioral sciences and management. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(3): 161-166. (JSTOR link).
Bernthal, W. F. 1962. Value perspectives in management decisions. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(3): 190-196. (JSTOR link).
Bernthal, W. F. 1969. Sigma Iota Epsilon: The academy's student division: Opportunity and dilemma for the management professor. The Academy of Management Journal 12(3): 379-381. (JSTOR link).
Berridge, A. 1913. The treatment of interest on manufacturing investment. Journal of Accountancy (July): 22-24.
Berridge, A. 1921. Profit on sale of investments. Journal of Accountancy (April): 314-315.
Berry, A. and D. Otley. 1975. The aggregation of estimates in hierarchical organizations. The Journal of Management Studies (May): 175-193.
Berry, A., E. Loughton and D. Otley. 1991. Control in a financial services company (RIF): A case study. Management Accounting Research (June): 109-139.
Berry, H. 1924. Executive uses of costs. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (September 2): 4-16.
Berry, A. J., T. Capps, D. Cooper, P. Ferguson, T. Hooper and E. A. Lowe. 1985. Management control in an area of the NCB: Rationales of accounting practices in a public enterprise. Accounting, Organizations and Society 10(1): 3-28.
Berry, F. T. Jr. 1967. When is quantity buying a bargain? Management Accounting (February): 21-22.
Berry, F. T. Jr. 1968. Some ramifications of the return on capital concept. Management Accounting (November): 36-37.
Berry, F. W. 1948. A stores control procedure. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 15): 1429-1435.
Berry, L. and K. Seltman. 2008. Management Lessons from Mayo Clinic: Inside One of the World's Most Admired Service Organizations. McGraw-Hill.
Berry, L. E. 1984. A new treatment for health care costs. Management Accounting (April): 58-61.
Berry, L. E., G. B. Harwood and J. L. Katz. 1987. Performance of auditing procedures by governmental auditors: Some preliminary evidence. The Accounting Review (January): 14-28. (JSTOR link).
Berry, L. L. and J. H. Kunkel. 1970. In pursuit of consumer theory. Decision Sciences 1(1-2): 25-39.
Berry, L. L. and N. Bendapudi. 2003. Clueing in customers. Harvard Business Review (February): 100-106.
Berry, L. L., A. M. Mirabito and D. M. Berwick. 2004. A health care agenda for business. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 56-64.
Berry, L. L., A. M. Mirabito and W. B. Baun. 2010. What's the hard return on employee wellness programs? Harvard Business Review (December): 104-112.
Berry, L. L., G. Adcock and A. M. Mirabito. 2012. "Do-it-yourself" employee health care. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 15-16.
Berry, L. L., L. P. Carbone and S. H. Haeckel. 2002. Managing the total customer experience. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 85-89.
Berry, M. H. 1981. Why international cost accounting practices should be harmonized. Management Accounting (August): 36-42.
Berry, M. J. A. and G. S. Linoff. 2004. Data Mining Techniques: For Marketing, Sales, and Customer Relationship Management. Wiley Computer Publishing.
Berry, R. D. 2009. Plan design in the balance. Journal of Accountancy (January): 40-44.
Berry, R. L. 1954. What is needed to establish reproduction cost new? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 11-19. (Related to insurance).
Berry, S. E., H. J. Watson and W. T. Greenwood. 1978. A survey as to the content of the introductory POM course. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 699-714. (JSTOR link).
Berry, W. E. 1994. Management accountants' strategic asset: The human resource information system. Management Accounting (January): 56-57.
Berry, W. L. and V. A. Mabert and M. Marcus. 1979. Forecasting teller window demand with exponential smoothing. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 129-137. (JSTOR link).
Berryman, R. G. 1960. Auditing standards and the law. The Accounting Review (January): 70-80. (JSTOR link).
Berst, I. P. 1958. Efficient accounting for the small company. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 37-45.
Berstein, P. 1998. Accounting Against The Gods: The Remarkable Story of Risks. John Wiley & Sons.
Berstein, P. 1998. Against the Gods: The Remarkable Story of Risk. John Wiley & Sons.
Bertelli, P. 2012. Prada's CEO on staying independent in a consolidating industry. Harvard Business Review (September): 39-42.
Bertholdt, R. H. 1979. Discussion of the impact of uncertainty reporting on the loan decision. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Auditing-Selections from the "Research Opportunities in Auditing" Program): 58-63. (JSTOR link).
Berthon, P., M. B. Holbrook and J. M. Hulbert. 2003. Understanding and managing brand space. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 49-54.
Berthon, P., M. B. Holbrook, J. M. Hulbert and L. F. Pitt. 2007. Viewing brands in multiple dimensions. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 37-43.
Bertini, M. and J. T. Gourville. 2012. Pricing to create shared value: Rethinking the way prices are set can expand the pie for everyone. Harvard Business Review (June): 96-104. (Principles of shared value pricing: Focus on relationships, not on transactions, Be proactive, Put a premium on flexibility, Promote transparency, and Manage the market's standards for fairness. Includes a case study related to pricing at the London Olympics).
Bertini, M. and L. Wathieu. 2010. How to stop customers from fixating on price. Harvard Business Review (May): 84-91.
Bertini, M., J. T. Gourville, R. Gonzalez and K. L. Keller. 2011. Time for a unified campaign? Harvard Business Review (June): 129-133.
Bertini, M., L Wathieu, B. P. Sigman and M. I. Norton. 2012. Do social deal sites really work? Harvard Business Review (May): 139-143.
Bertini, M., N. Kumar, G. Tacke and A. G. Gulla. 2010. The upstart's assault. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 159-163. (Case study).
Bertomeu, J. and R. P. Magee. 2011. From low-quality reporting to financial crises: Politics of disclosure regulation along the economic cycle. Journal of Accounting and Economics (November): 209-227.
Bertrand, R. C., W. J. Cenker, R. Bloom and G. P. Weinstein. 2002. Accounting and taxation of stock option plans. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 1-8.
Bertrand, R. M. M., A. J. H. C. Schram and E. H. J. Vaassen. 2013. Understanding contract audits: An experimental approach. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 32(1): 1-31.
Bertucelli, R. E. 2011. Captive insurance companies. The CPA Journal (February): 60-64.
Bertucelli, R. E. 2013. The benefits of captive insurance companies. Journal of Accountancy (March): 52-56.
Besanko, D. editor et al. 1999. Economics of Strategy, 2nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
Bescos, P. and C. Mendoza. 1995. ABC in France. Management Accounting (April): 33-35, 38-41.
Beshara, R. L. 1975. Price-level restated accounting and the measurement of inflation gains and losses: A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 582-585. (JSTOR link).
Besley, S. and E. F. Brigham. 2008. Principles of Finance, 4th Edition. South-Western College Pub.
Bessiere, F. and E. A. Sautter. 1968. Optimization and suboptimization: The method of extended models in the non-linear case. Management Science (September): 1-11. (JSTOR link).
Best, M. J. and J. Hlouskova. 2005. An algorithm for portfolio optimization with transaction costs. Management Science (November): 1676-1688. (JSTOR link).
Best, S. 2003. A Beginner's Guide to Social Theory. Sage Publications.
Besterfield, D. H. 1979. Quality Control: A Practical Approach. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Betancourt, L., W. M. VanDenburgh and P. J. Harmelink. 2011. Understanding the 'flash crash'. The CPA Journal (January): 40-45.
Bethel, S. K. 2009. Business Valuation Rules of Thumb and Formula Resource Guide: An Invaluable Guide for Valuing Hundreds of Different Businesses. Mattatall Press.
Bethlehem, J. G. 2009. Applied Survey Methods: A Statistical Perspective. Wiley.
Betley, A. J. 1973. Contribution pricing. Management Accounting (March): 29-30.
Bettencourt, L. A. and A. W. Ulwick. 2008. The customer-centered innovation map. Harvard Business Review (May): 109-114.
Bettencourt, L. A. and S. L. Bettencourt. 2011. Innovating on the cheap. Harvard Business Review (June): 88-94.
Bettenhausen, K. and J. K. Murnighan. 1985. The emergence of norms in competitive decision-making groups. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(3): 350-372. (JSTOR link).
Bettenhausen, K. L. and J. K. Murnighan. 1991. The development of an intragroup norm and the effects of interpersonal and structural challenges. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(1): 20-35. (JSTOR link).
Bettinghaus, B., M. Debruine and P. R. Sopariwala. 2012. Idle capacity costs: It isn't just the expense. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 1-7.
Bettis, R. 2004. Strategy In Transition (Strategic Management Society Book Series). Blackwell Publishing.
Bettis, R. A. and W. K. Hall. 1982. Diversification strategy, accounting determined risk, and accounting determined return. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 254-264. (JSTOR link).
Bettman, J. R. and B. A. Weitz. 1983. Attributions in the board room: Causal reasoning in corporate annual reports. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(2): 165-183. (JSTOR link).
Betts, M. 2001. Turning browsers into buyers. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 8-9.
Betty, G. and T. Dimnik. 1993. OOPs. Management Accounting (May): 50-53. (Refers to object-oriented programming used for software development).
Beuren, I. M. and J. C. de Souza. 2009. Analysis of the quality of international accounting journals: A Brazilian study. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 71-87.
Beveridge, C. and M. Joshi. 2011. Monte Carlo bounds for game options including convertible bonds. Management Science (May): 960-974.
Bevis, D. J. 1958. Professional education for public accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 445-449. (JSTOR link).
Bevis, H. W. 1957. Streamlining auditing techniques. The Accounting Review (January): 26-32. (JSTOR link).
Bevis, H. W. 1961. Riding herd on accounting standards. The Accounting Review (January): 9-16. (JSTOR link).
Bevis, H. W. 1963. How to improve financial reporting. Price Waterhouse Review (Autumn): 4-8. For a note on this paper see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).
Bevis, H. W. 1964. APB opinions: Compulsory or persuasive? New York Certified Public Accountant (February): 98-104. For a note on this paper see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).
Bewley, K. and Y. Li. 2000. Disclosure of environmental information by Canadian manufacturing companies: A voluntary disclosure perspective. Advances in Environmental Accounting & Management (1): 201-226.
Bexell, J. A. 1909. Farm Accounting and Business Methods. The Home Correspondence School. Google eBook.
Bexell, J. A. 1921. A proposal for Junior C. P. A. examinations. Journal of Accountancy (March): 161-166.
Bexell, J. A. 1927. Accounting at "Erehwon". The Accounting Review (June): 172-174. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, Brickey and Dickerson. 1958. Report on examination of accounts. The Accounting Review (April): 297-301. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, Brickey and Dickerson. 1959. Report on examination of accounts. The Accounting Review (April): 293-297. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, A. 2008. Financial analysts’ forecast revisions and managers’ reporting behavior. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 334-348.
Beyer, A. and S. S. Sridhar. 2006. Effects of multiple clients on the reliability of audit reports. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 29-51. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, A., D. A. Cohen, T. Z. Lys and B. R. Walther. 2010. The financial reporting environment: Review of the recent literature. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 296-343.
Beyer, B., D. Herrmann, G. K. Meek and E. T. Rapley. 2010. What it means to be an accounting professor: A concise career guide for doctoral students in accounting. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 227-244. (Summary).
Beyer, J. M. 1978. Reviewed works: New Directions in Organizational Behavior. by Barry M. Staw and Gerald R. Salancik. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 488-495. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M. 1982. The utilization of organizational research, part 1: Introduction. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(4): 588-590. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M. 1985. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 5-8. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M. 1985. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 745-747. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M. 1997. Building on past strengths with incremental change. The Academy of Management Journal 40(6): 1436-1441. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M. and H. M. Trice. 1979. A reexamination of the relations between size and various components of organizational complexity. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(1): 48-64. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M. and H. M. Trice. 1982. The utilization process: A conceptual framework and synthesis of empirical findings. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(4): 591-622. (JSTOR link). (Part of a special section on the utilization of organizational research, part 1).
Beyer, J. M. and H. M. Trice. 1984. A field study of the use and perceived effects of discipline in controlling work performance. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 743-764. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M. and T. M. Lodahl. 1976. A comparative study of patterns of influence in United States and English universities. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 104-129. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, J. M., P. Chattopadhyay, E. George, W. H. Glick, D. Ogilvie, D. Pugliese. 1997. The selective perception of managers revisited. The Academy of Management Journal 40(3): 716-737. (JSTOR link).
Beyer, R. 1949. Pricing products to yield planned return on plant and working capital investments. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 143-152.
Beyer, R. 1963. Profitability Accounting for Planning and Control. The Ronald Press Co.
Beyer, R. 1967. Management information systems: Who'll be in charge? Management Accounting (June): 3-8.
Beyer, R. 1969. Goodwill and pooling of interests: A re-assessment. Management Accounting (February): 9-15.
Beyer, R. 1972. Pilots of social progress. Management Accounting (July): 11-15.
Beyersdorfer, D., V. Dessain, C. Mentzelopoulos, and P. S. de Rothschild. 2011. Preserve the luxury or extend the brand? Harvard Business Review (January/February): 173-177.
Beyersdorfer, D., V. Dessain, Z. Ton, N. Hollanders and M. Barberán. 2012. Bonuses in bad times. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 153-157.
Beynon, R. 1992. Change management as a platform for activity-based management. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 24-30. (Summary).
Bezemer, D. J. 2010. Understanding financial crisis through accounting models. Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(7): 676-688.
Bezos, J., J. Kirby and T. A. Stewart. 2007. The institutional yes. Harvard Business Review (October): 74-82. (Kirby and Stewart interview Amazon's Jeff Bezos).
Bhada, Y. 1972. Dynamic relationships for accounting analyses. Management Accounting (April): 53-57. (Related to the narrow scope of the learning curve).
Bhada, Y. H. 1970. Dynamic cost analysis. Management Accounting (July): 11-14.
Bhada, Y. K., J. P. Conley and T. E. Deacon. 1991. A career development model for management accountants. Management Accounting (June): 36-39.
Bhagat, R. S. 1982. Conditions under which stronger job performance-job satisfaction relationships may be observed: A closer look at two situational contingencies. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 772-789. (JSTOR link).
Bhagat, R. S. and S. J. McQuaid. 1983. Role of subjective culture in organizations: A review and directions for future research. Journal of Applied Psychology (68): 653-695.
Bhagat, S. and I. Welch. 1995. Corporate research & development investments international comparisons. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 443-470.
Bhagwati, J. 2004. In Defense of Globalization. Oxford University Press.
Bhambri, A. and J. Sonnenfeld. 1988. Organization structure and corporate social performance: A field study in two contrasting industries. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 642-662. (JSTOR link).
Bhamidipati, K. 2013. Productivity outlook: Poor visibility and bad reporting ahead. Strategic Finance (March): 42-46, 61.
Bhamornsiri, S. and R. E. Guinn. 1991. The road to partnership in the "big six" firms: Implications of accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 9-24.
Bhansali, C., A. Watson, S. Ernst, S. Cook, et al. 2006. Executive roundtable: Accounting software. Journal of Accountancy (May): 94-97.
Bharadwaj,
A., V. Karan, R. K. Mahapatra, U. S.
Bhardwaj, G., J. C. Camillus and D. A. Hounshell. 2006. Continual corporate entrepreneurial search for long-term growth. Management Science (February): 248-261. (JSTOR link).
Bhasin, S. 2008. Lean and performance measurement. Journal of Manufacturing Technology Management 19(5): 670-684. (Recommends using a balanced scorecard).
Bhaskar-Shrinivas, P., D. A. Harrison, M. A. Shaffer and D. M. Luk. 2005. Input-based and time-based models of international adjustment: Meta-analytic evidence and theoretical extensions. The Academy of Management Journal 48(2): 257-281. (JSTOR link).
Bhaskaran, S. R. and S. M. Gilbert. 2005. Selling and leasing strategies for durable goods with complementary products. Management Science (August): 1278-1290. (JSTOR link).
Bhasin, P. 2011. Genpact's CEO on building an industry in India from scratch. Harvard Business Review (June): 45-48.
Bhat, G., R. Frankel and X. Martin. 2011. Panacea, Pandora's box, or placebo: Feedback in bank mortgage-backed security holdings and fair value accounting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (November): 153-173.
Bhatia, V. and B. Carey. 2007. Patenting for profits. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 15-16.
Bhattacharjee, S., K. K. Moreno and T. Riley. 2012. The interplay of interpersonal affect and source reliability on auditors' inventory judgments. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(4): 1087-1108.
Bhattacharjee, S., T. Kida and D. M. Hanno. 1999. The impact of hypothesis set size on the time efficiency and accuracy of analytical review judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 83-100. (JSTOR link).
Bhattacharya, A. K. and D. C. Michael. 2008. How local companies keep multinationals at bay. Harvard Business Review (March): 84-95.
Bhattacharya, C. B., S. Sen and D. Korschun. 2008. Using corporate social responsibility to win the war for talent. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 37-44.
Bhattacharya, K. 1984. Are we providing the right information? Management Accounting UK (December): 30-31.
Bhattacharya, N. 2001. Investors' trade size and trading responses around earnings announcements: An empirical investigation. The Accounting Review (April): 221-244. (JSTOR link).
Bhattacharya, N., E. L. Black, T. E. Christensen and C. R. Larson. 2003. Assessing the relative informativeness and permanence of pro forma earnings and GAAP operating earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 285-319.
Bhattacharya, N., E. L. Black, T. E. Christensen and R. D. Mergenthaler. 2004. Empirical evidence on recent trends in pro forma reporting. Accounting Horizons (March): 27-43.
Bhattacharya, S. 1999. IT failure: Mitigating the damage. Journal of Cost Management (December): 27-32.
Bhattacharya, S. and W. Wasson. 1997. The implementation of a new financial applications system for the El Camino school district: A teaching case to expose students to the vagaries of software selection during new systems development projects. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 113-128.
Bhattacharya, S., R. S. Behara, D. E. Gundersen. 2003. Business risk perspectives on information systems outsourcing. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 4(1): 75-93.
Bhattacharya, U., C. W. Holden and S. Jacobsen. 2012. Penny wise, dollar foolish: Buy-sell imbalances on and around round numbers. Management Science (February): 413-431.
Bhattacharya, U., H. Daouk and M. Welker. 2003. The world price of earnings opacity. The Accounting Review (July): 641-678. (JSTOR link).
Bhende, V. P. 1964. Development planning in underdeveloped countries. Management Science (July): 796-809. (JSTOR link).
Bhide, A. 2010. The judgment deficit: Statistical models have deprived the financial sector of the case-by-case judgment that makes capitalism thrive. That must change. Harvard Business Review (September): 44-53. ("Decentralized individual judgment and initiative are essential to the success of the modern capitalist economy.").
Bhide, A. V. 2000. The Origin and Evolution of New Businesses. Oxford University Press.
Bhimani, A. 1993. Indeterminacy and the specificity of accounting change: Renault 1898-1938. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(1): 1-39.
Bhimani, A. 1994. Accounting and the emergence of "economic man." Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(8): 637-674.
Bhimani, A. 1999. Mapping methodological frontiers in cross-national management control research. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(5-6): 413-440.
Bhimani, A. 2003. A study of the emergence of management accounting system ethos and its influence on perceived system success. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(6): 523-548.
Bhimani, A. 2004. Cost management system design: Balance and organizational knowledge. Cost Management (March/April): 26-34.
Bhimani, A. 2006. Contemporary Issues in Management Accounting. Oxford University Press.
Bhimani, A. 2009. Risk management, corporate governance and management accounting: Emerging interdependencies. Management Accounting Research (March): 2-5.
Bhimani, A. and C. Neike. 1999. How Siemens designed its target costing system to redesign its products. Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 28-34.
Bhimani, A. and D. Pigott. 1992. Implementing ABC: A case study of organizational and behavioural consequences. Management Accounting Research (June): 119-132.
Bhimani, A. and H. Keshtvarz. 1999. British management accountants- Strategically oriented. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 25-31.
Bhimani, A. and H. Roberts. 2004. Management accounting and knowledge management: In search of intelligibility. Management Accounting Research (March): 1-4.
Bhimani, A. and K. Langfield-Smith. 2007. Structure, formality and the importance of financial and non-financial information in strategy development and implementation. Management Accounting Research (March): 3-31.
Bhimani, A. and M. Gosselin. 2009. Cost management diversity in a global world: What can we learn? Cost Management (September/October): 29-33.
Bhimani, A. and P. S. Mulder. 2001. Managing processes, quality, and costs: A case study. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 28-32.
Bhimani, A., B. C. De Souza and W. Rocha. 2011. Inter-organizational cost management in a Brazilian context. Cost Management (November/December): 5-16.
Bhimani, A., M. Gosselin, K. Soonawalla and M. Ncube. 2007. The value of accounting information in assessing investment risk. Cost Management (January/February): 29-35.
Bhimani, A., M. Gosselin, M. Ncube and H. Okano. 2007. Activity-based costing: How far have we come internationally? Cost Management (May/June): 12-17.
Bhimani, A., M. Ncube and K. Soonawalla. 2006. Intuition and real options-based investment appraisal: A cross-national study of financial executives. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 11-34.
Bhojraj, S. and B. Swaminathan. 2009. How does the corporate bond market value capital investments and accruals? Review of Accounting Studies 14(1): 31-62.
Bhojraj, S. and C. M. C. Lee. 2002. Who Is My Peer? A Valuation-based approach to the selection of comparable firms. Studies on Accounting, Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 407-439. (JSTOR link).
Bhojraj, S. and R. Libby. 2005. Capital market pressure, disclosure frequency-induced earnings/cash flow conflict, and managerial myopia. The Accounting Review (January): 1-20. (JSTOR Link).
Bhojraj, S., C. M. C. Lee and D. K. Oler. 2003. What's my line? A comparison of industry classification schemes for capital market research. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 745-774. (JSTOR link).
Bhojraj, S., W. G. Blacconiere and J. D. D'Souza. 2004. Voluntary disclosure in a multi-audience setting: An empirical investigation. The Accounting Review (October): 921-947. (JSTOR link).
Bhote, K. 1988. World Class Quality: Design of Experiments Made Easier, More Cost Effective than SPC. American Management Association.
Bhote, K. R. and A. K. Bhote. 1999. World Class Quality: Using Design of Experiments to Make it Happen. American Management Association.
Bhushan, B. 1974. Effects of inflation and currency fluctuation. Management Accounting (July): 17-19.
Bhushan, R. 1989. Collection of information about publicly traded firms: Theory and evidence. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 183-206.
Bhushan, R. 1989. Firm characteristics and analyst following. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 255-274.
Bhushan, R. 1994. An informational efficiency perspective on the post-earnings announcement drift. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 45-65.
Biagioni, L. F. 1965. Answers to several critical questions on direct costing. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 23-27.
Biagioni, L. F. and P. Ogan. 1977. Human resource accounting for professional sports teams. Management Accounting (November): 25-29.
Bianconi, M. 2003. Financial Economics, Risk and Information: An Introduction to Methods and Models. World Scientific Publishing Company Inc.
Bialkin, K. J. 1993. Business ethics: Optional or mandatory? Management Accounting (April): 54-56.
Bible, L., S. Kerr and M. Zanini. 2006. The balanced scorecard: Here and back. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 18-23.
Bickman, L. J., and D. J. Rog, eds. 1998. Handbook of Applied Social Research Methods. Thousand Oaks: Sage.
Bicksler, J. L. 1972. Discussion of changes in accounting techniques and stock prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 39-41. (JSTOR link).
Bidault, F. and A. Castello. 2010. Why too much trust is death to innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 33-38.
Biddle, G. and R. Steinberg. 1984. Allocations of joint and common costs. Journal of Accounting Literature (3): 1-45.
Biddle, G. C. 1980. Accounting methods and management decisions: The case of inventory costing and inventory policy. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 235-280. (JSTOR link). (This paper is about cost flow assumptions).
Biddle, G. C. 1980. [Discussion of accounting methods and management decisions: The case of inventory costing and inventory policy]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 292-295. (JSTOR link). (This paper is about cost flow assumptions).
Biddle, G. C. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association, edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 69-72. (Biddle's discussion follows papers by Hopwood and March and discussion by Ashton). (Summary).
Biddle, G. C. and F. W. Lindahl. 1982. Stock price reactions to LIFO adoptions: The association between excess returns and LIFO tax savings. Journal of Accounting Research (Part II, Autumn): 551-588. (JSTOR link).
Biddle, G. C. and G. Hilary. 2006. Accounting quality and firm-level capital investment. The Accounting Review (October): 963-982. (JSTOR link).
Biddle, G. C. and R. K. Martin. 1985. Inflation, taxes, and optimal inventory policies. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 57-83. (JSTOR link).
Biddle, G. C. and S. M. Saudagaran. 1991. Foreign stock listings: Benefits, costs, and the accounting policy dilemma. Accounting Horizons (September): 69-80.
Biddle, G. C. and W. E. Ricks. 1988. Analyst forecast errors and stock price behavior near the earnings announcement dates of LIFO adopters. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 169-194. (JSTOR link).
Biddle, G. C., G. Hilary and R. S. Verdi. 2009. How does financial reporting quality relate to investment efficiency? Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 112-131.
Biddle, G. C., P. Chen and G. Zhang. 2001. When capital follows profitability: Non-linear residual income dynamics. Review of Accounting Studies 6(2-3): 229-265.
Biddle, G. C., R. M. Bowen and J. S. Wallace. 1997. Does EVA® beat earnings? Evidence on associations with stock returns and firm values. Journal of Accounting and Economics (31 December): 301-336.
Bidgood, V. H. and D. E. Baldwin. 1992. Opportunities for female accountants. Management Accounting (March): 48-51.
Bidner, L. N. and C. Crawford. 2002. Unabashed artful dodgers of the new economy. Strategic Finance (September): 52-57. (Related to earnings management and ethics).
Bildstein, L. 2010. Retain clients and help them recover. Journal of Accountancy (February): 20-25.
Bidwell, C. E. 1957. Some effects of administrative behavior: A study in role theory. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(2): 163-181. (JSTOR link).
Bidwell, C. E. and R. S. Vreeland. 1963. College education and moral orientations: An organizational approach. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(2): 166-191. (JSTOR link).
Biedleman, C. R. 1973. Valuation of Used Capital Assets. Studies in Accounting Research (7). American Accounting Association.
Bielenberg, L. F. and A. T. O'Rourke. 1964. Expediting credit and collections by computer processing. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 15-18.
Bielstein, M. M. and E. W. Trott. 1992. The new approach to accounting for income taxes. Management Accounting (August): 43-47.
Bienz, J. F. 1961. Extending your accounting education. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 80.
Bienz, J. F. 1969. The Kelson happening. Management Accounting (July): 24-26. (Case study related to a small company and computers).
Bierce, T. 1933. Revenue accounting by machine in a large cooperative apartment. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 283-304.
Biere, M. 2010. The New Era of Enterprise Business Intelligence: Using Analytics to Achieve a Global Competitive Advantage. IBM Press.
Bierman, H. 1988. Extending the usefulness of accrual accounting. Accounting Horizons (September): 10-14.
Bierman, H. Jr. 1956. The effect of inflation on the computation of income of public utilities. The Accounting Review (April): 258-262. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1957. Capitalization of a public utility and the measurement of income. The Accounting Review (January): 21-25. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1959. A way of using direct costing in financial reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 13-20.
Bierman, H. Jr. 1959. Pricing intracompany transfers. The Accounting Review (July): 429-432. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1960. Measuring financial liquidity. The Accounting Review (October): 628-632. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1961. Depreciable assets - Timing of expense recognition. The Accounting Review (October): 613-618. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1962. Capital budgeting - The present-value method and a further step. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 13-18.
Bierman, H. Jr. 1962. Probability, statistical decision theory, and accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 400-405. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1963. A problem in expense recognition. The Accounting Review (January): 61-63. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1963. Measurement and accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 501-507. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1964. Recording obsolescence. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 229-235. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1965. Myths and accountants. The Accounting Review (July): 541-546. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1966. A further study of depreciation. The Accounting Review (April): 271-274. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1966. The bond refunding decision as a Markov process. Management Science (August): B545-B551. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1967. Inventory valuation: The use of market prices. The Accounting Review (October): 731-737. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1968. The growth period decision. Management Science (February): B302-B309. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1968. The term structure of interest rates and accounting for debt. The Accounting Review (October): 657-661. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1969. Accelerated depreciation and rate regulation. The Accounting Review (January): 65-78. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1969. Discussion of the significance of selected accounting procedures: A statistical test. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 114-118. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1970. Investment decisions and taxes. The Accounting Review (October): 690-697. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1971. Discounted cash flows, price level adjustments and expectations. The Accounting Review (October): 693-699. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1972. Discounted cash flows, price level adjustments and expectations: A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 589-590. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1972. Discounted cash flows, price-level adjustments and expectations: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 799-800. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1973. Accounting for capitalized leases: Tax considerations. The Accounting Review (April): 421-424. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. 1974. Regulation, implied revenue requirements, and methods of depreciation. The Accounting Review (July): 448-454. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr.1974. The implications to accounting of efficient markets and the capital asset pricing model. The Accounting Review (July): 557-562. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H., Jr. 1990. A Review of Alfred Rappaport's Creating Shareholder Value. Journal of Management Accounting Research (2): 140-154.
Bierman, H. Jr. 1990. One more reason to revise statement 96. Accounting Horizons (June): 42-46.
Bierman, H. Jr. 1992. Proportionate consolidation and financial analysis. Accounting Horizons (December): 5-17.
Bierman, H. Jr. 2009. The missing concept: What happened to the importance of matching? The CPA Journal (April): 22-27.
Bierman, H. Jr. and C. P. Alderfer. 1970. Estimating the cost of capital, a different approach. Decision Sciences 1(1-2): 40-53.
Bierman, H. Jr. and E. Liu. 1968. The computation of earnings per share. The Accounting Review (January): 62-67. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. and S. Davidson. 1969. The income concept - Value increment or earnings predictor. The Accounting Review (April): 239-246. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. and S. Smidt. 1967. Accounting for debt and costs of liquidity under conditions of uncertainty. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 144-153. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. Jr. and S. Smidt. 2006. The Capital Budgeting Decision: Economic Analysis of Investment Projects, 9th Edition. Routledge.
Bierman, H. Jr., L. E. Fouraker and R. K. Jaedicke. 1961. A use of probability and statistics in performance evaluation. The Accounting Review (July): 409-417. (JSTOR link).
Bierman, H. J. 1957. Some problems in computation and use of return on investment. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 75-82.
Bierman, H. and S. Smidt. 1960. The Capital Budgeting Decision. New York: Macmillan.
Bierman, J. D, and H. Bierman Jr. 1993. Accounting for replacement investments. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 56-60.
Bierstaker, J., K. K. Marshall and J. Greenwald. 2010. Strengthen your CORE: Are you getting the most from your compliance, operations, risk, and enterprise support functions? Strategic Finance (December): 35-40.
Bierstaker, J. L. 2007. Using student-centered writing assignment to introduce students to accounting research and facilitate interaction with accounting practitioners. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (4): 61-68.
Bierstaker, J. L. and S. Wright. 2001. A research note concerning practical problem-solving ability as a predictor of performance in auditing tasks. Behavioral Research In Accounting (13): 49-62.
Bierstaker, J. L., J. E. Hunton and J. C. Thibodeau. 2009. Do client-prepared internal control documentation and business process flowcharts help or hinder an auditor's ability to identify missing controls? Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 28(1): 79-94.
Bierstaker, J. L., J. R. Cohen, F. T. DeZoort and D. R. Hermanson. 2012. Audit committee compensation, fairness, and the resolution of accounting disagreements. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 31(2): 131-150.
Bierstaker, J. L., M. Howe and I. Seol. 2004. Accounting majors' perceptions regarding the 150-hour rule. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 211-227.
Bierstaker, J. L., T. F. Monahan and M. F. Peters. 2013. Going concern designation and GAAP versus non-GAAP earnings metrics. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 1-5.
Bies, R. J. and D. L. Shapiro. 1988. Voice and justification: Their influence on procedural fairness judgments. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 676-685. (JSTOR link).
Bigelow, C. M. 1932. Market analysis and sales control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 659-680.
Bigelow, C. M. 1934. Controlling distribution costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1): 16-29. (Volume 16, issue 1).
Biggart, N. W. 1977. The creative-destructive process of organizational change: The case of the Post Office. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(3): 410-426. (JSTOR link).
Biggart, N. W. 2002. Readings in Economic Sociology (Blackwell Readers in Sociology). Blackwell Publishers.
Biggart, N. W. and G. G. Hamilton. 1984. The power of obedience. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(4): 540-549. (JSTOR link).
Biggart, T. B. and J. W. Harden. 2001. New tax law benefits business. Strategic Finance (October): 46-50.
Biggart, T. B., L. L. Burney, R. Flanagan and J. W. Harden. 2010. Is a balanced scorecard useful in a competitive retail environment? Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 1-12.
Bigge, J. J. 1947. An incentive plan for supervisory personnel. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1):1325-1329.
Bigge, J. J. 1948. A look at profit sharing - Purposes and methods. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 51-58.
Biggs, J. 1996. Enhancing teaching through constructive alignment. Higher Education (32): 1-18.
Biggs, J. R. and E. J. Long. 1988. Gaining the competitive edge with MRP/MRP II. Management Accounting (May): 27-32.
Biggs, S., M. Selfridge and G. R. Krupka. 1993. A computational model of auditor knowledge and reasoning processes and the going-concern judgment. Auditing: A Journal of Practice and Theory (12 Supplement): 82-99.
Biggs, S. F. 1984. Financial analysts' information search in the assessment of corporate earning power. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 313-323.
Biggs, S. F. and J. J. Wild. 1985. An investigation of auditor judgment in analytical review. The Accounting Review (October): 607-633. (JSTOR link).
Biggs, S. F. and T. J. Mock. 1983. An investigation of auditor decision processes in the evaluation of internal controls and audit scope decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 234-255. (JSTOR link).
Biggs, S. F., T. J. Mock and P. R. Watkins. 1988. Auditor's use of analytical review in audit program design. The Accounting Review (January): 148-161. (JSTOR link).
Bigham, P. 1986. Economic order quantities for systems with Step-function ordering costs. Production and Inventory Management (4th Quarter): 119-127.
Bigley, G. A. and K. H. Roberts. 2001. The incident command system: High-reliability organizing for complex and volatile task environments. The Academy of Management Journal 44(6): 1281-1299. (JSTOR link).
Bigley, G. A. and M. F. Wiersema. 2002. New CEOs and corporate strategic refocusing: How experience as heir apparent influences the use of power. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(4): 707-727. (JSTOR link).
Bigoness, W. J. and H. L. Tosi. 1984. Correlates of voting behavior in a union decertification election. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 654-659. (JSTOR link).
Bigoness, W. J. and P. B. DuBose. 1985. Effects of gender on arbitrators' decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 485-491. (JSTOR link).
Bigoness, W. J. and W. D. Perreault, Jr. 1981. A conceptual paradigm and approach for the study of innovators. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 68-82. (JSTOR link).
Bildersee, J. S. 1975. The association between a market-determined measure of risk and alternative measures of risk. The Accounting Review (January): 81-98. (JSTOR link).
Bildersee, J. S. 1978. Discussion of the impact of price-level adjustment in the context of risk assessment and the effect of general price-level adjustments on the predictive ability of financial ratios. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Changes in General and Specific Prices): 285-292. (JSTOR link).
Bildstein, L. 2007. Make direct marketing pay off. Journal of Accountancy (December): 38-41.
Bilimoria, D. and S. K. Piderit. 1994. Board committee membership: Effects of sex-based bias. The Academy of Management Journal 37(6): 1453-1477. (JSTOR link).
Bill, R. W., J. H. Harrison and H. R. Maly. 1967. An EDP system for stores inventory control. Management Accounting (August): 35-42. (A case study).
Billera, L. J., D. C. Heath and R. E. Verrecchia. 1981. A unique procedure for allocating common costs from a production process. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 185-196. (JSTOR link).
Billesbach, T., A. Harrison, and S. Croom-Morgan. 1991. Just-in-time: A United States United Kingdom comparison. International Journal of Operations & Production Management 11 (10).
Billings, B. A., J. R. McGowan and F. K. AlNajjar. 1994. An inter-country comparison of the research and development tax credit. Accounting Horizons (March): 19-34.
. 2011. Reporting the governance, management and disclosure policies of nonprofits in the redesigned form 990. The CPA Journal (July): 38-45.
Billings, B. K. 1999. Revisiting the relation between the default risk of debt and the earnings response coefficient. The Accounting Review (October): 509-522. (JSTOR link).
Billings, B. K. and R. M. Morton. 2001. Book-to-market components, future security returns, and errors in expected future earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 197-219. (JSTOR link).
Billings, M. B. and R. Jennings. 2011. The option market’s anticipation of information content in earnings announcements. Review of Accounting Studies 16(3): 587-619.
Billings, R. S., R. J. Klimoski and J. A. Breaugh. 1977. The impact of a change in technology on job characteristics: A quasi-experiment. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(2): 318-339. (JSTOR link).
Billings, R. S., T. W. Milburn and M. L. Schaalman. 1980. A model of crisis perception: A theoretical and empirical analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(2): 300-316. (JSTOR link).
Billingsley, J. 1985. Robots and Automated Manufacture (I E E Control Engineering Series). Institution of Electrical Engineers.
Billington, P. J. 1987. Classic economic production quantity model with setup cost as a function of capital expenditures. Decision Sciences (Winter): 25-42.
Billion, M. M. 1978. To be or not to be: A building for investment credit? Management Accounting (June): 30-34.
Billiot, M. J., S. Glandon and R. McFerrin. 2004. Factors affecting the supply of accounting graduates. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 443-467.
Bills, D. B. 1987. Costs, commitment, and rewards: Factors influencing the design and implementation of internal labor markets. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(2): 202-221. (JSTOR link).
Bills, D. B. 1987. Erratum: Costs, commitment, and rewards: Factors influencing the design and implementation of internal labor markets. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(3): 448-449. (JSTOR link).
Binder, J. J. 1985. On the use of the multivariate regression model in event studies. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 370-383. (JSTOR link).
Bingham, C. and J. Davis. 2012. Learning how to grow globally. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 16-18.
Bingham, C. B. and S. J. Kahl. 2013. How to use analogies to introduce new ideas. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 10-12.
Bingham, C. B., K. M. Eisenhardt and N. R. Furr. 2011. Which strategy when? MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 71-78.
Bingham, W. V. 1926. Measures of occupational success. Harvard Business Review (October): 1-10.
Binkley, M. A. 1948. The limitations of consistency. The Accounting Review (October): 374-376. (JSTOR link).
Binkley, M. A. 1949. Components of the report of financial changes. The Accounting Review (July): 304-307. (JSTOR link).
Binning, J. F., A. J. Zaba and J. C. Whattam. 1986. Explaining the biasing effects of performance cues in terms of cognitive categorization. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 521-535. (JSTOR link).
Biondi, Y., J. Glover, K. Jamal, J. A. Ohlson, S. H. Penman, S. Sunder and E. Tsujiyama. 2012. Some conceptual tensions in financial reporting. Accounting Horizons (March): 125-133. (American Accounting Association's Financial Accounting Standards Committee).
Biondi, Y., R. J. Bloomfield, J. C. Glover, K. Jamal, J. A. Ohlson, S. H. Penman, E. Tsujiyama and T. J. Wilks. 2011. A perspective on the joint IASB/FASB exposure draft on accounting for leases. Accounting Horizons (December): 861-871.
Bipboye, R. L., C. S. Smith, and W. C. Howell. 1994. Understanding Industrial And Organizational Psychology: An Integrated Approach. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.
Birchard, B. 1994. Mastering the new metrics. CFO (October): 30-38. (Includes a discussion of the CFROI or Cash flow ROI, EVA etc.).
Bird, B. M. and M. Sakai. 2008. Military retirement benefits. The CPA Journal (August): 52-55.
Bird, B. M., C. M. Haynes, J. H. McCraw and S. M. Platau. 2009. Seeking protection from the trust fund recovery penalty. The CPA Journal (November): 36-41.
Bird, B. M., M. Hopper, M. A. Segal and L. Bible. 2012. Charitable donations: The role of 'cash back rewards'. The CPA Journal (February): 48-51.
Bird, B. M., M. Sakai and C. M. Haynes. 2010. Recent income tax developments involving cell phones. The CPA Journal (September): 38-41.
Bird, E. 2003. Cost-effective connectivity. Strategic Finance (April): 46-49. (Related to disaster recovery).
Bird, F. A. 1969. A note on "The return to straight-line depreciation". Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 328-331. (JSTOR link).
Bird, F. A. and P. A. Jones. 1970. A decision-tree approach to earnings per share. The Accounting Review (October): 779-783. (JSTOR link).
Bird, F. A., L. F. Davidson and C. H. Smith. 1974. Perceptions of external accounting transfers under entity and proprietary theory. The Accounting Review (April): 233-244. (JSTOR link).
Bird, J. 1991. Let your fingers do the walking. Management Today (November): 97-98, 100, 104.
Bird, M. M. 1973. Gains and losses from an open line program as perceived by by-passed managers: A case study. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 325-329. (JSTOR link).
Bird, M. M. 1973. Major problem areas as perceived by presidents of small manufacturing firms: A case study. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 510-515. (JSTOR link).
Bird, P. A. 1965. Tax incentives to capital investment. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-11. (JSTOR link).
Birk, M. H. 1950. A company-trusteed profit-sharing retirement plan with annual distribution of fund income. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 733-740.
Birkett, B. S. 1986. The recent history of corporate audit committees. The Accounting Historians Journal 13(2): 109-124. (JSTOR link).
Birkett, B. S. and J. Prather-Stewart. 1995. Enhancing students' "professional education" through the National Association of Black Accountants. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 159-171.
Birkett, W. P. 1968. Accounting inputs. Abacus 4(2): 164-173.
Birkett, W. P. 1995. Management accounting and knowledge management. Management Accounting (November): 44-48. (Summary).
Birkett, W. P. and R. G. Walker. 1971. Response of the Australian accounting profession to company failure in the 1960s. Abacus 7(2): 97-136.
Birkett, W. P. and R. G. Walker. 1972. Professional ideas on research in accounting: Australia, 1930-49. Abacus 8(1): 35-60.
Birkett, W. P. 1998. Management accounting in Europe: A view from down-under. Management Accounting Research (December): 485-494.
Birkinshaw, J. and C. Gibson. 2004. Building ambidexterity into an organization. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 47-55.
Birkinshaw, J. and J. Goddard. 2009. What is your management model? MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 81-90.
Birkinshaw, J. and M. Mol. 2006. How management innovation happens. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 81-88.
Birkinshaw, J. and T. Sheehan. 2002. Managing the knowledge life cycle. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 75-83.
Birkinshaw, J., C. Bouquet and J. Barsoux. 2011. The 5 myths of innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 43-50.
Birkinshaw, J., C. Bouquet and T. C. Ambos. 2007. Managing executive attention in the global company. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 39-45.
Birnbaum, M. H. 2005. Three new tests of independence that differentiate models of risky decision making. Management Science (September): 1346-1358. (JSTOR link).
Birnbaum, P. H. 1981. Integration and specialization in academic research. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 487-503. (JSTOR link).
Birnbaum, P. H. 1984. The choice of strategic alternatives under increasing regulation in high technology companies. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 489-510. (JSTOR link).
Birnbaum, P. H. 1987. Review: The Behavioral Science of Leadership: An Interdisciplinary Japanese Research Program, by J. Misumi. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(3): 455-456. (JSTOR link).
Birnbaum, P. H. and G. Y. Y. Wong. 1985. Organizational structure of multinational banks in Hong Kong from a culture-free perspective. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(2): 262-277. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. and K. Sadhu. 1986. The contributions of psychological and cognitive research to management accounting. In A. Hopwood and M. Bromwich, eds. Research and Current Issues in Management Accounting. London: Pitman: 116-142.
Birnberg, J. and J. Shields. 1989. Three decades of behavioral accounting research: A search for order. Behavioral Research in Accounting (1): 23-74.
Birnberg, J. G. 1964. An information oriented approach to the presentation of common shareholders' equity. The Accounting Review (October): 963-971. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. 1964. Bayesian statistics: A review. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 108-116. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. 1965. The reporting of executory contracts. The Accounting Review (October): 814-820. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. 1972. Discussion of the relationship between managers' budget-oriented behavior and selected attitude, position, size, and performance measures. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 210-214. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. 1976. Toward defining the accountant's role in the evaluation of social programs. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 5-10.
Birnberg, J. G. 1978. Biblioscene editorial. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(2): 173-174.
Birnberg, J. G. 1980. The role of accounting in financial disclosure. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(1): 71-80.
Birnberg, J. G. 1986. Discussion of Covaleski and Aiken. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 321-325.
Birnberg, J. G. 1992. Managerial accounting: Yet another retrospective. Advances in Management Accounting (1): 1-19. (Summary).
Birnberg, J. G. 1996. Commentary on exploratory experimental evidence on independence impairment conditions: Aggregate and individual results. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8 Supplement): 196-199.
Birnberg, J. G. 1998. Some reflections on the evolution of organizational control. Behavioral Research In Accounting (10 Supplement): 27-46.
Birnberg, J. G. 1999. Management accounting practice and research as we end the twentieth century. Advances in Management Accounting (8): 1-26.
Birnberg, J. G. 2000. The role of behavioral research in management accounting education in the 21st century. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 713-728.
Birnberg, J. G. 2004. Expanding our frontiers: Management accounting research in the next decade? Advances in Management Accounting (13): 1-26.
Birnberg, J. G. 2008. John K. Shank: Recipient of Distinguished Contribution to Management Accounting Award. Journal of Management Accounting Research (20): 15-15.
Birnberg, J. G. 2009. The case for post-modern management accounting: Thinking outside the box. Journal of Management Accounting Research (21): 3-18.
Birnberg, J. G. 2011. A proposed framework for behavioral accounting research. Behavioral Research In Accounting 23(1): 1-43.
Birnberg, J. G. 2011. Robert N. Anthony: A pioneering thinker in management accounting. Accounting Horizons (September): 593-602.
Birnberg, J. G. and A. R. Ganguly. 2012. Is neuroaccounting waiting in the wings? An essay. Accounting, Organizations and Society 37(1): 1-13.
Birnberg, J. G. and C. Snodgrass. 1988. Culture and control: A field study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(5): 447-464.
Birnberg, J. G. and D. P. Slevin. 1976. A note on the use of confidence interval statements in financial reporting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 153-157. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. and J. A. Craft. 1976. Human resource accounting: Eric Flamholtz. (Encino, California: Dickenson Publishing Company, 1974.) Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(2 & 3): 281-283.
Birnberg, J. G. and J. F. Shields. 1989. Three decades of behavioral research: A search for order. Behavioral Research In Accounting (1): 23-74.
Birnberg, J. G. and M. D. Shields. 1984. The role of attention and memory in accounting decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 365-382.
Birnberg, J. G. and R. J. A. Pratt. 1966. Better estimates of confidence intervals for very low error rate population. Management Science (June): B482-B488. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. and R. J. Boland. 1988. In memory of Louis R. Pondy; 9 March 1938 - 16 July 1987. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(3): 325-328.
Birnberg, J. G. and R. Nath. 1967. Implications of behavioral science for managerial accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 468-479. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. and R. Nath. 1968. Laboratory experimentation in accounting research. The Accounting Review (January): 38-45. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G. and V. B. Heiman-Hoffman. 1993. Accountability and knowledge workers: A potential unifying theme for managerial and auditing research. Advances in Management Accounting (2): 47-61.
Birnberg, J. G. and Y. Zhang. 2011. When betrayal aversion meets loss aversion: The effects of changes in economic conditions on internal control system choices. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 169-187.
Birnberg, J. G., I. H. Frieze and M. D. Shields, 1977. The role of attribution theory in control systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(3): 189-200.
Birnberg, J. G., L. Turopolec and S. M. Young. 1983. The organizational context of accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2-3): 111-129.
Birnberg, J. G., L. Turopolec and S. M. Young. 1983. Reply to J. Buckley. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2-3): 137-138.
Birnberg, J. G., M. D. Shields and S. M. Young. 1990.The case for multiple methods in empirical management accounting research (With an Illustration from Budget Setting). Journal of Management Accounting Research (Fall): 33-66. (Summary).
Birnberg, J. G., M. D. Shields; W. McGhee. 1980. The effects of personality on a subject's information processing: A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 507-510. (JSTOR link).
Birnberg, J. G., V. B. Hoffman and D. V. Moser. 1998. Comparing and contrasting two new resources for the behavioral accounting researcher. Behavioral Research In Accounting (10): 1-22.
Birnberg, J. G., V. B. Hoffman and S. Yuen. 2008. The accounting demand for information in China and the US - A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(1): 20-32.
Birthisel, V. H. 1959. Producing production standard costs on a computer. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 77-82. (Inventory valuation and control for 10,000 product items at a class manufacturer).
Bisbe, J. and D. Otley. 2004. The effects of the interactive use of management control systems on product innovation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(8): 709-737.
Bisgay, L. 1980. Report on fixed and variable expense research. Management Accounting (June): 43 and 56.
Bisgay, L. 1984. NAA publishes new MAP statement. Management Accounting (November): 67-68.
Bisgay, L. 1985. MAP statement promulgation: A historical perspective. Management Accounting (April): 72.
Bisgay, L. 1985. MAP statement promulgation: A historical perspective. Management Accounting (August): 74-75.
Bisgay, L. and S. Jayson. 1989. A management accounting interview: Ralph Walters on harmonization. Management Accounting (August): 22-24.
Bish, E. K., A. Muriel and S. Biller. 2005. Managing flexible capacity in a make-to-order environment. Management Science (February): 167-180. (JSTOR link).
Bishop, A. C. 1984. The journal of accounting education teaching and educational notes section: A statement of policy. Journal of Accounting Education 2(1): 137.
Bishop, A. L. 1926. Insurance problems of the business executive. Harvard Business Review (January): 171-178.
Bishop, A. L. 1926. The settlement of claims under lapsed life insurance policies. Harvard Business Review (July): 439-444.
Bishop, A. L. 1928. Business life insurance. Harvard Business Review (July): 410-419.
Bishop, A. N. Jr. 1956. Practical budgeting of capital expenditures. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 534-544.
Bishop, G. L. 1914. Savings bank audits. Journal of Accountancy (February): 97-114.
Bishop, J. W. 1955. Accounting for fixed assets by cost elements. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 689-701.
Bishop, M. 2004. Essential Economics (Economist Essentials). Economist Books.
Bishop, R. C. 1974. The relationship between objective criteria and subjective judgements in performance appraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 558-563. (JSTOR link).
Bistline, E. D. 1921. Cost accounting for public utilities. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (March): 3-30.
Bismack, T. R. 1965. Management accounting implications of industrial steam and power plants. Management Accounting (November): 39-47.
Bisoux, T. 2002. The mind of a leader. BizEd (September/October): 26-31.
Bisset, R. 1960. Installing a standard material cost program. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 79-82 .
Bitner, L. N. 1991. A framework for teaching management accounting. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 112-119.
Bitner, L. N. and J. M. Trussel. 2003. Have new economy firms ushered in a new era of earnings management? Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 275-290.
Bitner, L. N. and R. Dolan. 1998. Does smoothing earnings add value? Management Accounting (October): 44-47.
Bitran, G. R., S. Gurumurthi and L. S. Shiou. 2007. The need for third-party coordination in supply chain governance. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 30-37.
Bivin, D. G. 1986. Inventories and interest rates: A critique of the buffer stock model. American Economic Review (March): 168-176.
Bizarro, P. A. and A. Garcia. 2010. XBRL- Beyond the basics. The CPA Journal (May): 62-71.
, P. A..Using XBRL global ledger to enhance the audit trail and internal control. The CPA Journal (May): 64-71.
Bizjak, J. M., J. A. Brickley and J. L. Coles. 1993. Stock-based incentive compensation and investment behavior. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January-July): 349-372.
Bizplanbuilder Express: A Guide to Creating a Business Plan With Bizplanbuilder. 2003. South-Western Educational Publishing.
Bjelland, O. M. and R. C. Wood. 2008. An inside view of IBM's 'innovation jam'. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 32-40.
Bjorkman, I. 1995. The board of directors in Sino-western joint ventures. Corporate Governance: An International Review 3(3): 156-166.
Bjorn-Andersen, N. and P. H. Pedersen. 1980. Computer facilitated changes in the management power structure. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(2): 203-216.
Bjornenak, T. 1997. Conventional wisdom and costing practices. Management Accounting Research (December): 367-382.
Bjornenak, T. 1997. Diffusion and accounting: The case of ABC in Norway. Management Accounting Research (March): 3-17.
Bjornenak, T. 2000. Understanding cost differences in the public sector - A cost drivers approach. Management Accounting Research (June): 193-211.
Bjornenak, T. and O. Olson. 1999. Unbundling management accounting innovations. Management Accounting Research (December): 325-338.
Blacconiere, W. G. 1991. Market reactions to accounting regulations in the savings and loan industry. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 91-113.
Blacconiere, W. G. and D. M. Patten. 1994. Environmental disclosures, regulatory costs, and changes in firm value. Journal of Accounting and Economics (November): 357-377.
Blacconiere, W. G. and P. E. Hopkins. 2002. General Electric: Investment accounting and consolidations. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 315-329.
Blacconiere, W. G., J. R. Frederickson, M. F. Johnson and M. F. Lewis. 2011. Are voluntary disclosures that disavow the reliability of mandated fair value information informative or opportunistic? Journal of Accounting and Economics (November): 235-251.
Blacconiere, W. G., M. F. Johnson and M. F. Lewis. 2008. The role of tax regulation and compensation contracts in the decision to voluntarily expense employee stock options. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 101-111.
Blacconiere, W. G., M. F. Johnson and M. S. Johnson. 2000. Market valuation and deregulation of electric utilities. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 231-260.
Blacconiere, W. G., R. M. Bowen, S. E. Sefcik and C. H. Stinson. 1991. Determinants of the use of regulatory accounting principles by savings and loans. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 167-201.
Black, E. L. 2012. IFRS convergence and adoption: Challenges and opportunities. Journal of International Accounting Research 11(1): 1-3.
Black, E. L., T. A. Carnes, M. Mosebach and S. E. Moyer. 2004. Regulatory monitoring as a substitute for debt covenants. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 367-391.
Black, F. 1993. Choosing accounting rules. Accounting Horizons (December): 1-17.
Black, G. 1967. Systems analysis in government operations. Management Science (October): B41-B58. (JSTOR link).
Black, J. Editor. 1998. Ethical Issues in Accounting (Professional Ethics). Routledge.
Black, J. A. 1970. Design and implementation philosophy for quantitatively oriented undergraduate business programs. Decision Sciences 1(1-2): 211-219.
Black, J. S. and A. J. Morrison. 2010. A cautionary tale for emerging market giants: How leadership failures in corporate Japan knocked its companies off the world stage. Harvard Business Review (September): 99-103.
Black, J. T. 1991. The Design of the Factory With a Future. New York: McGraw Hill Inc.
Black, L. J., P. R. Carlile and N. P. Repenning. 2004. A dynamic theory of expertise and occupational boundaries in new technology implementation: Building on Barley's study of CT scanning. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(4): 572-607. (JSTOR link).
Black, M. L. 1958. Getting cost control facts to the supervisors. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 91-92.
Black, M. L. Jr. 1948. Some accounting aspects of the tax exemption for farmers' cooperatives. The Accounting Review (July): 254-262. (JSTOR link).
Black, M. L. Jr. 1952. Accounting developments in the atomic energy enterprise. he Accounting Review (January): 25-36. (JSTOR link).
Black, M. L. , Jr. 1954. Student associate memberships. The Accounting Review (October): 691-692. (JSTOR link).
Black, R. J. and L. P. Carr. 1999. Activity-based budgeting at Digital Semiconductor. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 11-20.
Black, T. G. 1982. The professionalization of accounting. Management Accounting (November): 20-25.
Black, T. G. 1989. Silicon Valley Institute of Biomedical Technology. Journal of Accounting Education 7(2): 293-300.
Black, T. N. and D. J. Modenbach. 1971. Profit planning for action and results. Management Accounting (January): 9-13.
Black, W. H. 2012. The activities of the Pathways Commission and the historical context for changes in accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 601-625.
Black, W. H., A. L. Dickinson, C. S. Ludlam and H. R. M. Cook. 1906. Rational insurance accounting. Journal of Accountancy (April): 525-542.
Blackadar, C. G. 1986. Dynamic capitalization: An
income approach in real dollars at real interest, part two: Making it work for
you. Appraisal Journal (July):
325-355.
Blackburn, J. D. 1988. The new manufacturing environment. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 4-10.
Blackburn, R. and L. L. Cummings. 1982. Cognitions of work unit structure. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 836-854. (JSTOR link).
Blackie, W. 1948. Price level changes - A challenge to accounting: What is accounting for - Now? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1349-1378.
Blackman, A. 2003. Where's the market headed? Look here. Tampa Tribune (November 30). (Summary).
Blackman, W. A. Jr. 1963. Small contractor - Do you have this information? N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 13-14.
Blackmore, C. T. 1943. Economic obsolescence of land. The Accounting Review (July): 266-268. (JSTOR link).
Blackthorne, A. 2009. SBSL: Successful Business in Second Life - Second Edition. (Kindle Edition). Pixietale Studios.
Blackwell, D. W., J. A. Brickley and M. S. Weisback. 1994. Accounting information and internal performance evaluation: Evidence from Texas banks. Journal of Accounting and Economics (May): 331-358.
Blackwell, D. W., T. R. Noland and D. B. Winters. 1998. The value of auditor assurance: Evidence from loan pricing. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 57-70. (JSTOR link).
Blagg, R. R. and K. W. Walton. 1984. Functional time reporting: Shortcut to integrating labor data. Management Accounting (June): 34-38.
Blaine, E. and W. T. Stanbury. 1971. Accounting for human capital. Canadian Chartered Accountant (January):
Blaine, N. 1969. [Illustration]: Open and enclosed. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(1): 20. (JSTOR link).
Blair, A. 1986. Winning the budget game. Business Planning 2 (2): 18-22.
Blair, J. P. The counter-part accounting organization - An adventure in service to management. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 37-43.
Blair, L. 2004. An estimated tax payment scheme. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 511-514.
Blais, W. 1991. Training your boss. Management Accounting (September): 47-49.
Blais, W. 2000. Personality types of controllers. Strategic Finance (June): 88-92.
Blake, A. B. 1974. The asset-disposal decision. Management Accounting (October): 47-51.
Blake, A. B. 1976. Interest is not a project cost. Management Accounting (July): 41-44.
Blake, A. F. Jr. 1967. Unsophisticated automation can break the paperwork bottleneck. Management Accounting (May): 31-34.
Blake, H. D. and K. M. Frey. 1976. Information retrieval. Management Accounting (September): 47-48.
Blake, J., S. Gao and P. Wraith. 2000. Joint ventures in China - Accounting implications. Managerial Finance 26(5): 1-11.
Blake, L. F. 1928. Experiences with budgets to aid management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1).
Blake, R. A. 1962. The management data book - A handy source of information. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 43-50.
Blake, R. R. and J. S. Mouton. 1961. Reactions to intergroup competition under win-lose conditions. Management Science (July): 420-435. (JSTOR link).
Blake, R. R. and J. S. Moulton. 1962. The managerial grid. Advanced Management Office Executive 1(9). (The Grid).
Blake, R. R. and J. S. Moulton. 1964. The Managerial Grid. Gulf Publishing.
Blake, R. R. and J. S. Mouton. 1976. When scholarship fails, research falters: A reply to Bernardin and Alvares. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 93-94. (JSTOR link).
Blakelock, E. 1960. A new look at the new leisure. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(4): 446-467. (JSTOR link).
Blakely, E. J. and H. E. Thompson. 1969. Technological change and its effects on dollar-value LIFO. Management Accounting (August): 33-38.
Blakely, E. J. and P. H. Knutson. 1963. L.I.F.O. or L.O.F.I. - Which? The Accounting Review (January): 75-86. (JSTOR link).
Blakeney, R. N. W. E. Holland and M. T. Matteson. 1976. The auditor-auditee relationship: Some behavioral considerations and implications for auditing education. The Accounting Review (October): 899-906. (JSTOR link).
Blamey, R. L. 1978. Setting sewage treatment user charge rates: A cost/benefit approach. Management Accounting (December): 32-36.
Blanc, L. C. 1962. Making work measurements in the office. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 37-46.
Blanchard, B. S. 1978. Design and Manage to Life Cycle Cost. Portland, OR: M/A Press.
Blanchard, D. 2010. Supply Chain Management Best Practices, 2nd edition. Wiley.
Blanchard, G. A. and C. W. Chow. 1983. Allocating indirect costs for improved management performance. Management Accounting (March): 38-41.
Blanchard, G. A., C. W. Chow and E. Noreen. 1986. Information asymmetry, incentive schemes, and information biasing: The case of hospital budgeting under rate regulation. The Accounting Review (January): 1-15. (JSTOR link).
Blanchard, K. H. 1967. College boards of trustees: A need for directive leadership. The Academy of Management Journal 10(4): 409-417. (JSTOR link).
Blanchard, K. H. 1969. Comments on "College boards of trustees: A Need for directive leadership" - By Kenneth H. Blanchard: Reply to Hunt's comments. The Academy of Management Journal 12(1): 124-126. (JSTOR link).
Blanchard, K. H. et al. 1993. Raving Fans: A Revolutionary Approach to Customer Service. William Morrow & Co.
Blanchard, K. H. and S. Bowles. 1997. Gung Ho! Turn On the People in Any Organization. William Morrow & Co.
Blanchard, R. 1928. The utilization of water power in France. Harvard Business Review (January): 176-187.
Blank, L. L. 1987. Planning and evaluating CIM systems: An analysis. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 57-61.
Blank, L. L. 1987. Total return requirement for technology investments. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 46-48.
Blank, L. L. 1988. Project selection and the varying level of cost/benefit information. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 51-56.
Blank, L. L. 1989. The use of different design processes for revenue-improvement vs. cost-reduction projects. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 55-59.
Blankenship, L. V. and R. E. Miles. 1968. Organizational structure and managerial decision behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(1): 106-120. (JSTOR link).
Blankley, A. I. 2006. Using SQL to develop database query proficiency: A follow-up note to Borthick, Jones, and Kim (2001). Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 117-137.
Blankley, A. I. and E. P. Swanson. 1995. A longitudinal study of SFAS 87 pension rate assumptions. Accounting Horizons (December): 1-21.
Blankley, A. I, D. N. Hurtt and J. E. MacGregor. 2012. Abnormal audit fees and restatements. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 31(1): 79-96.
Blankley, J. M. 1953. A picture of motion picture making and costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1387-1411.
Blanning, R. W. and A. G. Rao. 1965. A note on "Decomposition of project networks". Management Science (September): 145-148. (JSTOR link).
Blanning, R. W. and W. F. Hamilton. 1974. Regression analysis with asymmetric linear loss. Decision Sciences 5(2): 194-204.
Blanthorne, C. and S. Kaplan. 2008. An egocentric model of the relations among the opportunity to underreport, social norms, ethical beliefs, and underreporting behavior. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(7-8): 684-703.
Blanthorne, C., S. E. Kovar and D. G. Fisher. 2007. Accounting educators' opinions about ethics in the curriculum: An extensive view. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 355-390.
Blanton, K. 2011. Creating a culture of compliance: "Tone at the top" is an overused phrase, but if companies want to mitigate fraud senior leaders need to speak up forcefully. CFO (July/August): 19-21.
Blasi, R. W. 1985. Understanding the new fringe benefit law. Management Accounting (June): 43-47, 59.
Blasingame, J. W. 1977. Personalized systems of instruction in management - A replication. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 482-487. (JSTOR link).
Blaskovich, J. and N. Mintchik. 2011. Information technology outsourcing: A taxonomy of prior studies and directions for future research. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-36.
Blaskovich, J. L. 2008. Exploring the effect of distance: An experimental investigation of virtual collaboration, social loafing, and group decisions. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 27-46.
Blattberg, R. C., G. Getz and J. S. Thomas. 2001. Customer Equity: Building and Managing Relationships as Valuable Assets. Harvard Business School Press.
Blau, G. 1995. Influence of group lateness on individual lateness: A cross-level examination. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1483-1496. (JSTOR link).
Blau, G. 1999. Early-career job factors influencing the professional commitment of medical technologists. The Academy of Management Journal 42(6): 687-695. (JSTOR link).
Blau, J. R. 1996. Organizations as overlapping jurisdictions: Restoring reason in organizational accounts. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(1): 172-179. (JSTOR link).
Blau, J. R. and R. D. Alba. 1982. Empowering nets of participation. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 363-379. (JSTOR link).
Blau, J. R. and W. McKinley. 1979. Ideas, complexity, and innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(2): 200-219. (JSTOR link).
Blau, P. M. 1960. Orientation toward clients in a public welfare agency. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(3): 341-361. (JSTOR link).
Blau, P. M., C. M. Falbe, W. McKinley and P. K. Tracy. 1976. Technology and organization in manufacturing. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1):. (JSTOR link).
Blauvelt, M. P. 1908. Railroad accounting under government supervision. Journal of Accountancy (June): 81-92.
Blavatskyy, P. R. 2005. Back to the St. Petersburg paradox? Management Science (April): 677-678. (JSTOR link).
Blavatskyy, P. R. 2011. A model of probabilistic choice satisfying first-order stochastic dominance. Management Science (March): 542-548.
Blay, A. D., M. A. Geiger and D. S. North. 2011. The auditor's going-concern opinion as a communication of risk. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(2): 77-102.
Blayney, P. and M. Freeman. 2008. Individualised interactive formative assessments to promote independent learning. Journal of Accounting Education 26(3): 155-165.
Blayton, J. B. 1935. Local business concerns as accounting laboratories. The Accounting Review (September): 294-295. (JSTOR link).
Bleck, A. and X. Liu. 2007. Market transparency and the accounting regime. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 229-256. (JSTOR link).
Blecke, C. J. 1957. The small order problem in distribution cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1279-1284.
Bledsoe, J. C. 1971. Factors related to pupil observation and attitudes toward their teacher. Journal of Educational Research (November): 119-126.
Bledsoe, N. L. and R. W. Ingram. 1997. Customer satisfaction through performance evaluation. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 43-50. (Summary).
Bleeker, R. 2001. Key features of activity-based budgeting. Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 5-19.
Bleeker, R. 2002. CAM-I cost management systems program research report. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 5-8.
Bleeker, R. 2004. Activity-based Cost Management Design Framework: Getting It Right The First Time. Bookman Pub.
Blegen, T. W. 1955. Allocating administrative expenses. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 535-539.
Blenko, M. W., M. C. Mankins and P. Rogers. 2010. The decision-driven organization. Harvard Business Review (June): 54-62.
Blewitt, B. J. 1974. Corporate accounting and economics. Management Accounting (March): 11-13, 17.
Bley, D. 2004. Improving logistics. Strategic Finance (October): 38-41.
Blight, R. E. 1925. Cultural value of accountancy studies. Journal of Accountancy (May): 385-392.
Bliley, L. M. 1999. Spending your ad dollars wisely. Strategic Finance (August): 52-55. (Four questions related to marketing strategy: What business are you in? What's your niche? Who are your customers? What's your competitive advantage? These questions provide the foundation of a new language of the big picture).
Blinder, A. 1990. Paying for Productivity. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution.
Blinder, A. 1990. Paying for Productivity: A Look at the Evidence. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution.
Bline, D. M. and C. P. Cullinan. 1995. Distribution to stockholders: Legal distinctions and accounting implications for classsroom discussion. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 307-316.
Bline, D. M. and T. D. Skekel. 1988. Effective classroom presentation of FAS 87 footnote reconciliation. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 215-227.
Bline, D. M. and W. F. Meixner. 1995. Work commitment of management accountants: The development of an efficient and reliable measure. Advances in Management Accounting (4): 193-210.
Bline, D. M., D. Duchon and W. F. Meixner. 1991. The measurement of organizational and professional commitment: An examination of the psychometric properties of two commonly used instruments. Behavioral Research In Accounting (3): 1-12.
Blinkhorn, M. 2005. Fascists and Conservatives: The Radical Right and the Establishment in Twentieth-Century Europe. Routledge.
Blinn, M. M. 1977. Detecting management fraud: Putting one past the auditors? Management Accounting (May): 20-22.
Bliss, H. E. 1951. Inventory management "know how". N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1474-1484.
Bliss, H. E. 1952. Materials and production controls under CMP. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 946-955. ( CMP or the Control Materials Plan is an outgrowth of the Defense Production Act of 1950 and is related to the use of steel, copper and aluminum).
Bliss, J. H. 1922. Cost methods in the packing industry. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (April 15): 3-16.
Bliss, M. D. and A. Markelevich. 2011. Why new technologies are reinventing inventory management. Strategic Finance (November): 48-53.
Bloch, M. 1964. Historian's Craft. New York, NY: Random House.
Bloch, M. 1968. Feudal Society. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
Blocher, E. 1978. Sampling for integrated audit objectives - A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 766-772. (JSTOR link).
Blocher, E. 1979. Performance effects of different audit staff assignment strategies. The Accounting Review (July): 563-573. (JSTOR link).
Blocher, E. and C. Stickney. 1979. Duration and risk assessments in capital budgeting. The Accounting Review (January): 180-188. (JSTOR link).
Blocher, E. and J. C. Robertson. 1976. Bayesian sampling procedures for auditors: Computer-assisted instruction. The Accounting Review (April): 359-363. (JSTOR link).
Blocher, E. and K. H. Chen. 1978. Assessing industry risk by ratio analysis - A comment. The Accounting Review (January): 204-209. (JSTOR link).
Blocher, E. and W. L. Berry. 1998. Cost management with a strategic emphasis: Selected manufacturing cases. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 6-11.
Blocher, E., B. Wong and C. T. McKittrick. 2002. Making bottom-up ABC work at Reichhold, Inc. Strategic Finance (April): 51-55.
Blocher, E., D. E. Stout, G. Cokins and K. Chen. 2008. Cost Management: A Strategic Approach, 4th ed. McGraw-Hill.
Blocher, E., K. Shastri, D. E. Stout and M. R. Swain. 2010. Instructional case: Blue Ridge Revisited - Integrating ABC and OROS Quick® software. Journal of Accounting Education 27(2): 85-103.
Blocher, E., R. P. Moffie and R. W. Zmud. 1986. Report format and task complexity: Interaction in risk judgments. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(6): 457-470.
Blocher, E. J. 1997. In support of business leaders as deans. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 179-181.
Blocher, E. J. 1997. Rebuttal. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 185.
Blocher, E. J. 2009. Teaching cost management: A strategic emphasis. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 1-12.
Blocher, E. J. and K. H. Chen. 2004. The Alltel Pavilion case: Strategy and CVP analysis. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 555-565.
Blocher, E., D. Stout and G. Cokins. 2009. Cost Management: A Strategic Emphasis, 5th Edition. McGraw-Hill Irwin.
Blocher, E. J., D. E. Stout, G. Cokins and K. H. Chen. 2008. Cost Management: Strategic Emphasis (Fourth Edition). McGraw-Hill Irwin.
Management Science (March): 487-505.
Block, J. L. 1926. System of accounting for an iron works. The Accounting Review (September): 1-30. (JSTOR link).
Block, J. L. 1934. Retirement plans in industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1187-1203.
Block, L. J., S. Umapathy and R. L. May. 1984.
Accounting and
Block, M. 1972. Writing for a public accounting practitioners' magazine. The Accounting Review (October): 814-818. (JSTOR link).
Block, R. and W. P. Lloyd. 1982. Communicating
the investment risk/return
Block, R. J. and L. P. Carr. 1999. Activity-based budgeting at Digital Semiconductor. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 11-20.
Block, W. A. 1933. Accounting for material use and control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 201-208.
Blocker, J. G. 1936. Budgeting in relation to standard costs. The Accounting Review (June): 117-124. (JSTOR link).
Blocker, J. G. 1949. Mismatching of costs and revenues. The Accounting Review (January): 33-43. (JSTOR link).
Blodgett, R. H. 1943. The value of economics for the accountant. The Accounting Review (October): 324-330. (JSTOR link).
Blommestein, H. J. 2009. The financial crisis as a symbol of the failure of academic finance? (SSRN link).
Blood, R. A. 1927. Some phases of vessel accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 342-347.
Blood, W. J. 1961. Measuring the profitability of extended credit transactions. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 25-32.
Blood, W. J. 1962. Basic analyses for product-pricing and marketing purposes. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 47-55.
Blood, W. J. 1963. Achieving a responsibility basis for management performance evaluation. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 23-27.
Bloom, B. 1944. Aptitude tests for accounting students. The Accounting Review (April): 131-134. (JSTOR link).
Bloom, B. S. (ed.) 1963. Taxonomy of Educational Objectives, Handbook I: Cognitive Domain. David McKay Company Inc. (For a discussion of of this handbook see Baladouni, V. 1968. Instructional objectives in accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 582-585. (JSTOR link).
Bloom, M. 1999. The performance effects of pay dispersion on individuals and organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 42(1): 25-40. (JSTOR link).
Bloom, M. 2009. Accounting for goodwill. Abacus 45(3): 379-389.
Bloom, M. and G. T. Milkovich. 1998. Relationships among risk, incentive pay, and organizational performance. The Academy of Management Journal 41(3): 283-297. (JSTOR link).
Bloom, M. and J. G. Michel. 2002. The relationships among organizational context, pay dispersion, and managerial turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 45(1): 33-42. (JSTOR link).
Bloom, N., R. Sadun and J. Van Reenen. 2012. Does management really work? How three essential practices can address even the most complex global problems. Harvard Business Review (November): 76-82.
Bloom, P. 2010. How Pleasure Works: The New Science of Why We Like What We Like. W. W. Norton & Company.
Bloom, P. N., S. Hoeffler, K. L. Keller and C. E. Basurto. 2006. How social-cause marketing affects consumer perceptions. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 49-55.
Bloom, R. 1997. Review: Japanese Accounting: A Historical Approach by Kyojiro Someya. The Accounting Historians Journal 24(2): 179-181. (JSTOR link).
Bloom, R. 2011. The financial crisis inquiry report: Analysis and commentary. The CPA Journal (May): 6, 8-10.
Bloom, R. and A. Debessay. 1984. Inflation Accounting: Reporting of General and Specific Price Changes. Praeger Publishers.
Bloom, R. and D. Schirm. 2008. An analysis of the GAO study on audit market concentration. The CPA Journal (April): 6-8.
Bloom, R. and D. Schirm. 2010. The report of the financial crisis advisory group. The CPA Journal (February): 36-38.
Bloom, R. and J. Solotko. 2003. The foundation of Confucianism in Chinese and Japanese accounting. Accounting, Business & Financial History 13(1): 27-40.
Bloom, R. and H. Heymann. 1984. The ideas of Stuart Chase on waste and inefficiency. The Accounting Historians Journal 11(2): 133-142. (JSTOR link).
Bloom, R. and M. Collins. 1988. Motivating students with a historical perspective in financial accounting courses. Journal of Accounting Education 6(1): 103-115.
Bloom, R. and M. Myring. 2008. Charting the future of the accounting profession. The CPA Journal (June): 65-67.
Bloom, R. and P. R. Weiss. 2010. New ideas for improving regulation, standards, and education. The CPA Journal (April): 14-19.
Bloom, R. and W. J. Cenker. 1999. Accounting for other postretirement benefits and pension costs at Ohio Edison. Journal of Accounting Education 17(1): 99-121.
Bloom, R. and W. J. Cenker. 2005. The importance of commitments: A case study of a broken promise. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 359-364.
Bloom, R. and W. J. Cenker. 2008. Derivatives and hedging: Accounting vs. taxation. Journal of Accountancy (October): 54-58.
Bloom, R. and W. J. Cenker. 2009. Comparing accounting and taxation for leases. The CPA Journal (April): 40-42.
Bloom, R. and W. J. Cenker. 2009. The death of LIFO? Journal of Accountancy (January): 44-48.
Bloom, R., A. Debessay and W. Markell. 1986. The development of schools of accounting and the underlying issues. Journal of Accounting Education 4(1): 7-29.
Bloom, R., C. Luchs and M. Myring. 2009. What's ahead for internal auditors? Strategic Finance (September): 46-52.
Bloom, R., P. T. Elgers and D. Murray. 1984. Functional fixation in product pricing: A comparison of individuals and groups. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(1): 1-11.
Bloom, R. H. G. Heymann, J. Fuglister and M. Collins. 1994. The Schism in Accounting. Quorum Books.
Bloomfield, B. P. and T. Vurdubakis. 1997. Visions of organization and organizations of vision: The representational practices of information systems development. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(7): 639-668.
Bloomfield, R. 1995. Strategic dependence and inherent risk assessments. The Accounting Review (January): 71-90. (JSTOR link).
Bloomfield, R. 1996. The interdependence of reporting discretion and informational efficiency in laboratory markets. The Accounting Review (October): 493-511. (JSTOR link).
Bloomfield, R. 1999. Discussion of an experimental investigation of auditor-auditee interaction under ambiguity. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Credible Financial Reporting): 157-165. (JSTOR link).
Bloomfield, R. 2008. Discussion of “Annual report readability, current earnings, and earnings persistence”. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 248-252.
Bloomfield, R. and R. Libby. 1996. Market reactions to differentially available information in the laboratory. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 183-207. (JSTOR link).
Bloomfield, R., R. Libby and M. W. Nelson. 1999. Confidence and the welfare of less-informed investors. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(8): 623-647.
Bloomfield, R., T. E. Christensen, J. Glover, S. Haka, et al. 2010. Comments on the proposed SEC's 2010-2015 draft strategic plan. Accounting Horizons (March): 109-115.
Bloomfield, R. J. 1997. Strategic dependence and the assessment of fraud risk: A laboratory study. The Accounting Review (October): 517-538. (JSTOR link).
Bloomfield, R. J. 2002. The "Incomplete revelation hypothesis" and financial reporting. Accounting Horizons (September): 233-243.
Bloomfield, R. J. 2008. Accounting as the language of business. Accounting Horizons (December): 433-436.
Bloomfield, R. J. 2012. A pragmatic approach to more efficient corporate disclosure. Accounting Horizons (June): 357-370.
Bloomfield, R. J. and J. L. Luft. 2006. Responsibility for cost management hinders learning to avoid the winner's curse. The Accounting Review (January): 29-47. (JSTOR link).
Bloomfield, R. J. and T. J. Wilks. 2000. Disclosure effects in the laboratory: Liquidity, depth, and the cost of capital. The Accounting Review (January): 13-41. (JSTOR link).
Bloomfield, R. J., M. W. Nelson and S. D. Smith. 2006. Feedback loops, fair value accounting and correlated investments. Review of Accounting Studies 11(2-3): 377-416.
Bloor, D., 1982. Durkheim and Mauss Revisited: Classification and the sociology of knowledge. Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science (December): 267-297.
Bloor, W. F. 1921. Value of graphics in an accounting system. Journal of Accountancy (June): 421-427.
Blossom, C. J. 1984. So you want to be a condominium treasurer. Management Accounting (June): 61-65.
Blough, C. G. 1937. The need for accounting principles. The Accounting Review (March): 30-37. (JSTOR link).
Blough, C. G. 1943. Changes in the federal laws which affect the renegotiation of war contracts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 532-540.
Blough, C. G. 1944. An approach to renegotiation. The Accounting Review (July): 238-247. (JSTOR link).
Blough, C. G. 1944. Association reports. The Accounting Review (July): 346-360. (JSTOR link).
Blough, C. G. 1947. The role of accounting in the taxing process. The Accounting Review (July): 248-252. (JSTOR link).
Blough, C. G. 1949. Auditing standards and procedures. The Accounting Review (July): 265-271. (JSTOR link).
Blough, C. G. 1961. Principles and procedures. Journal of Accountancy (April): 51-53. For a note on this paper see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).
Blough, C. G., W. A. Paton, E. L. Kohler, H. C. Greer, E. B. Wilcox and E. A. Kracke. 1947. Restoration of fixed asset values to the balance sheet. The Accounting Review (April): 194-210. (JSTOR link).
Blough, R. 1945. Averaging income for tax purposes. The Accounting Review (January): 85-96. (JSTOR link).
Blouin, J. L., J. S. Raedy and D. A. Shackelford. 2003. Capital gains taxes and equity trading: Empirical evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 611-651. (JSTOR link).
Bloxham, E. 2000. Intangibles, human capital, and options value measurement. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 26-31.
Bloxham, E. 2001. It's about time. Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 45-46.
Bloxham, E. 2002. Economic Value Management: Applications and Techniques. Wiley.
Bloyd, D. M. 1961. Determining income tax deductions for oil and gas exploration and production costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 51-62.
Blue, W. K. Jr. 1962. Three product cost indexes useful as management tools. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 13-19.
Blum, J. D. 1974. Implicit factors in the evaluation of lease vs buy alternatives: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 807-808. (JSTOR link).
Blum, J. D. 1976. Decision tree analysis for accounting decisions. Management Accounting (December): 45-46.
Blum, J. D. 1977. Newly emerging standards of auditor responsibility: A comment. The Accounting Review (January): 257-258. (JSTOR link).
Blum, J. D. 1978. Accounting and reporting for leases by lessees: The interest rate problems. Management Accounting (April): 25-28.
Blum, J. D. and H. L. Jensen. 1978. Accounting for marketable securities in accordance with FASB statement no. 12. Management Accounting (September): 33-41.
Blum, M. 1974. Failing company discriminant analysis. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-25. (JSTOR link).
Blum, S. B. 1989. Mergers & acquisitions: Dealing with intermediaries. Management Accounting (October): 22-26.
Blum, T. C., D. L. Fields and J. S. Goodman. 1994. Organization-level determinants of women in management. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 241-268. (JSTOR link).
Blumberg, M. 1980. Job switching in autonomous work groups: An exploratory study in a Pennsylvania coal mine. The Academy of Management Journal 23(2): 287-306. (JSTOR link).
Blumenfeld, W. S. and G. A. Leveto. 1975. Gullibility's travels. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 370-374. (JSTOR link). (Discussion of an inappropriate validation strategy related to employee selection techniques - Faith validity, i.e., the extent to which one believes in a test).
Blumenthal, P. L. Jr. 1961. Financial statements as elementary business models. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 77-84.
Blumenthal, P. L. Jr. 1963. The young accountant - To management thinking sooner. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 59-60.
Blummer, L. W., E. B. Mills and L. F. Ray. 1956. Putting cost accountants in their place - A case study in chemicals operations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 566-572.
Blumstein, N. 1976. Small business liquidation value analysis. Management Accounting (June): 41-44.
Blustein, S. A. 1925. Coal in transit. Journal of Accountancy (May): 430-431.
Board, J. L. G. and M. Walker. 1990. Intertemporal and cross-sectional variation in the association between unexpected accounting rates of return and abnormal returns. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 182-192. (JSTOR link).
Boardman, C. M. 1985. Role of payback period in the theory and application of duration to capital budgeting: A reply. Journal of Business Finance & Accounting (Spring): 169-171.
Boadman, L. 1956. What it means to integrate data processing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1191-1198.
Boatright, J. R. 1999. Ethics in Finance (Foundations of Business Ethics). Blackwell Publishing.
Boatsman, J. and X. Dong. 2011. Equity value implications of lease accounting. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-16.
Boatsman, J. R. 1977. Why are there tigers and things? Abacus 13(2): 155-167. (The error in the theory of capital market efficiency).
Boatsman, J. R. 1983. American law schools: Implications for accounting education,. Journal of Accounting Education 1(1): 93-117.
Boatsman, J. R. and E. F. Baskin. 1981. Asset valuation with incomplete markets. The Accounting Review (January): 38-53. (JSTOR link).
Boatsman, J. R. and G. M. Crooch. 1975. An example of controlling the risk of a type II error for substantive tests in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 610-615. (JSTOR link).
Boatsman, J. R. and J. C. Robertson. 1974. Policy-capturing on selected materiality judgments. The Accounting Review (April): 342-352. (JSTOR link).
Boatsman, J. R. and L. Revsine. 1978. Discussion of disclosure of estimates of holding gains and the assessment of systematic risk. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Changes in General and Specific Prices): 96-105. (JSTOR link).
Boatsman, J. R., I. K. Khurana and M. L. Loudder. 2000. The economic implications of proposed changes in the accounting for nuclear decommissioning costs. Accounting Horizons (June): 211-233.
Boatsman, J. R., L. P. Grasso, M. B. Ormiston and J. H. Reneau. 1992. A perspective on the use of laboratory market experimentation in auditing research. The Accounting Review (January): 148-156. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on laboratory markets and auditing research).
Boatsman, J. R., V. B. Heiman-Hoffman, H. F. Mittelstaedt, G. W. Rankine, R. J. Sack, T. R. Weirich, R. S. Fell, J. L. Krogstad, S. J. Martin and M. S. Niles. 1998. Great expectations: A case prepared by the American Accounting Association's securities and exchange commission liaison committee. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 191-202.
Bobek, D. D. and R. C. Hatfield. 2003. An investigation of the theory of planned behavior and the role of moral obligation in tax compliance. Behavioral Research In Accounting (15): 13-38.
Bobrow, A. L. and M. R. Monaghan. 2010. New York sales tax vendors beware: A lack of orderly records will cost you. The CPA Journal (June): 11-13.
Bock, R. H. 1962. A new method for teaching linear programming. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(1): 82-86. (JSTOR link).
Bockanic, W. N. 2012. Making the job interview work for you. Strategic Finance (December): 46-50.
Bockus, C. E. 1923. Bituminous coal problems. Harvard Business Review (April): 290-299.
Bockus, K. and F. Gigler. 1998. A theory of auditor resignation. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 191-208. (JSTOR link).
Boddewyn, J. 1961. Frederick Winslow Taylor revisited. The Journal of the Academy of Management 4(2): 100-107. (JSTOR link).
Boddewyn, J. 1965. The comparative approach to the study of business administration. The Academy of Management Journal 8(4): 261-267. (JSTOR link).
Boddewyn, J. 1969. Comments on management, administration and organization - And their comparison. The Academy of Management Journal 12(2): 259-261. (JSTOR link).
Boddewyn, J. and S. L. Sokolik. 1967. "The manager and his job skills" - Some comments. The Academy of Management Journal 10(4): 419-421. (JSTOR link).
Boden, R. and J. Froud. 1996. Obeying the rules: Accounting for regulatory compliance costs in the United Kingdom. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(6): 529-547.
Bodenhorn, D. 1961. An economist looks at industrial accounting and depreciation. The Accounting Review (October): 583-588. (JSTOR link).
Bodenhorn, D. 1972. An entity approach to the measurement of wealth, income, and product. Abacus 8(2): 127-144.
Bodenhorn, D. 1978. An economic approach to balance sheets and income statements. Abacus 14(1): 3-30.
Bodie, Z., R. S. Kaplan and R. C. Merton. 2003. For the last time: Stock options are an expense. Harvard Business Review (March): 62-71.
Bodman, G. T. 1936. Internal auditing for a large oil company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 807-820.
Bodnar, G. 1975. Reliability modeling of internal control systems. The Accounting Review (October): 747-757. (JSTOR link).
Bodnar, G. and E. J. Lusk. 1977. Motivational considerations in cost allocation systems: A conditioning theory approach. The Accounting Review (October): 857-868. (JSTOR link).
Bodnar, G. and E. Lusk. 1979. Operant conditioning: A discussion of its relevance regarding institutional control. The Accounting Review (January): 215-220. (JSTOR link).
Bodnar, G. H. 1999. Internets and intranets: Network accounting. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 33-37.
Bodnar, G. H. and W. S. Hopwood. 2004. Accounting Information Systems (9th Edition). Prentice Hall.
Bodnar, G. H. and W. S. Hopwood. 2009. Accounting Information Systems,10th Edition. Prentice Hall.
Bodnar, G. M. and J. Weintrop. 1997. The valuation of the foreign income of US multinational firms: A growth opportunities perspective. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 69-97.
Bodrock, P., A. L. Boeckmann, R. Di Tella, T. W. Dunfee and B. Djelic. 2005. The shakedown. Harvard Business Review (March): 31-35. (Case study).
Boe, E. S. 1970. Environmental management: The role of the CPA. The Journal of Accountancy (November): 82.
Boe, S. R. 1989. The discounting controversy of deferred income taxes. Journal of Accounting Education 7(2): 309-315.
Boedecker, K. A. 1951. The correlation of accounting instruction with instruction in other business fields. The Accounting Review (January): 70-76. (JSTOR link).
Boedeker, R. R. 2007. A journey overseas. Strategic Finance (March): 22-29.
Boedeker, R. R. and S. B. Hughes. 2005. Best practices in finance: How Intel Finance uses business partnerships to supercharge results. Strategic Finance (October): 26-33.
Boehm, V. R. 1980. Research in the "real world" - A conceptual model. Personnel Psychology (33): 495-504. (Comparison of academic and practitioner research models).
Boeker, W. 1989. Strategic change: The effects of founding and history. The Academy of Management Journal 32(3): 489-515. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. 1989. The development and institutionalization of subunit power in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(3): 388-410. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. 1991. Organizational strategy: An ecological perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 34(3): 613-635. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. 1992. Power and managerial dismissal: Scapegoating at the top. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(3): 400-421. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. 1997. Executive migration and strategic change: The effect of top manager movement on product-market entry. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(2): 213-236. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. 1997. Strategic change: The influence of managerial characteristics and organizational growth. The Academy of Management Journal 40(1): 152-170. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. and J. Goodstein. 1991. Organizational performance and adaptation: Effects of environment and performance on changes in board composition. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 805-826. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. and J. Goodstein. 1993. Performance and successor choice: The moderating effects of governance and ownership. The Academy of Management Journal 36(1): 172-186. (JSTOR link).
Boeker, W. and R. Karichalil. 2002. Entrepreneurial transitions: Factors influencing founder departure. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 818-826. (JSTOR link).
Boellstoriff, T. 2008. Coming of Age in Second Life: An Anthropologist Explores the Virtually Human. Princeton University Press.
Boer, G. 1966. Replacement cost: A historical look. The Accounting Review (January): 92-97. (JSTOR link).
Boer, G. 1967. Cash-flow statements - Fast. The Accounting Review (January): 143-146. (JSTOR link).
Boer, G. 1984. Solutions in search of a problem: The case of budget variance investigation models. Journal of Accounting Literature (Spring): 47-69.
Boer, G. 1984. What gross margins do not tell you. Management Accounting (October): 50-53, 91.
Boer, G. 1989. In defense of contribution margin analysis. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 4-7.
Boer, G. 1991. Revolution in management accounting: A review of Robert S. Kaplan's and Anthony A. Atkinson's Advanced Management Accounting. Journal of Management Accounting Research (3): 223-229.
Boer, G. 1994. Five modern management accounting myths. Management Accounting (January): 22, 24-27. (Myths according to Boer: 1) Labor cost used to be high, 2) true and accurate costs result from better calculations, 3) product cost determines product price, 4) modern manufacturing has made conventional costing obsolete, and 5) overhead has increased dramatically in recent years).
Boer, G. 1996. Management accounting beyond the year 2000. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 46-49.
Boer, G. 2000. Management accounting education: Yesterday, today, and tomorrow. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 313-334.
Boer, G. and D. Jeter. 1993. What's new about modern manufacturing? Empirical evidence of manufacturing changes. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 61-83. (Summary).
Boer, G. and H. M. Nix. 1975. Hospital management and resource control. Management Accounting (September): 47-48.
Boer, G. and J. Ettlie. 1999. Target costing can boost your bottom line. Strategic Finance (July): 49-52.
Boer, G. and J. O. Everett. 1976. Information science and relevant accounting reports. Management Accounting (April): 33-36, 39.
Boer, G., M. Curtin and L. Hoyt. 1998. Environmental cost management. Management Accounting (September): 28-30, 32, 34, 36 and 38. (Summary).
Boer, G. B. 1974. Direct Cost and Contribution Accounting. John Wiley & Sons.
Boer, G. B. 1991. Making accounting a value-added activity. Management Accounting (August): 36-41.
Boer, G. B. and J. Livnat. 1990. Using expert systems to teach complex accounting issues. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 108-119.
Boer, G. B. and S. W. Barcus III. 1981. How a small company evaluates acquisition of a minicomputer. Management Accounting (March): 13-14, 17-23.
Boer, G., L. F. Steedle, D. Jeter and W. L. Ferrara. 2001. Cost Accounting: A Decision Emphasis. Dame Publications.
Boes, R. F. and P. J. Frischmann. 2010. A conceptual approach to the individual NOL deduction. The CPA Journal (August): 42-49.
Boes, R. F., F. J. Plewa and M. Bezik. 2007. TIPS and CIPS. Journal of Accountancy (January): 45-49. (Inflation protected securities).
Boes, R. F., K. E. Ruby and G. M. Ransom. 1994. Beware of potential tax results of discharged indebtedness. Management Accounting (July): 48-51.
Bogan, C. E. and M. J. English. 1994. Benchmarking for Best Practices: Winning Through Innovative Adaptation. McGraw-Hill.
Bogart, F. O. 1950. Accounting for leaseholds. The Accounting Review (October): 417-419. (JSTOR link).
Bogart, F. O. 1965. Tax considerations in partnership agreements. The Accounting Review (October): 834-838. (JSTOR link).
Boger, D. C., R. Carney and K. J. Euske. 1994. Increasing the efficacy and efficiency of accounting and control systems in the department of defense. Accounting Horizons (March): 105-113.
Bohmer, R. M. J. 2010. Fixing health care on the front lines. Harvard Business Review (April): 62-69.
Bohn, H. M. 1958. Work efficiencies without work tickets. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 29-30.
Boike, C. and A. D. Sharp. 2010. The basics of private letter rulings. The CPA Journal (November): 44-47.
Boileau, O. C. 1977. Program management in the space age. Management Accounting (May): 13-16. (Boileau, president of Boeing Aerospace Company, defines management as "change - change decision, change definition and change implementation").
Boisjoly, R. M. 1993. Personal integrity and accountability. Accounting Horizons (March): 59-69.
Boisot, M. and J. Child. 1988. The iron law of fiefs: Bureaucratic failure and the problem of governance in the Chinese economic reforms. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(4): 507-527. (JSTOR link).
Boisot, M. and J. Child. 1996. From fiefs to clans and network capitalism: Explaining China's emerging economic order. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(4): 600-628. (JSTOR link).
Boje, D. M. 1991. The storytelling organization: A study of story performance in an office-supply firm. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(1): 106-126. (JSTOR link).
Boje, D. M. 1995. Stories of the storytelling organization: A postmodern analysis of Disney as "Tamara-Land". The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 997-1035. (JSTOR link).
Boje, D. M. and D. A. Whetten. 1981. Effects of organizational strategies and contextual constraints on centrality and attributions of influence in interorganizational networks. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(3): 378-395. (JSTOR link).
Bok, S. 1999. Lying: Moral Choice in Public and Private Life. New York, NY: Pantheon.
Bokman, C. M. 1996. Anatomy of a turnaround. Management Accounting (December): 38-42.
Bol, J. C. and F. Moers. 2010. The dynamics of incentive contracting: The role of learning in the diffusion process. Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(8): 721-736.
Boland, L. A. and I. M. Gordon. 1992. Criticizing positive accounting theory. Contemporary Accounting Research 9(1): 142-170.
Boland, R. 1987. Discussion of: Accounting and the construction of the governable person. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(3): 267-272.
Boland, R. J. Jr. 1979. Control, causality and information system requirements. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(4): 259-272.
Boland, R. J. Jr. 1981. A study in system design: C. West Churchman and Chris Argyris. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(2): 109-118.
Boland, R. J. Jr. 1987. Discussion of "accounting and the construction of the governable person." Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(3): 267-272.
Boland, R. J. Jr. 1989. Beyond the objectivist and the subjectivist: Learning to read accounting as text. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 591-604.
Boland, R. J. Jr. 1993. Accounting and the interpretive act. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 125-146.
Boland, R. J. Jr. 1996. Why shared meanings have no place in structuration theory: A reply to Scapens and Macintosh. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(7-8): 691-697.
Boland, R. J. Jr. and L. R. Pondy. 1983. Accounting in organizations: A union of natural and rational perspectives. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2-3): 223-234.
Boland, R. J. Jr. and L. R. Poudy. 1986. The micro dynamics of a budget-cutting process: Modes, models and structure. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 403-422.
Boland, R. J. Jr., A. K. Sharma and P. S. Afonso. 2008. Designing management control in hybrid organizations: The role of path creation and morphogenesis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(7-8): 899-914.
Boland, R. J. Jr., J. Singh, P. Salipante, J. D. Aram, S. Y. Fay and P. Kanawattanachai. 2001. Knowledge representations and knowledge transfer. The Academy of Management Journal 44(2): 393-417. (JSTOR link).
Boles, K. E. 1986. Implications of the method
of capital cost payment on the
Boley, R. and P. Danos. 1978. The use of LEXIS in accounting pedagogy - Preliminary observations. The Accounting Review (July): 730-735. (JSTOR link).
Boley, R. and P. Danos. 1980. Awareness and usage of LEXIS by accounting educators: A survey. The Accounting Review (January): 102-106. (JSTOR link).
Bolivar, M. P. R. and A. N. Galera. 2012. The role of fair value accounting in promoting government accountability. Abacus 48(3): 348-386.
Boll, D. M. 1982. How Dutch Pantry accounts for standard costs. Management Accounting (December): 32-35.
Boll, J. M. 2008. Out-of-state sales tax collection obligations. The CPA Journal (August): 48-51.
Boll, V. V. 1965. Purchase cost reduction and value buying. Management Accounting (November): 35-38.
Bollen, K. A. 1989. Structural Equations with Latent Variables. John Wiley.
Bollen, L., H. Hassink and G. Bozic. 2006. Measuring and explaining the quality of internet investor relations activities: A multinational empirical analysis. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 7(4): 273-298.
Bollen, L. H., H. F. Hassink, R. K. de Lange and S. D. Buijl. 2008. Best practices in managing investor relations websites: Directions for future research. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 171-194.
Bollom, W. J. 1973. Towards a theory of interim reporting for a seasonal business: A behavioral approach. The Accounting Review (January): 12-22. (JSTOR link).
Bollom, W. J. 1984. The employee report: It's needed now. Management Accounting (August): 50-55. (An annual report directed to employees provided by European and Australian companies).
Bollom, W. J. and J. J. Weygandt. 1972. An examination of some interim reporting theories for a seasonal business. The Accounting Review (January): 75-84. (JSTOR link).
Bologna, G. J. and A. M. Walsh. 1997. The Accountant's Handbook of Information Technology. John Wiley & Sons.
Bolt-Lee, C. 2007. Management accounting research for the C-suite. Journal of Accountancy (November): 50-53.
Bolt-Lee, C. 2007. Mining audit research. Journal of Accountancy (April): 68-70.
Bolt-Lee, C. and E. Plummer. 2008. A showcase of tax research. Journal of Accountancy (October): 48-52.
Bolt-Lee, C. and J. Moody. 2008. Highlights of accounting systems research. Journal of Accountancy (December): 86-89.
Bolt-Lee, C. and L. M. Smith. 2009. Highlights of IFRS research. Journal of Accountancy (November): 48-53.
Bolt-Lee, C. E. and D. S. Showalter. 2012. Highlights audit research. Journal of Accountancy (July): 32-35.
Bolt-Lee, C. E. and J. Moody. 2010. Highlights of finance and accounting ethics research. Journal of Accountancy (October): 38-42.
Bolt-Lee, C. E., D. B. Farber and S. R. Moehrle. 2011. Highlights of corporate governance research. Journal of Accountancy (September): 34-39.
Bolton, R. N., K. N. Lemon and M. D. Bramlett. 2006. The effect of service experiences over time on a supplier's retention of business customers. Management Science (December): 1811-1823. (JSTOR link).
Bolten, S. 1974. Residential mortgage risk characteristics. Decision Sciences 5(1): 73-90.
Bolton, P. and H. Mehran. 2006. An introduction to the governance and taxation of not-for-profit organizations. Symposium on the Role of Incentives in Not-for-Profit Organizations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 293-305.
Bolton, P. and M. Dewatripont. 2005. Contract Theory. The MIT Press.
Bomberger, E. E. 1961. Optimal inventory depletion policies. Management Science (April): 294-303. (JSTOR link).
Bomberger, E. E. 1966. A dynamic programming approach to a lot size scheduling problem. Management Science (July): 778-784. (JSTOR link).
Bomblatus, R. L. 1974. Decision-making in middle management. Management Accounting (August): 22-26.
Bomeli, E. C. 1961. The accountant's function in determination of net income. The Accounting Review (July): 454-459. (JSTOR link).
Bomeli, E. C. 1962. Stock option plans - Full disclosure. The Accounting Review (October): 741-745. (JSTOR link).
Bomer, C. F. 1920. Iron mine accounting. Journal of Accountancy (September): 180-185.
Bommer, W. H., E. C. Dierdorff and R. S. Rubin. 2007. Does prevalence mitigate relevance? The moderating effect of group-level OCB on employee performance. The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1481-1494. (JSTOR link).
Bonabeau, E. 2002. Predicting the unpredictable. Harvard Business Review (March): 109-116. (Using agent-based modeling, i.e., sophisticated computer simulations, to predict, shape and control emergent phenomena, i.e., phenomena that occur as a result of collective group behavior).
Bonabeau, E. 2003. Don't trust your gut. Harvard Business Review (May): 116-123. (Discussion of when to use a new set of analytical tools and some old ones. Agent-based modeling, open-ended artificial evolution, interactive evolution, interactive open-ended search, decision trees, real options, simulation modeling, scenario planning, optimization, and data mining).
Bonabeau, E. 2004. The perils of the imitation age. Harvard Business Review (June): 45-47,49-54. (Summary).
Bonabeau, E. 2007. Understanding and managing complexity risk. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 62-68.
Bonabeau, E. 2009. Decisions 2.0: The power of collective intelligence. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 45-52.
Bonabeau, E. and C. Meyer. 2001. Swarm intelligence: A whole new way to think about business. Harvard Business Review (May): 107-114. (Summary).
Bonabeau, E., N. Bodick and R. W. Armstrong. 2008. A more rational approach to new-product development. Harvard Business Review (March): 96-102.
Bonaccorsi, A., S. Giannangeli and C. Rossi. 2006. Entry strategies under competing standards: Hybrid business models in the open source software industry. Management Science (July): 1085-1098. (JSTOR link).
Bonardi, J., G. L. F. Holburn and R. G. Vanden Bergh. 2006. Nonmarket strategy performance: Evidence from U.S. electric utilities. The Academy of Management Journal 49(6): 1209-1228. (JSTOR link).
Bonbright, J. C. 1945. Original cost as a rate base. The Accounting Review (October): 441-447. (JSTOR link).
Bonbright, J. C., Adams, J. Bauer, Dickerson, Bonbright and W. A. Paton. 1930. The concept of depreciation as an accounting category. The Accounting Review (June): 117-124. (JSTOR link).
Bonchonsky, J. P. 1967. Cost control for program managers. Management Accounting (May): 16-24.
Bond, D. 2013. National mobility campaign adds California and D.C. Journal of Accountancy (January): 48-50.
Bond, J. 1945. Accounting policy or economic philosophy? The Accounting Review (January): 24-30. (JSTOR link).
Bond, J. 1946. Economic abracadabra. The Accounting Review (April): 181-198. (JSTOR link).
Boneck, R. and D. Christensen. 2009. Where tax shelters and core values collide: The case of XYZ Bank. Strategic Finance (May): 47-51.
Boneck, R. and D. S. Christensen. 2009. My CPA saved me millions. . . Or did he? A case study of professional ethics and the SC2 tax planning strategy. IMA Educational Case Journal 2(4): 1-4.
Bonett, D. G. and R. C. Clute. 1990. Audit sampling with nonsampling errors of the first type. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 432-445.
Bongiorni, P. J. and F. G. Eichhorn. 1979. Keeping a second set of books - Legally. Management Accounting (December): 30-35.
Bonini, C., R. Jaedicke and H. Wagner, eds. 1964. Management Controls: New Directions in Basic Research. New York: McGraw Hill.
Bonini, C. P. 1958. Decision rules for buffer inventories. Management Science (July): 457-471. (JSTOR link).
Bonjean, C. M. and D. M. Olson. 1964. Community leadership: Directions of research. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(3): 278-300. (JSTOR link).
Bonk, C. and G. Smith. 1998. Alternative teaching and learning styles in the accounting curriculum. The Journal of Accounting Education (Spring): 261-293.
Bonn, R. L. 1972. Arbitration: An alternative system for handling contract related disputes. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(2): 254-264. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, P. 2007. A treasure trove of accountancy's past: The AICPA library forms the core of an accounting collection at the University of Mississippi unparalleled in the world. Journal of Accountancy (August): 58-60.
Bonner, P. 2010. New pathways to accounting excellence. Journal of Accountancy (October): 56-60. (Interview with Pathways Commission Chair Bruce Behn related to charting a national higher education strategy for the next generation of accountants).
Bonner, P. 2011. 2011 tax research service survey. Journal of Accountancy (October): 56-60.
Bonner, P. 2011. Shulman: CPA firm nonsigning preparer relief likely. Journal of Accountancy (January): 55-57.
Bonner, P. 2011. Tax season brings new twists. Journal of Accountancy (January): 24-27.
Bonner, P. 2011. Tax software survey. Journal of Accountancy (September): 24-29.
Bonner, P. 2012. 2012 tax software survey. Journal of Accountancy (September): 23-27.
Bonner, P. 2012. First circuit strikes down defense of marriage act but stays tax remedies. Journal of Accountancy (August): 70-71.
Bonner, P. 2012. Tax relief and health care acts shape 2011 returns. Journal of Accountancy (January): 24-28.
Bonner, P. 2013. Nina Olson: Taxpayers' voice at the IRS. Journal of Accountancy (January): 26-29.
Bonner, P. 2013. Tax season: Cured up and ready? Journal of Accountancy (January): 32-34, 36.
Bonner, P. and A. M. Nevius. 2013. Tax cliff averted. Journal of Accountancy (February): 46-49.
Bonner, S. 1991. Is experience necessary in cue measurement? The case of auditing tasks. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(1): 253-269.
Bonner, S. E. 1994. A model of the effects of audit task complexity. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(3): 213-234.
Bonner, S. E. 1999. Choosing teaching methods based on learning objectives: An integrative framework. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 11-39.
Bonner, S. E. 1999. Judgment and decision-making research in accounting. Accounting Horizons (December): 385-398.
Bonner, S. E. 1990. Experience effects in auditing: The role of task-specific knowledge. The Accounting Review (January): 72-92. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, S. E. 1994. A model of the effects of audit task complexity. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(3): 213-234.
Bonner, S. E. 1999. Commentaries based on the 1999 Doctoral Consortium: Judgment and decision-making research in accounting. Accounting Horizons (December): 385-398.
Bonner, S. E., A. Hugon and B. R. Walther. 2007. Investor reaction to celebrity analysis: The case of earnings forecast revisions. Journal of Accounting Research (June): 481-513. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, S. E. and B. L. Lewis. 1990. Determinants of auditor expertise. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 1-20. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, S. E. and G. B. Sprinkle. 2002. The effects of monetary incentives on effort and task performance: Theories, evidence, and a framework for research. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(4-5): 303-345. (Summary).
Bonner, S. E. and P. L. Walker. 1994. The effects of instruction and experience on the acquisition of auditing knowledge. The Accounting Review (January): 157-178. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, S. E., B. R. Walther and S. M. Young. 2003. Sophistication-related differences in investors' models of the relative accuracy of analysts' forecast revisions. The Accounting Review (July): 679-706. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, S. E., J. S. Davis and B. R. Jackson. 1992. Expertise in corporate tax planning: The issue identification stage. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting and Taxation): 1-28. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, S. E., J. W. Hesford, W. A. Van der Stede and S. M. Young. 2006. The most influential journals in academic accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(7): 663-685.
Bonner, S. E., J. W. Hesford, W. A. Van der Stede and S. M. Young. 2012. The social structure of communication in major accounting research journals. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(3): 869-909.
Bonner, S. E., R. Hastie, G. B. Sprinkle and S. M. Young. 2000. A review of the effects of financial incentives on performance in laboratory tasks: Implications for management accounting. Journal of Management Accounting Research (12): 19-64.
Bonner, S. E., R. Libby and M. W. Nelson. 1996. Using decision aids to improve auditors' conditional probability judgments. The Accounting Review (April): 221-240. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, S. E., R. Libby and M. W. Nelson. 1997. Audit category knowledge as a precondition to learning from experience. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(5): 387-410.
Bonner, S. E., Z. Palmrose and S. M. Young. 1998. Fraud type and auditor litigation: An analysis of SEC accounting and auditing enforcement releases. The Accounting Review (October): 503-532. (JSTOR link).
Bonner, W. W. 1952. Sales accounting by machine methods. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 870-878.
Bonnevier, T. W. 1958. Serving job order cost needs in a steel processing plant. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 65-76.
Bonni, C. P. 1977. Capital investment under uncertainty with abandonment options. Journal of Financial & Quantitative Analysis (March): 39-54.
Bonnier, K. and R. F. Bruner. 1989. An analysis of stock price reaction to management change in distressed firms. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 95-106.
Bono, J. E. and T. A. Judge. 2003. Self-concordance at work: Toward understanding the motivational effects of transformational leaders. The Academy of Management Journal 46(5): 554-571. (JSTOR link).
Bonoma, T. V. 2006. Major sales. Who really does the buying? Harvard Business Review (July/August): 172-181.
Bons, P. M. and F. E. Fiedler. 1976. Changes in organizational leadership and the behavior of relationship - and task - motivated leaders. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(3): 453-473. (JSTOR link).
Bonsack, R. A. 1985. Inventory performance ratios -
Fact or fiction? Journal of Accountancy
and EDP (Fall): 61-65.
Bonsack, R. A. 1991 Does activity-based costing replace standard costing? Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 46-47.
Bonsón, E. and T. Escobar. 2006. Digital reporting in Eastern Europe: An empirical study. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 7(4): 299-318.
Bonsón, E., V. Cortijo, and T. Escobar. 2008. The role of XBRL in enhanced business reporting (EBR). Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (5): 161-173.
Bonsón, E., V. Cortijo and T. Escobar. 2009. Towards the global adoption of XBRL using international financial reporting standards (IFRS). International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(1): 46-60.
Bonthron, W. D. 1928. Inventory planning, taking and valuation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1).
Bony, J. S. 2012. CPA outlook serves as economic bellwether. The CPA Journal (December): 7.
Boo, E. and R. Simnett. 2002. The information content of management's prospective comments in financially distressed companies: A note. Abacus 38(2): 280-295.
Boo, E., K. Low, X. Soh, and M. Lim. 2007. Assurance versus insurance: A study of consumer receptiveness in an e-commerce setting. Accounting Horizons (December): 331-350.
Boockholdt, J. L. 1978. Influence of nineteenth and early twentieth century railroad accounting on the development of modern accounting theory. The Accounting Historians Journal 5(1): 9-28. (JSTOR Link).
Boockholdt, J. L. 1983. A historical perspective on the auditor's role: The early experience of the American railroads. The Accounting Historians Journal 10(1): 69-86. (JSTOR link).
Boockholdt, J. L. 2000. Comptronix, Inc.: An audit case involving fraud. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 105-128.
Boockholdt, J. L. and S. E. Mills. 1997. MEDUSA - An earth-shaking client/server solution. Management Accounting (July): 38, 40-43. (MEDUSA = Management's electronic database used to support administration).
Boocock, J. G. and J. Whittaker. 1998. Instructional case: Fenland Electronics Ltd - A teaching case to help students develop financial, analytical and negotiating skills. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 883-904.
Book, J. W. 1985. Is BOMP worth the trouble? Management Accounting (March): 54-58. (Bill of material processor software program).
Book, S. A. 1975. A sharpened Goodman-Kruskal statistic and its symmetry property. Decision Sciences 6(4): 605-613.
Booker, D. M., A. R. Drake and D. L. Heitger. 2007. New product development: How cost information precision affects designer focus and behavior in a multiple objective setting. Behavioral Research In Accounting (19): 19-41.
Booker, J. A. and J. K. Harris. 1980. A project to enrich the study of financial reporting. The Accounting Review (January): 107-110. (JSTOR link).
Booker, D. M., D. L. Heitger and T. D. Schultz. 2011. The effect of causal knowledge on individuals' perceptions of nonfinancial performance measures in profit prediction. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(1): 90-98.
Booker, Q. 1991. A case study of the relationship between undergraduate black accounting majors' act scores and their intermediate accounting performance. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 66-73.
Booker, Q. 2005. African American students and the CPA exam. Journal of Accountancy (May): 60-62, 64.
Bookkeeper Publishing Co. 1901. Accounting Systems for the Wholesale Grocery and Hardware Business. The Bookkeeper Publishing Company. Google eBook.
Bookkeeper Publishing Co. 1901. Retail Accounting: A text book for the use of book-keepers who keep the accounts of retail business, with special attention to the requirements of general stores, drug stores, bakeries, creameries and ice businesses. The Book-Keeper Publishing Company. Google eBook.
Bookkeeper Publishing Co. 1904. The American Business and Accounting Encyclopaedia: A Standard Reference Work for Business Men and Accountants profusely Illustrated... The Book-Keeper Publishing Company. Google eBook.
Boona, B. 2000. Moving your business online. Strategic Finance (February): 28-32.
Boone, A. L. 1977. Wouldn't it be nice if -. Management Accounting (February): 27-28.
Boone, C., W. Van Olffen, A. Van Witteloostuijn and B. De Brabander. 2004. The genesis of top management team diversity: Selective turnover among top management teams in Dutch newspaper publishing. The Academy of Management Journal 47(5): 633-656. (JSTOR link).
Boone, C., W. Van Olffen and A. Van Witteloostuijn. 2005. Team locus-of-control composition, leadership structure, information acquisition, and financial performance: A business simulation study. The Academy of Management Journal 48(5): 889-909. (JSTOR link).
Boone, J., J. Legoria, D. L. Seifert and W. W. Stammerjohan. 2006. The associations among accounting program attributes, 150-hour status, and CPA exam pass rates. Journal of Accounting Education 24(4): 202-215.
Boone, J. P. 2002. Revisiting the reportedly weak value relevance of oil and gas asset present values: The roles of measurement error, model misspecification, and time-period idiosyncrasy. The Accounting Review (January): 73-106. (JSTOR link).
Boone, J. P. and T. L. Coe. 2002. The 150-hour requirement and changes in the supply of accounting undergraduates: Evidence from a quasi-experiment. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 253-268.
Boone, J. P., I. K. Khurana and K. K. Raman. 2011. Litigation risk and abnormal accruals. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(2): 231-256.
Boone, J. P., I. K. Khurana and K. K. Raman. 2012. Audit market concentration and auditor tolerance for earnings management. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(4): 1171-1203.
Boone, M. M. 1973. Management accountants and the securities laws. Management Accounting (June): 18-22.
Boons, A. A. M., H. J. E. Roberts and F. A. Roozen. 1992. Contrasting activity-based costing with the German/Dutch cost pool method. Management Accounting Research (June): 97-117.
Boos, K. A. 1952. Daily postings give us fingertip cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 718-734.
Boot, J. C. G. 1961. Notes on quadratic programming: The Kuhn-Tucker and Theil-Van de Panne conditions, degeneracy, and equality constraints. Management Science (October): 85-98. (JSTOR link).
Boot, J. C. G. 1962. On trivial and binding constraints in programming problems. Management Science (July): 419-441. (JSTOR link).
Booth, A. and G. Bisztray. 1970. Value orientations, member integration and participation in voluntary association activities. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(1): 39-45. (JSTOR link).
Booth, D. A. 1968. Are elected mayors a threat to managers? Administrative Science Quarterly 12(4): 572-589. (JSTOR link).
Booth,
J. 1985. When accountants must take a
role in marketing tasks. Accountancy (August):
80-81.
Booth, J. M. and B. V. Balachandran. 1999. Using ABC to identify value: An automotive retailer case study. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 4-10.
Booth, P. and A. K. D. Schulz. 2004. The impact of an ethical environment on managers' project evaluation judgments under agency problem conditions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(5-6): 473-488.
Booth, W. C., G. G. Colomb and J. M. Williams. 2008. The Craft of Research, 3rd edition. University of Chicago Press.
Boothroyd, G. 1982. Economics of assembly systems. Journal of Manufacturing Systems: 111-126.
Boothroyd, G. 1984. Economics of general purpose assembly robots. Annals of the CIRP (June): 287-290.
Boozer, H. W. 1937. Some aspects of plant ledgers and public utility plant accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1): 18-26.
Boozer, H. W. 1943. Things learned in accounting for installment sales of electrical appliances. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 147-162.
Bopp, J. F. 1959. The mix won't stand still. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 64.
Borch, K. 1963. A note on utility and attitudes to risk. Management Science (July): 697-700. (JSTOR link).
Borch, K. 1965. Models for hierarchial decisions involving inventories. The Academy of Management Journal 8(3): 179-189. (JSTOR link).
Borch, K. 1966. A utility function derived from a survival game. Management Science (April): B287-B295. (JSTOR link).
Borden, J. P. 1990. Review of literature on activity-based costing. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 5-12.
Borden, J. P. 1991. Software for activity-based management. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 6-38.
Borden, J. P. 1994. Activity-based management software. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 39-49.
Borden, N. H. 1925. The Harvard advertising awards. Harvard Business Review (April): 257-264.
Borden, N. H. 1926. Some recent books on advertising. Harvard Business Review (October): 116-123.
Bordner, H. W. 1938. Consolidated reports. The Accounting Review (September): 289-291. (JSTOR link).
Bordner, H. W. 1948. Suggestions to the commission on organization of the executive branch of the government. The Accounting Review (October): 360-370. (JSTOR link).
Bordner, H. W. 1949. Financial and accounting administration in the federal government. The Accounting Review (October): 341-353. (JSTOR link).
Boren, W. H. 1964. Some applications of the learning curve to government contracts. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 21-22.
Borgatti, S. P. and P. C. Foster. 2003. The network paradigm in organizational research: A review and typology. Journal of Management (29): 991-1013.
Borgia, C. and P. H. Siegel. 2008. How the Sarbanes-Oxley Act is affecting profitability in the banking industry. The CPA Journal (August): 13-14.
Borgstrom, H. G. 2000. Performance management for government internal services. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 28-34.
Borison, A. and G. Hamm. 2010. How to manage risk (After risk management has failed). MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 51-57.
Boritz, J. E. 1986. The effect of research method on audit planning and review judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 335-348. (JSTOR link).
Boritz, J. E. editor. 2001. The Canadian Academic Accounting Association: 25 Years of Progress. CAAA.
Boritz, J. E. 2004. Foreword. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(2): 83.
Boritz, J. E. 2005. IS practitioners' views on core concepts of information integrity. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 6(4): 260-279.
Boritz, J. E. 2006. Editorial. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 7(2): 55.
Boritz, J. E. 2008. Foreword. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 9(2): 77.
Boritz, J. E. 2012. Foreword. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 13(3): 181.
Boritz, J. E. and J. E. Hunton. 2002. Investigating the impact of auditor-provided systems reliability assurance on potential service recipients. Journal of Information Systems (Spring Supplement): 69-87.
Boritz, J. E. and W. G. No. 2009. Assurance on XBRL-related documents: The case of United Technologies Corporation. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 49-78.
Boritz, J. E. and W. G. No. 2011. E-commerce and privacy: Exploring what we know and opportunities for future discovery. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 11-45.
Borjesson, J. 1997. A case study on activity-based budgeting. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 7-18.
Borkowski, J. 1968. A system of order entry profit analysis. Management Accounting (July): 12-21.
Borkowski, S., M. J. Welsh and K. Wentzel. 2010. Johnson & Johnson: A case study on sustainability reporting. IMA Educational Case Journal 3(2): 1-15.
Borkowski, S. C. 1990. Environmental and organizational factors affecting transfer pricing: A survey. Journal of Management Accounting Research (2): 78-99.
Borkowski, S. C., M. J. Welsh and K. Wentzel. 2010. Johnson & Johnson: A model for sustainability reporting. Strategic Finance (September): 28-37.
Borkowski, S. C., M. J. Welsh and Q. Zhang. 2001. An analysis of statistical power in behavioral accounting research. Behavioral Research In Accounting (13): 63-84.
Bornemann, A. 1943. Accounting profits: An institution. The Accounting Review (October): 321-323. (JSTOR link).
Bornemann, A. 1945. Empirical cost study and economic theory. The Accounting Review (July): 327-331. (JSTOR link).
Bornemann, A. 1953. Improving depreciable fixed asset accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 283-285. (JSTOR link).
Bornemann, A. 1961. The development of the teaching of management in the school of business. The Journal of the Academy of Management 4(2): 129-136. (JSTOR link).
Bornholt, G. 2013. The failure of the capital asset pricing model (CAPM): An update and discussion. Abacus 49(Supplement): 36-43.
Boros, J. L. and R. E. Thompson. 1983. Distribution cost accounting at PPG Industries. Management Accounting (January): 54-59.
Borris, S. 2005. Total Productive Maintenance: Proven Strategies and Techniques to Keep Equipment Running at Maximum Efficiency. McGraw-Hill Professional.
Borris, S. 2012. Strategic Lean Mapping. McGraw-Hill Professional.
Borsodi, R. 1922. The New Accounting: Bookkeeping without books of original entry by use of a natural system of double entry bookkeeping. Dodd, Mead and Company. Google eBook.
Borsuk, R. M. 1978. Developing a computer program for tax planning. Management Accounting (May): 47-51, 57.
Borth, D. 1948. Donated fixed assets. The Accounting Review (April): 171-178. (JSTOR link).
Borth, D. 1948. What does "consistent" mean in the short form report? The Accounting Review (October): 371-373. (JSTOR link).
Borth, D. 1949. Comments on third statement of accounting concepts and standards. The Accounting Review (July): 277-280. (JSTOR link).
Borth, D. 1964. Audit of a governmental cost reduction program. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 49-52 .
Borth, D. and A. H. Winakor. 1935. Some reflections of the scope of auditing. The Accounting Review (June): 174-184. (JSTOR link).
Borth, D. Jr. 1947. Published financial statements of banks. The Accounting Review (July): 288-294. (JSTOR link).
Borth, D. Jr. 1967. The changing role of the accountant. Management Accounting (January): 36-37.
Borthick, A. F. 1992. Editorial: Helping users get the information they want, when they want it, in the form they want it: Integrating the choice and use of information. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): pv-ix.
Borthick, A. F. 1992. Editor's foreword. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): piii-iv.
Borthick, A. F. 1993. Editor's foreword. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): Preceding 1.
Borthick, A. F. 1993. Editor's foreword. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): Preceding 65.
Borthick, A. F. 1996. Editorial: Helping accountants learn to get the information managers want: The role of the accounting information systems course. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 75-85.
Borthick, A. F. 2012. Designing continuous auditing for a highly automated procure-to-pay process. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 153-166.
Borthick, A. F. and D. R. Jones. 2000. The motivation for collaborative discovery learning online and its application in an information systems assurance course. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 181-210.
Borthick, A. F. and D. R. Jones. 2005. Analyzing a potential warranty call center budget overrun: Using database queries to solve business problems. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 97-111.
Borthick, A. F. and D. R. Jones. 2007. Creating a business process diagram and database queries to detect billing errors and analyze calling patterns for cell phone service. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 107-122.
Borthick, A. F. and G. P. Wentworth. 1998. Will your company be year 2000-compliant? Management Accounting (July): 31-32, 34-36.
Borthick, A. F. and H. P. Roth. 1992. Will Europeans buy your company's products? Management Accounting (July): 28-32.
Borthick, A. F. and H. P. Roth. 1993. Accounting for time: Reengineering business processes to improve responsiveness. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 4-14.
Borthick, A. F. and H. P. Roth. 1993. EDI for reengineering business processes. Management Accounting (October): 32-37.
Borthick A. F. and H. P. Roth. 1994. Understanding client/server computing. Management Accounting (August): 36-41.
Borthick, A. F. and H. P. Roth. 1997. Faster access to more information for better decisions. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 25-30.
Borthick, A. F. and J. E. Kiger. 2003. Designing audit procedures when evidence is electronic: The case of e-ticket travel revenue. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 275-290.
Borthick, A. F. and J. H. Scheiner. 1988. Selection of small business computer systems: Structuring a multi-criteria approach. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 10-29.
Borthick, A. F. and M. B. Curtis. 2008. Due diligence on fast-fashion inventory through data querying. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 77-93.
Bothick, A. F. and O. D. West. 1987. Expert systems - A new tool for the professional. Accounting Horizons (March): 9-16.
Borthick, A. F. and P. L. Bowen. 2008. Auditing system development: constructing the meaning of "systematic and rational" in the context of Legacy code migration. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 47-62.
Borthick, A. F. and R. L. Clark. 1986. The role of productive thinking in affecting student learning with microcomputers in accounting education. The Accounting Review (January): 143-157. (JSTOR link).
Borthick, A. F. and R. L. Clark. 1987. Improving accounting majors' writing quality: The role of language analysis in attention directing. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 13-27.
Borthick, A. F. and R. L. Clark. 1987. Research on computing in accounting education: Opportunities and impediments. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 173-192.
Borthick, A. F., D. R. Jones and K. Ryan. 2001. Developing database query proficiency: Assuring compliance for responses to web site referrals. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 35-56.
Borthick, A. F., D. R. Jones and S. Wakai. 2003. Designing learning experiences within learners' zones of proximal development (ZPDs): Enabling collaborative learning on-site and online. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 107-134.
Borthick, A. F., G. P. Schneider and A. O. Vance. 2010. Preparing graphical representations of business processes and making inferences from them. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 569-582.
Borthick, A. F., G. P. Schneider and A. Vance. 2012. Using graphical representations of business processes in evaluating internal control. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 123-140.
Borthick, A. F., M. B. Curtis and R. S. Sriram. 2006. Accelerating the acquisition of knowledge structure to improve performance in internal control reviews. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(4-5): 323-342.
Borthick, A. F., P. L. Bowen and G. J. Gerard. 2008. Modeling a business process and querying the resulting database: Analyzing RFID data to develop business intelligence. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 331-350. (Teaching case).
Borthick, A. F., P. L. Bowen, and M. C. Sullivan. 1998. Controlling JIT II: Making the system monitor itself. Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 33-41. (Summary).
Borthick, A. F., P. L. Bowen, S. T. Liew and F. H. Rohde. 2001. The effects of normalization on end-user query errors: An experimental evaluation. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 2(4): 195-221.
Borthick, A. F., R. L. Clark and A. S. Hollander. 1990. Making accounting information systems work: An empirical investigation of the creative thinking paradigm. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 48-62.
Borton, E. J. 1922. Production costs in the manufacture of phonograph records. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (December 15): 3-13.
Boschen, J. F., A. Duru, L. A. Gordon and K. J. Smith. 2003. Accounting and stock price performance in dynamic CEO compensation arrangements. The Accounting Review (January): 143-168. (JSTOR link).
Bosher, L. H. 1912. Controlling accounts in cost accounting. Journal of Accountancy (June): 405-419.
Bossert, H. 1921. Newspaper accounting. Journal of Accountancy (December): 422-443.
Bossidy, L. 2007. What your leader expects of you. Harvard Business Review (April): 58-65.
Bossons, J. 1966. The effects of parameter misspecification and non-stationarity on the applicability of adaptive forecasts. Management Science (May): 659-669. (JSTOR link).
Bost, P. J. 1986. Do cost accounting standards
fill a gap in cost allocation? Management
Accounting (November): 34-36.
Bost, P. J. and J. A. Yeakel. 1992. Are you ignoring countertrade? Management Accounting (December): 43-47. (Linking exports and imports with little or no use of currency).
Boston, H. R. 1930. Rebuilding antiquated cost systems. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 619-627.
Bostrom, E., L. A. Austin and R. J. Zenowich. 1985. Zero-base budgeting link: Accounting-based decisions improve planning. Corporate Accounting (Summer): 14-21.
Bostwick, C. L. 1968. The use of information theory in accounting. Management Accounting (June): 11-17.
Boswell, W. R., J. B. Olson-Buchanan and J. B. Olsen-Buchanan. 2004. Experiencing mistreatment at work: The role of grievance filing, nature of mistreatment, ad employee withdrawal. The Academy of Management Journal 47(1): 129-139. (JSTOR link).
Bosworth, M. T. 1994. Solution Selling: Creating Buyers in Difficult Selling Markets. McGraw-Hill Professional Publishing.
Bothner, M. S., J. Kang and T. E. Stuart. 2007. Competitive crowding and risk taking in a tournament: Evidence from NASCAR racing. Administrative Science Quarterly 52(2): 208-247. (JSTOR link).
Bothner, M. S., J. M. Podolny and E. B. Smith. 2011. Organizing contests for status: The Matthew effect vs. the Mark effect. Management Science (March): 439-457.
Bothwell, C. 1984. How to improve financial planning with a budget manual. Management Accounting (December): 34-38, 49.
Bothwell, C. 2001. Beating the odds. Strategic Finance (February): 46-51. (Credit union uses teamwork to survive).
Botosan, C. A. 1997. Disclosure level and the cost of equity capital. The Accounting Review (July): 323-349. (JSTOR link).
Botosan, C. A. and M. A. Plumlee. 2001. Stock option expense: The sword of Damocles revealed. Accounting Horizons (December): 311-327.
Botosan, C. A. and M. A. Plumlee. 2002. A re-examination of disclosure level and the expected cost of equity capital. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 21-40. (JSTOR link).
Botosan, C. A. and M. A. Plumlee. 2005. Assessing alternative proxies for the expected risk premium. The Accounting Review (January): 21-53. (JSTOR Link).
Botosan, C. A. and M. S. Harris. 2000. Motivations for a change in disclosure frequency and its consequences: An examination of voluntary quarterly segment disclosures. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 329-353. (JSTOR link).
Botosan, C. A. and M. Stanford. 2005. Managers' motives to withhold segment disclosures and the effect of SFAS no. 131 on analysts' information environment. The Accounting Review (July): 751-771. (JSTOR Link).
Botosan, C. A., H. Ashbaugh, A. L. Beatty, P. Y. Davis-Friday, P. E. Hopkins, K. K. Nelson, K. ramesh, R. Uhl, M. Venkatachalam and G. Vrana. 2005. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Response to the FASB's exposure draft on fair value measurements. Accounting Horizons (September): 187-196.
Botosan, C. A., H. Ashbaugh-Skaife, A. L. Beatty, P. Y. Davis-Friday, P. E. Hopkins, K. K. Nelson, K. Ramesh, R. Uhl, M. Venkatachalam and G. Vrana. 2006. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Financial accounting and reporting standards for private entities. Accounting Horizons (June): 179-194.
Botosan, C. A., L. Koonce, S. G. Ryan, M. S. Stone and J. M. Wahlen. 2005. Accounting for liabilities: Conceptual issues, standard setting, and evidence from academic research. Accounting Horizons (September): 159-186.
Botosan, C. A., M. A. Plumlee and H. Wen. 2011. The relation between expected returns, realized returns, and firm risk characteristics. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(4): 1085-1122.
Botosan, C. A., M. A. Plumlee and Y. Xie. 2004. The role of information precision in determining the cost of equity capital. Review of Accounting Studies 9(2-3): 233-259.
Bots, J. M., E. Groenland and D. M. Swagerman. 2009. An empirical test of Birkett’s competency model for management accountants: Survey evidence from Dutch practitioners. Journal of Accounting Education 27(1): 1-13.
Bottin, R. R. 1977. An investigation of the relationship of the protestant ethic value to success in accounting courses. The Accounting Review (April): 479-484. (JSTOR link).
Bottom, E. 1998. Is accounting a value-adding function? Examining financial reporting and auditing with respect to capital markets. Journal of Accounting Education 16(2): 373-380.
Bottom, W. P., J. Holloway, G. J. Miller, A. Mislin and A. Whitford. 2006. Building a pathway to cooperation: Negotiation and social exchange between principal and agent. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(1): 29-58. (JSTOR link).
Bottorff, D. 1997. Reaping the rewards of NAFTA. Management Accounting (August): 37-40. (Tips for setting up a subsidiary in Mexico after the North American Free trade Agreement).
Botts, R. R. 1963. Interest and the truth-in-lending bill. The Accounting Review (October): 789-795. (JSTOR link).
Botts, R. R. and F. L. Garlock. 1955. Interest rates charged on installment purchases. The Accounting Review (October): 607-616. (JSTOR link).
Botzem, S. and S. Quack. 2009. (No) Limits to Anglo-American accounting? Reconstructing the history of the International Accounting Standards Committee: A review article. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(8): 988-998.
Bouchard, T. J. 1976. Field research methods: interviewing, questionnaires, participant observation, unobtrusive measures. Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, M. D. Dunnette, ed. Rand-McNally College Publishing Company, Chicago: 363-414.
Bouchikhi, H. and J. R. Kimberly. 2003. Escaping the identify trap. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 20-26.
Bouchikhi, H. and J. R. Kimberly. 2012. Making mergers work. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 63-70.
Boudreau, K. J. and K. R. Lakhani. 2009. How to manage outside innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 69-76.
Boudreau, K. J. and K. R. Lakhani. 2013. Using the crowd as an innovation partner. Harvard Business Review (April): 60-69.
Boudreau, K. J., N. Lacetera and K. R. Lakhani. 2011. Incentives and problem uncertainty in innovation contests: An empirical analysis. Management Science (May): 843-863.
Boudreaux, K. J. and S. A. Zeff. 1976. A note on the measure of compensation implicit in employee stock options. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 158-162. (JSTOR link).
Bougen, P. D. 1989. The emergence, roles and consequences of an accounting - industrial relations interaction. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(3): 203-234.
Bougen, P. D. 1994. Joking apart: The serious side to the accountant stereotype. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(3): 319-335.
Bougen, P. D. 1997. Spain, July 1988: Some observations on becoming professional. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(8): 757-777.
Bougen, P. D., S. G. Ogden and Q. Outram. The appearance and disappearance of accounting: Wage determination in the U.K. coal industry. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(3): 149-170.
Bougon, M., K. Weick and D. Binkhorst. 1977. Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(4): 606-639. (JSTOR link). 1977. Errata: Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(4): 606. (JSTOR link). 1977. Errata: Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(4): 613. (JSTOR link). 1978. Errata: Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(1): 161-162. (JSTOR link).
Bouillon, M. and S. Ravenscroft. 2010. Undergraduate preparation and dissertation methodologies of accounting PhDs over the past 40 years. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (7): 19-29.
Boulding, K. E. 1956. General systems theory - The skeleton of science. Management Science (April): 197-208. (JSTOR link).
Boulding, K. E. 1958. Evidences for an administrative science: A review of the Administrative Science Quarterly, Volumes 1 and 2. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(1): 1-22. (JSTOR link).
Boulding, K. E. 1966. The ethics of rational decision. Management Science (February): B161-B169. (JSTOR link).
Boulding, K. E. 1968. Guest editorial: The specialist with a universal mind. Management Science (August): B647-B653. (JSTOR link).
Boulianne, E. 2006. Empirical analysis of the
reliability
and validity of balanced scorecard measures and dimensions. Advances
in Management Accounting (15):
Boulianne, E. 2007. Revisiting fit between AIS design and performance with the analyzer strategic-type. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 8(1): 1-16.
Boulianne, E. and C. H. Cho. 2009. The rise and fall of WebTrust. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(4): 229-244.
Boulton, W. R., W. M. Lindsay, S. G. Franklin and L. W. Rue. 1982. Strategic planning: Determining the impact of environmental characteristics and uncertainty. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 500-509. (JSTOR link).
Bourgeois, L. 1981. On the measurement of organizational slack. Academy of Management Review (6): 29-39.
Bourgeois, L. J. III. 1985. Strategic goals, perceived uncertainty, and economic performance in volatile environments. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 548-573. (JSTOR link).
Bourgeois, L. J. III, D. W. McAllister and T. R. Mitchell. 1978. The effects of different organizational environments upon decisions about organizational structure. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 508-514. (JSTOR link).
Bourgeois, M., K. Breaux, M. Chiasson and S. Mauldin. 2010. Tax incentives of going green. The CPA Journal (November): 18-24.
Bourgeois, S. S. 1925. The Oleomargarine industry. Journal of Accountancy (November): 337-348.
Bourgeois, V. W. and C. C. Pinder. 1983. Contrasting philosophical perspectives in administrative science: A reply to Morgan. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(4): 608-613. (JSTOR link).
Bourguignon, A., V. Malleret and H. Norreklit. 2004. The American balanced scorecard versus the French tableau de bord: The ideological dimension. Management Accounting Research (June): 107-134.
Bourke, P. 2009. Evaluating Second Life for the collaborative exploration of 3D fractals. Computers & Graphics (February): 113-117.
Bourke, R. W. 1917. Property accounting in the City of New York. Journal of Accountancy (November): 342-354.
Bourke-White, M. 1969. [Illustration]: Conversation club. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(4): 583. (JSTOR link).
Bourlakis, M. and P. Weightman. 2004. Food Supply Chain Management. Blackwell Publishing.
Bourn, A. M. 1966. Training for the accountancy profession in England and Wales. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 213-223. (JSTOR link).
Boursy, A. V. 1943. The name of Paciolo. The Accounting Review (July): 205-209. (JSTOR link).
Boussard, D. 1984. The impact of the definition of inflation on the effectiveness of inflation accounting adjustments. Abacus 20(2): 157-169.
Boutell, W. S. 1962. The implementation of uniform standards of reporting for national voluntary agencies. The Accounting Review (July): 406-409. (JSTOR link).
Boutell, W. S. 1964. Business-oriented computers: A frame of reference. The Accounting Review (April): 305-311. (JSTOR link).
Boutell, W. S. 1970. Discussion of an experiment on nonsampling errors. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 172-174. (JSTOR link).
Boutell, W. S. 1979. Memorial: Lawrence Lee Vance 1911-1978. The Accounting Review (April): 434-438. (JSTOR link).
Boutelle, E. G. 1934. Cotton mills and the futures market. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1141-1162.
Boutin, G. R. 1950. Action in the shop to point up scrap reporting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 971-976.
Bouty, I. 2000. Interpersonal and interaction influences on informal resource exchanges between R&D researchers across organizational boundaries. The Academy of Management Journal 43(1): 50-65. (JSTOR link).
Bouwens, J. and M. A. Abernethy. 2000. The consequences of customization on management accounting system design. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(3): 221-241. (Summary).
Bouwens, J. and L. Van Lent. 2006. Performance measure properties and the effect of incentive contracts. Journal of Management Accounting Research (18): 55-75.
Bouwens, J. and L. Van Lent. 2007. Assessing the performance of business unit managers. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 667-697. (JSTOR link).
Bouwens, J. and P. Kroos. 2011. Target ratcheting and effort reduction. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 171-185.
Bouwman, C. H. S., K. Fuller and A. S. Nain. 2003. Stock market valuation and mergers. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 9-11.
Bouwman, M. J. 1984. Expert vs. novice decision making in accounting: A summary. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 325-327.
Bouwman, M. J., P. Frishoff and P. A. Frishkoff. 1995. The relevance of GAAP-based information: A case study exploring some uses and limitations. Accounting Horizons (December): 22-47.
Bouwman, M. J., P. A. Frishoff and P. Frishoff. 1987. How do financial analysts make decisions? A process model of the investment screening decision. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 1-29.
Bova, F. 2013. Labor unions and management's incentive to signal a negative outlook. Contemporary Accounting Research 30(1): 14-41.
Bova, F. and R. Pereira. 2012. The determinants and consequences of heterogeneous IFRS compliance levels following mandatory IFRS adoption: Evidence from a developing country. Journal of International Accounting Research 11(1): 83-111.
Bovaird, R. L. 1961. Characteristics of optimal maintenance policies. Management Science (April): 238-253. (JSTOR link).
Bovaird, R. L., A. S. Goldman and T. B. Slattery. 1962. Concepts in operational support research. Management Science (January): 113-137. (JSTOR link).
Bovee, M., A. Kogan, K. Nelson, R. P. Srivastava and M. A. Vasarhelyi. 2005. Financial reporting and auditing with net knowledge (FRAANK) and extensible business reporting language (XBRL). Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 19-41.
Bovee, M., M. L. Ettredge, R. P. Srivastava and M. A. Vasarhelyi. 2002. Does the year 2002 XBRL taxonomy accommodate current business financial-reporting practice? Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 165-182.
Bowen, A. K. 2010. A fraud case study: The skim sisters. The CPA Journal (January): 12-14.
Bowen, C. E. Jr. 1964. Expense control must focus on responsibility. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 46-48 .
Bowen, C. M. 1957. Time control program for installation contracts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 886-892.
Bowen, D. D. and R. F. Byrne. 1973. Relationships among role accuracy, compliance, performance evaluation, and satisfaction within managerial dyads: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 16(1): 157-159. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, E. A. 1963. Problem areas in use of discounted cash flow for investment evaluations. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 11-19.
Bowen, E. K. 1967. Mathematics in the undergraduate business curriculum. The Accounting Review (October): 782-787. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, J. 2004. Building High-Tech Product Companies: The Maelstrom Effect. South-Western Educational Publishing.
Bowen, P. L. and F. H. Rohde. 2002. Further evidence of the effects of normalization on end-user query errors: An experimental evaluation. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 3(4): 255-290.
Bowen, P. L. and F. H. Rohde. 2005. Fifth International Research Symposium on Accounting Information Systems. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 6(3): 157-158.
Bowen, P. L., C. B. Ferguson, T. H. Lehmann and F. H. Rohde. 2003. Cognitive style factors affecting database query performance. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 4(4): 251-273.
Bowen, P. L., F. H. Rohde and C. Y. A. Wu. 2004. Imperfect communication between information requestors and information providers: The effects of syntactic and extraneous ambiguity. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(4): 371-394.
Bowen, P. L., M. D. Cheung and F. H. Rohde. 2007. Enhancing IT governance practices: A model and case study of an organization's efforts. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 8(3): 191-221.
Bowen, R. L. Jr. 1966. Application of margin rates to credit analysis. Management Accounting (November): 26-31.
Bowen, R. M. 1981. 1979 Competitive manuscript award: Valuation of earnings components in the electric utility industry. The Accounting Review (January): 1-22. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, R. M. and G. L. Sundem. 1982. Editorial and publication lags in the accounting and finance literature. The Accounting Review (October): 778-784. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, R. M. and G. M. Pfeiffer. 1989. The year-end LIFO purchase decision: The case of Farmer Brothers Company. The Accounting Review (January): 152-171. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, R. M. and J. S. Wallace. 1999. Interior Systems, Inc.: The decision to adopt EVA®. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 517-541.
Bowen, R. M., A. K. Davis and D. A. Matsumoto. 2002. Do conference calls affect analysts' forecasts? The Accounting Review (April): 285-316. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, R. M., A. K. Davis and D. A. Matsumoto. 2005. Emphasis on pro forma versus GAAP earnings in quarterly press releases: Determinants, SEC intervention, and market reactions. The Accounting Review (October): 1011-1038. (JSTOR Link).
Bowen, R. M., D. Burgstahler and L. A. Daley. 1986. Evidence on the relationships between earnings and various measures of cash flow. The Accounting Review (October): 713-725. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, R. M., D. Burgstahler and L. A. Daley. 1987. The incremental information content of accrual versus cash flows. The Accounting Review (October): 723-747. (JSTOR link).
Bowen, R. M., E. W. Noreen and J. M. Lacey. 1981. Determinants of the corporate decision to capitalize interest. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 151-179.
Bowen, R. M., L. DuCharme and D. Shores. 1995. Stakeholders' implicit claims and accounting method choice. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 255-295.
Bowen, R. M., M. F. Johnson and T. Shevlin. 1989. Informational efficiency and the information content of earnings during the market crash of October 1987. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 225-254.
Bowen, W. W. 1958. Accounting for a travel promotion. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 89-93.
Bower, J. B. 1955. Federal income tax practice in the Uniform Certified Public Accountant Examination. The Accounting Review (January): 89-94. (JSTOR link).
Bower, J. B. 1957. A profession of accounting - Or of accountancy? The Accounting Review (April): 194-198. (JSTOR link).
Bower, J. B. 1968. Research in accounting: 1967. The Accounting Review (January): 165-181. (JSTOR link).
Bower, J. B. and R. E. Schlosser. 1965. Internal control - Its true nature. The Accounting Review (April): 338-344. (JSTOR link).
Bower, J. L. 1987. Escape from quaking markets. Across the Board (February): 16-22.
Bower, J. L. 2007. Solve the succession crisis by growing inside-outside leaders. Harvard Business Review (November): 90-96.
Bower, J. L. and C. G. Gilbert. 2007. How managers' everyday decisions create or destroy your company's strategy. Harvard Business Review (February): 72-79.
Bower, J. L., H. B. Leonard and L. S. Paine. 2011. Capitalism at Risk: Rethinking the Role of Business. Harvard Business Press.
Bower, J. L., H. B. Leonard and L. S. Paine. 2011. Global capitalism at risk. What are you doing about it? Harvard Business Review (September): 104-112.
Bower, M. 1930. The merchandising of ideas. Harvard Business Review (October): 26-34.
Bower, R. S. and D. R. Lessard. 1973. The problem of the right rate: A comment on simulation versus single-value estimates in capital expenditure analysis. Decision Sciences 4(4): 569-571.
Bower, R. S., C. E. Nugent and D. E. Stone. 1968. Time-shared computers in business education at Dartmouth. The Accounting Review (July): 565-582. (JSTOR link).
Bower, R. S., F. C. Herringer and J. P. Williamson. 1966. Lease evaluation. The Accounting Review (April): 257-265. (JSTOR link).
Bowerman, E. R. and S. B. Littauer. 1956. Operations engineering. Management Science (July): 287-298. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, B. B. 1982. Product costing in the MRP environment. Management Accounting (December): 24-27.
Bowers, D. G. and D. L. Hausser. 1977. Work group types and intervention effects in organizational development. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 76-94. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, D. G. and S. E. Seashore. 1966. Predicting organizational effectiveness with a four-factor theory of leadership. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(2): 238-263. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1940. Some unsettled problems of income. The Accounting Review (September): 350-353. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1941. Tests of income realization. The Accounting Review (June): 139-155. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1941. The income tax and the natural person. The Accounting Review (December): 358-373. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1944. Terminology and form of the income sheet. The Accounting Review (July): 274-279. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1945. Economic and accounting concepts. The Accounting Review (October): 420-431. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1947. An efficient approach to the teaching of accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 295-298. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1949. On teaching depreciation. The Accounting Review (October): 438-441. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1950. Objections to index number accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 149-155. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1951. Business profit and the price level. The Accounting Review (April): 167-178. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. 1953. Curriculum building for prospective industrial accountants. The Accounting Review (January): 58-63. (JSTOR link).
Bowers, R. L. 1971. Managing the company's cash. Management Accounting (September): 22-26.
Bowersox, D., D. Closs and M. B. Cooper. 2009. Supply Chain Logistics Management, 3rd edition. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
Bowhill, B. N. 1987. Budgetary control systems: Why do they fail? Management
Accounting UK (March): 40-41.
Bowie, N. E. 1998. Business Ethics: A Kantian Perspective. Blackwell Publishing.
Bowie, N. E. Editor. 2001. The Blackwell Guide to Business Ethics (Blackwell Philosophy Guides). Blackwell Publishing.
Bowie, N. E. and P. H. Werhane. 2004. Management Ethics (Foundations of Business Ethics). Blackwell Publishing.
Bowin, R. B. 1973. Attitude change toward a theory of managerial motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 686-691. (JSTOR link).
Bowlin, K. O., J. Hales and S. J. Kachelmeier. 2009. Experimental evidence of how prior experience as an auditor influences managers’ strategic reporting decisions. Review of Accounting Studies 14(1): 63-87.
Bowlin, W. F. 2001. Experiential learning: Benefits for academia and the local community. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 20-27.
Bowlin, W. F. and M. L. Andersen. 2010. City of Waterloo, Iowa: Organizing a chief financial officer function. IMA Educational Case Journal 3(4): 1-5.
Bowlin, W. F, C. Renner, B. Hollis, S. Hollis, K. Kaliban, M. H. McDonald and F. M. Trocini. 2003. Cost modeling for start-up businesses: A field study of Heartland Resource Technologies, LLC. The Journal of Cost Analysis & Management (Summer): 59-73.
Bowman, E. H. 1955. Using statistical tools to set a reject allowance. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1334-1342.
Bowman, E. H. 1963. Consistency and optimality in managerial decision making. Management Science (January): 310-321. (JSTOR link).
Bowman, E. H. and M. Haire. 1976. Social impact disclosure and corporate annual reports. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 11-21.
Bowman, J. V. 1960. Distribution of the cost of insurance. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 76 .
Bowman, K. J. 1963. Divisional contribution, product margin and rate-of-return reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 47-51. (Direct costing).
Bowman, R. G. 1980. The debt equivalence of leases: An empirical investigation. The Accounting Review (April): 237-253. (JSTOR link).
Bowman, R. G. 1980. The importance of a market-value measurement of debt in assessing leverage. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 242-254. (JSTOR link).
Bowne, N. J. 1924. Distributing the overhead. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (October 15): 3-13 .
Bowne, N. J. and B. B. Titus. 1951. How much do indirect expenses vary? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 170-180.
Bows, A. J. 1956. How to improve your monthly report. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1255-1263.
Bows, A. J. 1960. The urgent need for accounting reforms. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 43-52. (Problems with GAAP).
Bows, A. J. Jr. 1959. Creative accounting pays its way. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 43-50.
Bows, A. J. Jr. 1972. Establishment of financial accounting standards. Management Accounting (December): 9-12, 16.
Bowser, H. R. 1926. Economic aspects of American foreign trade. Harvard Business Review (October): 55-67.
Bowsher, C. A. 1990. Federal budget: Presenting and facing the facts. Accounting Horizons (June): 96-109.
Box, G. P., D. E. Coleman and R. V. Baxley, Jr. 1997. A comparison of statistical process control and engineering process control. Journal of Quality Technology (April): 128-130.
Box R. 2010. Bank treasury and cash management services. The CPA Journal (June): 60-61.
Box, R. 2010. How to effectively negotiate loan covenants. Journal of Accountancy (August): 50-53.
Box, R. 2011. How to land an SBA loan. Journal of Accountancy (March): 34-37.
Boyabath, O. and L. B. Toktay. 2011. Stochastic capacity investment and flexible vs. dedicated technology choice in imperfect capital markets. Management Science (December): 2163-2179.
Boyabatli, O., P. R. Kleindorfer and S. R. Koontz. 2011. Integrating long-term and short-term contracting in beef supply chains. Management Science (October): 1771-1787.
Boyacigiller, N. A. 2010. On the rocky road to strong global culture. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 20-22.
Boyatzis, R., A. McKee and D. Goleman. 2002. Reawakening your passion for work. Harvard Business Review (April): 86-94. (Five strategies to help guide and give your life new direction and meaning).
Boyce, G. 1999. Computer-assisted teaching and learning in accounting: Pedagogy or product? Journal of Accounting Education 17(2-3): 191-220.
Boyd, A. W. 1959. Human relations in system changes. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 69-71.
Boyd, B. B. and J. M. Jensen. 1972. Perceptions of the first-line supervisor's authority: A study in superior-subordinate communication. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 331-342. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, F. V. 1960. A new look in accounting education -- The managerial approach to tax accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 726-728. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, L. H. 1997. The use of cost information for making operating decisions. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 42-47.
Boyd, P. and M. K. Fleming. 1987. Productivity: The controller's role. Management Accounting (September): 28-32.
Boyd, O. W. 1926. Accounting problems of the Florida real estate boom. The Accounting Review (September): 64-73. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, O. W. 1934. The "report and accounting" approach. The Accounting Review (September): 262-267. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, O. W. 1956. That federal tax course. The Accounting Review (January): 131-135. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, R. L. 1943. Examination objectives. The Accounting Review (April): 127-135. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, R. L. 1944. Progress in CPA legislation. The Accounting Review (April): 159-164. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, R. L. 1945. Standards for CPA legislation. The Accounting Review (January): 7-17. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, R. L. 1946. A suggested program for college training in accountancy. The Accounting Review (January): 51-56. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, R. L. 1948. The divided form of bank reconciliation schedule. The Accounting Review (January): 91-93. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, R. L. 1957. List of research projects in accounting: 1955-1956. The Accounting Review (July): 467-476. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, R. L., K. P. Pillai, B. E. Sawyer, P. S. Anderson, H. A. Black, R. L. Brummet, V. L. Christian, Jr., H. M. Daniels, D. R. Dilley, P. A. Firmin, C. E. Gilliland, Jr., C. R. Grimstad, R. E. Karrenbrock, J. J. Kempner, C. E. Myers, D. D. Ray, R. F. Salmonson, J. Shannon, A. W. Swang, V. H. Vincent and R. L. Williamson. 1958. Abstracts of dissertations in accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 265-289. (JSTOR link).
Boyd, V. and D. Taylor. 1961. The magic words - "Managerial accounting". The Accounting Review (January): 105-111. (JSTOR link).
Boydstun, F. W. 1953. Internal procedures for renegotiation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 729-737.
Boyer, E. L. 1990. Scholarship Reconsidered: Priorities of the Professoriate. Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. (Discussion of the four functions of the professoriate: 1) The scholarship of discovery, 2) the scholarship of integration, 3) the scholarship of application, and 4) the scholarship of teaching).
Boyer, E. L. 1992. Comments on Accounting Horizons. Accounting Horizons (March): 4.
Boyer, E. L. 1992. Scholarship reconsidered: Priorities of the professoriate. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 87-91.
Boyer, M. M. 2005. Assessing demand for directors' and officers' insurance using public information. Journal of Forensic Accounting 6(2): 389-410.
Boyett, J. H., and H. P. Conn. 1988. Developing white collar performance measures. National Productivity Review (Summer): 209-218.
Boyett, J. H., and H. P. Conn. 1991. Workplace 2000: The Revolution Reshaping American Business. New York: Penguin Books USA Inc.
Boylan, E. S. 1967. Multiple (s, S) policies and the n-period inventory problem. Management Science (November): 196-204. (JSTOR link).
Boylan, H. D. 1957. Financial charting for the board of directors. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1304-1313.
Boylan, S. J. 2000. Using experimental asset markets to illustrate the value of auditing. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 43-65.
Boylan, S. J. 2004. A classroom experiment on the benefit of auditing in financial markets. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 189-209.
Boylan, S. J. 2008. A classroom exercise on unconscious bias in financial reporting and auditing. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 229-245.
2011. Credit rating agency reform: Insight from the accounting profession. The CPA Journal (November): 40-43.
Boylan, S. J. 2012. Experimental evidence on the effect of earnings targets on managers' estimates in the financial statements. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(2): 209-217.
Boyle, A. R. M. 1919. "Some phases of capital stock". Journal of Accountancy (July): 74-76.
. 2011. Testing goodwill for impairment: An optional consideration of qualitative factors. The CPA Journal (November): 36-39.
Boyle, D. M., B. W. Carpenter and D. Mahoney. 2012. Goodwill accounting: A closer examination of the matter of nonimpairments. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 10-19.
Boyle, D. M., B. W. Carpenter and D. R. Hermanson. 2012. CEOs, CFOs, and accounting fraud: Implications of recent research. The CPA Journal (January): 62-65.
Boyle, E. J. 1993. A framework for the modern internal audit function. Advances in Management Accounting (2): 227-254.
Boyle, P. 2010. Investment opportunity amid tax uncertainty: Why paying more taxes in 2010 may be wise financial planning. The CPA Journal (September): 42-48.
Boyle, P. and W. Litman. 2010. The Roth conversion question. The CPA Journal (May): 46-51.
Boyle, P., L. Garlappi, R. Uppal and T. Wang. 2012. Keynes meets Markowitz: The trade-off between familiarity and diversification. Management Science (February): 253-272.
Boyle, R. D. 1995. Avoiding common pitfalls on reengineering. Management Accounting (October): 24-33.
Boyle, R. D. 2002. Doing business with an application service provider. Strategic Finance (March): 24-28.
Boyles, J. 2008. Fair value accounting: Are you ready? Strategic Finance (August): 28-32.
Boyles, J. V. III. 1979. Energy accounting. Management Accounting (February): 35-41.
Boyns, T. 2003. In memoriam: Alexander Hamilton Church's system of 'scientific machine rates' at Hans Renold Ltd., c 1901- c. 1920. The Accounting Historians Journal 30(1): 3-44. (JSTOR link).
Boyns, T. and J. R. Edwards. 1997. Cost and management accounting in early Victorian Britain: A Chandleresque analysis? Management Accounting Research (March): 19-46.
Boyns, T. and J. R. Edwards. 2000. Pluralistic approaches to knowing more: A comment on Hoskin and Macve. The Accounting Historians Journal 27(1): 151-158. (JSTOR link).
Boyns, T., J. R. Edwards and C. Emmanuel. 1999. A longitudinal study of the determinants of transfer pricing change. Management Accounting Research (June): 85-108.
Boynton, C. E., P. S. Dobbins and G. A. Plesko. 1992. Earnings management and the corporate alternative minimum tax. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting and Taxation): 131-153. (JSTOR link).
Boynton, R. E. 1968. Applied organization analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 11(1): 113-114. (JSTOR link).
Bozanic, Z., M. W. Dirsmith and S. Huddart. 2012. The social constitution of regulation: The endogenization of insider trading laws. Accounting, Organizations and Society 37(7): 461-481.
Boze, K. M. 1994. Measuring learning costs. Management Accounting (August): 48-52. (Related to learning curves).
Boze, K. M. 2005. New tires for my old jeep: Why I finally decided to get my CMA and CFM. Strategic Finance (October): 48-51.
Boze, K. M., D. Pingzhun and J. Yang. 2007. Offering the CMA exam in Chinese. Strategic Finance (March): 17-18, 61.
Brack, G. E. 1975. Allocating personnel department costs. Management Accounting (May): 48-50.
Bracken, R. and A. G. Volkan. 1988. Cash flows: A new reporting format for turbulent times. Management Accounting (January): 38-41.
Brackenborough, S. 2003. 'Pound foolish penny wise' system: The role of accounting in the improvement of the River Tyne, 1800-1850. The Accounting Historians Journal 30(1): 45-72. (JSTOR link).
Brackney, K. S. and R. D. Mautz jr. 2008. The private company financial reporting committee. The CPA Journal (July): 14-22.
Brackney, K. S. and W. A. Collins. 1995. Instructional case: Ryder System, Inc.: Reporting the results of operations. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 351-375.
Brackney, W. O. and H. R. Anderson. 1981. Regulation of cost accounting: The answer or the abyss. Management Accounting (October): 24-31.
Bradach, J. L. 1997. Using the plural form in the management of restaurant chains. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(2): 276-303. (JSTOR link).
Bradach, J. L., T. J. Tierney and N. Stone. 2008. Delivering on the promise of nonprofits. Harvard Business Review (December): 88-97.
Bradbury, M. 2006. Discussion of Grambovas, Giner and Christodoulou. Abacus 42(3-4): 379-387.
Bradbury, M. 2007. Discussion of Charitou, Lambertides and Trigeorgis. Abacus 43(3): 297-302.
Bradbury, M. 2008. Discussion of Whittington. Abacus 44(2): 169-180.
Bradbury, M. 2009. Discussion of Dedman, Mouselli, Shen and Stark. Abacus 45(3): 342-357.
Bradbury, M. and S. Newby. 1989. The use of a statement of changes in financial position to interpret financial data: An empirical investigation. Abacus 25(1): 31-38.
Bradbury, M., G. Dean and F. L. Clarke. 2009. Incentives for non-disclosure by corporate groups. Abacus 45(4): 429-454.
Bradbury, M. E. 1992. Voluntary semiannual earnings disclosures, earnings volatility, unexpected earnings, and firm size. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 137-145. (JSTOR link).
Bradbury, M. E. 2003. Implications for the conceptual framework arising from accounting for financial instruments. Abacus 39(3): 388-397.
Bradbury, M. E. and P. Rouse. 2002. An application of data envelopment analysis to the evaluation of audit risk. Abacus 38(2): 263-279.
Bradbury, M. E. and S. C. Calderwood. 1988. Equity accounting for reciprocal stockholdings. The Accounting Review (April): 330-347. (JSTOR link).
Braden, A. D. 1954. The blackboard versus projected still pictures in the teaching of accounting - An experiment. The Accounting Review (October): 683-687. (JSTOR link).
Braden, A. D. 1954. The need for simplicity in the teaching of accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 499-500. (JSTOR link).
Bradford, M. 2010. Modern ERP: Select, Implement & Use Today's Advanced Business Systems. Lulu.com.
Bradford, M. and S. Richtermeyer. 2002. Realizing value in ERP. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 13-19.
Bradford, M., T. Mayfield and C. Toney. 2001. Does ERP fit in a lean world? Strategic Finance (May): 28-34.
Bradford, M. and D. Roberts. 2001. Does your ERP system measure up? Strategic Finance (September): 30-34.
Bradford, M. and J. Florin. 2003. Examining the role of innovation diffusion factors on the implementation success of enterprise resource planning systems. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 4(3): 205-225.
Bradford, M., E. Z. Taylor and J. F. Brazel. 2010. Beyond compliance: The value of SOX. Strategic Finance (May): 48-53.
Bradford, M., J. A. Samuels and R. E. Wood. 2008. Beta Auto Dealers: Integrating disparate data to solve management problems. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 309-326.
Bradford, M., S. B. Richtermeyer and D. F. Roberts. 2007. System diagramming techniques: An analysis of methods used in accounting education and practice. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 173-212.
Bradford, W. D. 1974. Price-level restated accounting and the measurement of inflation gains and losses. The Accounting Review (April): 296-305. (JSTOR link).
Bradford, W. D. 1975. Price-level restated accounting and the measurement of inflation gains and losses: A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 586-587. (JSTOR link).
Bradish, R. D. 1965. Corporate reporting and the financial analyst. The Accounting Review (October): 757-766. (JSTOR link).
Bradley, A. 1927. Financial control policies of General Motors Corporation and their relationship to cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 412-433. (Volume 8, Number 9).
Bradley, B., P. Jansen and L. Silverman. 2003. The nonprofit sector's $100 billion opportunity. Harvard Business Review (May): 94-103.
Bradley, C. E. and C. McCuiston. 1972. The rationale for incentive contracting. Decision Sciences 3(1): 15-30.
Bradley, H. E. 1969. Setting and controlling budgets with regression analysis. Management Accounting (November): 31-34, 40.
Bradley, J. 2008. Management based critical success factors in the implementation of enterprise resource planning systems. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 9(3): 175-200.
Bradley, J. F. 1948. Accounting aspects of protective provisions in industrial preferred stocks. The Accounting Review (October): 385-390. (JSTOR link).
Bradley, J. R. and H. H. Guerrero. 2011. An alternative FMEA method for simple and accurate ranking of failure modes. Decision Sciences 42(3): 743-771.
Bradley, S. E. 2009. Windows 7: Is it right for you? Journal of Accountancy (November): 32-37.
Bradley, W. E. 2009. Ability and performance on ill-structured problems: The substitution effect of inductive reasoning ability. Behavioral Research in Accounting 21(1): 19-35.
Bradow, J. R. 1987. Accounting for deferred charges - Is more guidance needed? Management Accounting (April): 51-54.
Bradshaw, B. J. and M. Papalia. 2005. Play by the rules: IRC section 409A imposes new requirements on nonqualified deferred compensation. Journal of Accountancy (July): 46-53.
Bradshaw, M., C. Callahan, J. Ciesielski, E. A. Gordon, et al. 2010. Response to the SEC's proposed rule-roadmap for the potential use of financial statements prepared in accordance with international financial reporting standards (IFRS) by U.S. issuers. Accounting Horizons (March): 117-128.
Bradshaw, M., C. Callahan, J. Ciesielski, E. Gordon, et al. 2010. The American Accounting Association's Financial Reporting Policy Committee's response to the Preliminary Views on Financial Statement Presentation: The Financial Reporting Policy Committee of the Financial Accounting and Reporting Section of the American Accounting Association. Accounting Horizons (June): 279-296.
Bradshaw, M. T. 2002. The use of target prices to justify sell-side analysts' stock recommendations. Accounting Horizons (March): 27-41.
Bradshaw, M. T. 2003. A discussion of ‘Assessing the relative informativeness and permanence of pro forma earnings and GAAP operating earnings’. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 321-335.
Bradshaw, M. T. 2004. How do analysts use their earnings forecasts in generating stock recommendations? The Accounting Review (January): 25-50. (JSTOR link).
Bradshaw, M. T. 2011. A discussion of "Do managers use earnings guidance to influence street earnings exclusions?" Review of Accounting Studies 16(3): 528-538.
Bradshaw, M. T. and R. G. Sloan. 2002. GAAP versus the street: An empirical assessment of two alternative definitions of earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 41-66. (JSTOR link).
Bradshaw, M. T., B. J. Bushee and G. S. Miller. 2004. Accounting choice, home bias, and U.S. investment in non-U.S. firms. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 795-841. (JSTOR link).
Bradshaw, M. T., S. A. Richardson and R. G. Sloan. 2001. Do analysts and auditors use information in accruals? Journal of Accounting Research (June): 45-74. (JSTOR link).
Bradshaw, M. T., S. A. Richardson and R. G. Sloan. 2006. The relation between corporate financing activities, analysts’ forecasts and stock returns. Journal of Accounting and Economics (October): 53-85.
Bradshaw, T. F. 1947. Control of major maintenance expense. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 747-756.
Bradshaw, T. F. 1954. Planning for research. The Accounting Review (April): 201-207. (JSTOR link).
Bradt, J. 2010. Government Contracts Made Easier. CreateSpace.
Brady, D. W. 1971. The strategic forces of profit. Management Accounting (February): 17-20.
Brady, E. and J. C. Babbitt. 1972. Inventory control systems. Management Accounting (December): 42-44.
Brady, W. W. 1938. Accountants' liability to third parties: The Ultramares case reaffirmed. The Accounting Review (December): 395-400. (JSTOR link).
Bragg, S. M. 1998. Managing Explosive Corporate Growth. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 1998. Outsourcing: A Guide to Selecting the Correct Business Unit...Negotiating the Contract...Maintaining Control. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2000. Financial Analysis: A Controller's Guide. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2000. Just-In-Time Accounting. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2001. Accounting Best Practices. 2nd ed. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2001. Cost Accounting: A Comprehensive Guide. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2001. Just-in-Time Accounting: How to Decrease Costs and Increase Efficiency. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2003. Accounting Best Practices (Wiley Best Practices). Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2004. Controller's Guide to Planning and Controlling Operations. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2004. Inventory Best Practices. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2004. The Ultimate Accountants' Reference Including GAAP, IRS & SEC Regulations, Leases, Pensions and More. John Wiley & Sons.
Bragg, S. M. 2005. Controller's Guide to Costing. Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2005. Inventory Accounting: A Comprehensive Guide (Wiley Best Practices). Wiley.
Bragg. S. M. 2006. Accounting Control Best Practices (Wiley Best Practices). Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2006. The Ultimate Accountants' Reference: Including GAAP, IRS & SEC Regulations, Leases, and More. Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2010. The Ultimate Accountants' Reference: Including GAAP, IRS and SEC Regulations, Leases, and More, 3rd edition. Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2007. Accounting Best Practices (Wiley Best Practices).
Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2009. Controllership: The Work of the Managerial Accountant, 8th Edition. Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2009. Running a Public Company: From IPO to SEC Reporting. Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2010. Treasury Management: The Practitioner's Guide. Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. 2011. Inventory Best Practices, 2nd edition. Wiley.
Bragg, S. M. and J. M. Roehl-Anderson. 2000. The Controller's Function: The Work of the Managerial Accountant. John Wiley & Sons.
Bramer, M. 2007. Principles of Data Mining (Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science. Springer.
Branch, M. C. 1961. Logical analysis and executive performance. The Journal of the Academy of Management 4(1): 27-31. (JSTOR link).
Brandenburger, A. M. and B. J. Nalebuff. 1996. Co-Opetition: A Revolutionary Mindset. Currency Doubleday.
Brandes, J. L. 1977. Identifying and recording environmental plant costs. Management Accounting (April): 27-31.
Brandon, C. H. and J. E. Jarrett. 1977. Experimenting with students' ability to forecast. The Accounting Review (July): 697-704. (JSTOR link).
Brandon, C. H. and J. P. Matoney, Jr. 1975. Social responsibility financial statement. Management Accounting (November): 31-34.
Brandon, C., R. E. Drtina and D. Plane. 1986. Using modeling languages in managerial accounting: An example for pricing decisions. Journal of Accounting Education 4(1): 69-80.
Brandon, D. 2005. Project
Management for Modern Information Systems: The Effects of the Internet and ERP
on Accounting. IRM Press.
Brandon, D., J. Briggs and J. M. Mueller. 2003. The mobile professional: Palm or pocket PC? Strategic Finance (October): 48-53.
Brandon, D. M. 2010. External auditor evaluations of outsourced internal auditors. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 29(2): 159-173.
Brandon, D. M. and J. M. Mueller. 2006. The influence of client importance on juror evaluation of auditor liability. Behavioral Research in Accounting (18): 1-18.
Brandon, D. M. and J. M. Mueller. 2009. How nonaudit services affect objectivity. The CPA Journal (June): 52-55.
Brandon, D. M., B. T. Carver, C. W. Hollingsworth and J. D. Stanley. 2012. Causes and consequences of recent auditor switching: Looking to the research for answers. The CPA Journal (February): 36-39.
Brandon, D. M., W. A. Kerler III, L. N. Killough and J. M. Mueller. 2007. The joint influence of client attributes and cognitive moral development on students’ ethical judgments. Journal of Accounting Education 25(1-2): 59-73.
Brandstedter, R. 1979. Campaign reporting: A challenge for accountants. Management Accounting (October): 50-54.
Brandt, J. W. 1957. Control of construction cost let under contract. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 45-52.
Brandt, L. 1987. The buzz: competitiveness. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 62-64.
Brandt, L. 1987. Setting the mood. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 62-65.
Brandt, R. B. 1959. Ethical Theory: The Problems of Normative and Critical Ethics. Prentice-Hall.
Branning, G. 1989. Mergers & acquisitions: Do poison pills cure takeover abuses? Management Accounting (October): 27-30.
Bransford, J. D., A. L. Brown and R. R. Cocking, eds. 2000. How People Learn: Brain, Mind, Experience, and School. National Academy Press.
Branson, B. C. and D. P. Pagach. 1998. Instructional case: Understanding innovative financial instruments. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 203-210.
Brantner, P. F. 1973. Accounting for land development companies. Management Accounting (August): 15-19.
Brantner, P. F. 1973. Taxation and the multinational firm. Management Accounting (October): 11-16, 26.
Brantner, P. F. 1974. Multi-state income taxation. Management Accounting (September): 20-24.
Brasel, K. and B. Hentz. 2006. Increasing accessibility to academic publications in accounting education: A database for research and teaching. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 411-416. (This Iowa State University database contains papers from five accounting education journals. The database is in Microsoft 2000 Access format. AEAJ Database).
Brass, D. J. 1981. Structural relationships, job characteristics, and worker satisfaction and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(3): 331-348. (JSTOR link).
Brass, D. J. 1984. Being in the right place: A structural analysis of individual influence in an organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(4): 518-539. (JSTOR link).
Brass, D. J. 1985. Men's and women's networks: A study of interaction patterns and influence in an organization. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 327-343. (JSTOR link).
Brass, D. J. 1995. Creativity: It's all in your social network. In Ford, C. M. and D. A. Gioia (Eds.). Creative Action in Organizations: 94-99. Sage.
Brass, D. J. and D. Krackhardt. 1999. The social capital of 21st century leaders. In Hunt, J. G., G. E. Dodge and L. Wong (Eds.). Out-of-the-Box Leadership. JAI Press.
Brass, D. J. and M. E. Burhardt. 1992. Centrality and power in organizations. In Nohria, N. and R. Eccles (Eds.). Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form, and Action: 191-215. Harvard Business School Press.
Brass, D. J. and M. E. Burkhardt. 1993. Potential power and power use: An investigation of structure and behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 441-470. (JSTOR link).
Brass, D. J., J. Galaskiewicz, H. R. Greve and W. Tsai. 2004. Taking stock of networks and organizations: A multilevel perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 47(6): 795-817. (JSTOR link).
Brass, D. J., K. D. Butterfield and B. C. Skaggs. 1998. Relationships and unethical behavior: A social network perspective. Academy of Management Review (23): 14-31.
Brau, J. C. and P. M. Johnson. 2009. Earnings management in IPOs: Post-engagement third-party mitigation or issuer signaling? Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 125-135.
Braun, G. P. and R. P. Rodriguez Jr. 2008. Earnings management and accounting values: A test of Gray (1988). Journal of International Accounting Research 7(2): 1-23.
Braun, K. W. and R. D. Sellers. 2012. Using a "daily motivational quiz" to increase student preparation, attendance, and participation. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 267-279.
Braun, M. 2009. The evolution of emissions trading in the European Union - The role of policy networks, knowledge and policy entrepreneurs. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(3-4): 469-487.
Braun, M., P. S. Fader, E. T. Bradlow and H. Kunreuther. 2006. Modeling the "pseudodeductible" in insurance claims decisions. Management Science (August): 1258-1272. (JSTOR link).
Braun, R. L. 2000. The effect of time pressure on auditor attention to qualitative aspects of misstatements indicative of potential fraudulent financial reporting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(3): 243-259.
Braun, R. L. and H. L. Stallworth. 2009. If you need love, get a puppy: A case study on professional skepticism and auditor independence. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 237-252.
Braun, R. L. and S. Mauldin. 2012. From practice to the classroom: By the Ph.D. route or professionally qualified, CPAs have much to offer. Journal of Accountancy (October): 40-45.
Braunagel, P. N. 1964. Computer accounting reports in a large credit union. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 9-14.
Braunstein, D. N. and R. W. Fortner. 1968. The design of behavioral research. The Accounting Review (April): 377-383. (JSTOR link).
Brausch, J. J. 1970. The management accountant's role in an office improvement program. Management Accounting (August): 42-44.
Brausch, J. M. 1992. Selling ABC. Management Accounting (February): 42-46.
Brausch, J. M. 1994. Beyond ABC: Target costing for profit enhancement. Management Accounting (November): 45-49.
Brausch, J. M. 2009. CMA champion and second-generation IMAer. Strategic Finance (August): 31-35, 61.
Brausch, J. M. and D. Whitney. 2009. CMA: The quest for increasing value. Strategic Finance (December): 9-10, 12. (Beginning in the spring of 2010 the CMA exam will include only two four-hour exams, each consisting of 100 multiple choice questions and two 30-minute essay questions). (Summary).
Brausch, J. M. and T. C. Taylor. 1997. Who is accounting for the cost of capacity? Management Accounting (February): 44-46, 48-50. (Summary).
Braverman, J. D. 1971. A decision theoretic approach to pricing. Decision Sciences 2(1): 1-5.
Bray, F. S. 1946. Recent British accounting developments. The Accounting Review (April): 199-204. (JSTOR link).
Bray, F. S. 1949. The English universities and the accounting profession. The Accounting Review (July): 273-276. (JSTOR link).
Braybrooke, D. 1964. The mystery of executive success re-examined. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(4): 533-560. (JSTOR link).
Brayton, G. N. 1985. Productivity measure aids in profit analysis. Management Accounting (January): 54-58.
Brayton, G. N. 1983. Simplified method of measuring productivity identifies opportunities for increasing it. Industrial Engineering (February): 49-56.
Brazeal, H. H. Jr. 1970. Large company planning techniques will work in small multi-plant companies. Management Accounting (September): 21-24, 31.
Brazel, J. F. 2008. How do financial statement auditors and IT auditors work together? The CPA Journal (November): 38-41.
Brazel, J. F. and L. Dang. 2008. The effect of ERP system implementations on the management of earnings and earnings release dates. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 1-21.
Brazel, J. F. and M. Bradford. 2011. Shedding new light on auditor switching. Strategic Finance (January): 49-54.
Brazel, J. F., C. P. Agoglia and R. C. Hatfield. 2004. Electronic versus face-to-face review: The effects of alternative forms of review on auditors' performance. The Accounting Review (October): 949-966. (JSTOR link).
Brazelton, J. K. 1998. Implications for women in accounting: Some preliminary evidence regarding gender communication. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 509-530.
Brearton, E. T. 1962. Contribution margin reporting for multi-unit bakery. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 77-86.
Brearton, E. T. 1963. Developing accountants for general management. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 3-11.
Brearton, E. T. and C. O. Landon. 1963. Reducing inventory investment in a multiplant company. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 3-12.
Breaugh, J. A. 1981. Relationships between recruiting sources and employee performance, absenteeism, and work attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 142-147. (JSTOR link).
Brecht, H. D. and M. P. Martin. 1996. Accounting information systems: The challenge of extending their scope to business and information strategy. Accounting Horizons (December): 16-22.
Breckenridge, L. 1946. Cost accounting for contract drilling. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 438-451.
Breen, R. T., P. F. Nunes and W. E. Shill. 2007. The chief strategy officer. Harvard Business Review (October): 84-93.
Breese, E. L., W. H. Roberts, J. R. Atwater and S. H. Shipley. 1966. What we expect of the accountant - Four managers' views. Management Accounting (June): 57-61.
Breeze, J. D. 1980. Henri Fayol: A new definition of administration. Proceedings of the 40th Annual Meeting of the Academy of Management.
Breeze, J. D. 1981. Henri Fayol's basic tools of administration. Proceedings of the 41st Annual Meeting of the Academy of Management: 101.
Breeze, J. D. 1985. Harvest from the archives: The search for Fayol and Carlioz. Journal of Management (Spring): 43.
Breisinger, C., M. Thomas and J. Thurlow. 2010. Social Accounting Matrices and Multiplier Analysis: An Introduction with Exercises. International Food Policy Research Institute.
Breitfelder, M. D. and D. W. Dowling. 2008. Why did we ever go into HR? Harvard Business Review (July-August): 39-43.
Brelsford, E. C. 1944. Corporate financial planning for the transition period. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 15): 991-1012.
Bremmer, I. 2005. Managing risk in an unstable world: As emerging markets generate greater shares of global supply and demand, companies need better methods to weigh political risk against financial reward. Harvard Business Review (June): 51-60.
Bremmer, I. 2010. The End of the Free Market: Who Wins the War Between States and Corporations? Portfolio. (Bremmer contends that state-controlled economies, or state capitalism, e.g., China, Russia, and Saudi Arabia, threaten the U.S. free market system, and develops a case for the superiority of regulated free markets over state capitalism).
Bremmer, I. and F. Zakaria. 2006. Hedging political risk in China. Harvard Business Review (November): 22-25.
Bremmer, I, P. Keat and R. Schaap. 2009 Country assessments. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 138-139.
Bremser, W. G. 1975. The earnings characteristics of firms reporting discretionary accounting changes. The Accounting Review (July): 563-573. (JSTOR link).
Bremser, W. G. 1977. Reporting on current replacement costs. Management Accounting (July): 33-39.
Bremser, W. G. 2001. Accountants for the public interest: Strategy implementation and performance measurement for a nonprofit organization. Journal of Accounting Education 19(1): 75-86.
Bremser, W. G. 2002. Damages measurement of new economy firms. Journal of Forensic Accounting (3): 253-262.
Bremser, W. G. and L. F. White. 2000. An experiential approach to learning about the balanced scorecard. Journal of Accounting Education 18(3): 241-255.
Bremser, W. G., V. C. Brenner and P. E. Dascher. 1977. The feasibility of professional schools: An empirical study. The Accounting Review (April): 465-473. (JSTOR link).
Bremser, W. G., V. C. Brenner and P. E. Dascher. 1977. Schools of professional accountancy: The management accountant's view. Management Accounting (September): 14-16.
Brenizer, N. W. 1969. A system of man-machine-material reporting. Management Accounting (May): 21-22.
Brennan, D. B. 1960. Functional costs and the marketing of life insurance - A sketch. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 61-68 .
Brennan, D. B. 1968. Work measurement for control of clerical costs. Management Accounting (May): 42-46.
Brennan, L. L. and D. D. McIntyre. 2009. Creating incentives for change by keeping score. IMA Educational Case Journal 2(4): 1-5.
Brennan, M. J. 1991. A perspective on accounting and stock prices. The Accounting Review (January): 67-79. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on accounting disclosures and stock prices).
Brennan, M. J. and L. Trigeorgis. 1999. Project Flexibility, Agency, and Competition: New Developments in the Theory and Application of Real Options Analysis. Oxford University Press.
Brennan, N. 2005. Accounting expertise in litigation and dispute resolution. Journal of Forensic Accounting 6(2): 333-356.
Brenneck, R. 1959. B-E charts reflecting learning. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 34.
Brenneck, R. 1959. Learning curve techniques for more profitable contracts. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 59-69.
Brenner, E. M. 1981. Tax planning for the disposition of a subsidiary. Management Accounting (August): 48-52.
Brenner, G. J. 1975. CPA's: Do you speak management accounting? Management Accounting (September): 29-30.
Brenner, J. L., D. A. D'Esopo and A. G. Fowler. 1968. Difference equations in forecasting formulas. Management Science (November): 141-159. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, L. A., D. W. Griffin and D. J. Koehler. 2012. A case-based model of probability and pricing judgments: Biases in buying and selling uncertainty. Management Science (January): 159-178.
Brenner, M. H. and N. B. Sigband. 1973. Organizational communication - An analysis based on empirical data. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 323-325. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, V. C. 1970. Financial statement users' views of the desirability of reporting current cost information. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 159-166. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, V. C. 1973. Some observations on student values and their implications for accounting education. The Accounting Review (July): 605-608. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, V. C. 1974. Additional comments on student values and their implication for accounting education. The Accounting Review (July): 578. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, V. C. and J. J. Benjamin. 1976. Financial reporting on units of general purchasing power. Management Accounting (June): 15-18.
Brenner, V. C. and R. E. Shuey. 1972. An empirical study of support for APB Opinion No. 16. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 200-208. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, V. C. and W. K. Schroff. 2004. Reverse merger or IPO? Strategic Finance (May): 46-52.
Brenner, V. C., C. W. Carmack and M. G. Weinstein. 1971. An empirical test of the motivation-hygiene theory. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 359-366. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, V. C., R. M. Copeland, P. E. Dascher, A. J. Francia, R. J. Patten and R. H. Strawser. 1972. Trials and tribulations of the researcher: A case study. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 195-199. (JSTOR link).
Brenner, V. C., V. C. Brenner Jr. and M. Jeancola. 2008. New reporting standards for noncontrolling interest. The CPA Journal (July): 34-39.
Brenton, M., R. Jarrar and G. Zaccour. 2006. A note on feedback sequential equilibria in a Lanchester model with empirical application. Management Science (May): 804-811. (JSTOR link). (Advertising strategies).
Breslin, R. W. 1984. Minimizing your legal costs. Management Accounting (May): 47-51.
Bressler, L. A. and M. S. Bressler. 2006. How entrepreneurs choose and use accounting information systems. Strategic Finance (June): 56-60. (Survey).
Bressler, R. B. and A. W. Lacy. 1980. An analysis of the relative job progression of the perceptibly physically handicapped. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 132-143. (JSTOR link).
Brethauer, D. M. 1999. The Power of Strategic Costing: Uncover Your Competitor's and Suppliers' Costs, Set Your Company's Target Costs, Maximize Your Profits. AMACOM.
Brett, A. C. 1932. Flexibility in budgetary control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1406-1417.
Brett, A. C. 1940. The role of the accountant in the control of distribution costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 957-972.
Brett, F. A. 1962. Comparative costing of alternative delivery systems - a discussion and an example. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 39-45.
Brett, J., K. Behfar and M. C. Kern. 2006. Managing multicultural teams. Harvard Business Review (November): 84-91.
Brett, J. F., W. L. Cron and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1995. Economic dependency on work: A moderator of the relationship between organizational commitment and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 261-271. (JSTOR link).
Brett, J. M. and T. Okumura. 1998. Inter- and intracultural negotiation: U.S. and Japanese negotiators. The Academy of Management Journal 41(5): 495-510. (JSTOR link).
Brett, J. M., D. L. Shapiro and A. L. Lytle. 1998. Breaking the bonds of reciprocity in negotiations. The Academy of Management Journal 41(4): 410-424. (JSTOR link).
Brett, J. M., M. Olekalns, R. Friedman, N. Goates, C. Anderson and C. C. Lisco. 2007. Sticks and stones: Language, face, and online dispute resolution. The Academy of Management Journal 50(1): 85-99. (JSTOR link).
Brett, J. M., R. Friedman and K. Behfar. 2009. How to manage your negotiating team. Harvard Business Review (September): 105-109.
Breu, A. C. 1987. One day closings. Management Accounting (March): 66-68.
Breuer, J. H. 1960. What the contractor's accountant should know about surety bonds. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 53-61.
Breus, A. 2008. Life insurance: What's it worth? (And who says?). Journal of Accountancy (January): 32-36.
Breus, A. 2008. Virtues and evils of life settlement. Journal of Accountancy (June): 40-44.
Breus, A. 2010. Valuing art for tax purposes. Journal of Accountancy (July): 30-35.
Brewer, G. F. 1941. Excess-profits tax as a factor in cost and selling prices. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 300-314.
Brewer, L. W. 1979. Determining revenue requirements for regulated utilities. Management Accounting (September): 41-44, 57.
Brewer, P. 2002. Putting strategy into the balanced scorecard. Strategic Finance (January): 44-52. (Illustration of the value dynamics framework (VDF) used by Dell).
Brewer, P. and F. Kennedy. 2008. Creating a lean enterprise: The case of the Lebanon Gasket Company. IMA Educational Case Journal 1(4): 1-8.
Brewer, P.C. 1997. Managing transitional cost management systems. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 35-40.
Brewer, P. C. and D. E. Stout. 2012. Responding to the leadership needs of the accounting profession: A module for developing a leadership mindset in accounting students. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 525-554.
Brewer, P. C., A. Gallo and M. R. Smith. 2010. Getting fit with corporate wellness programs. Strategic Finance (May): 26-33.
Brewer, P. C., M. A. Garamoni and J. Haddad. 2008. University Tees: Introducing fundamentals of management accounting in a small business. Journal of Accounting Education 26(2): 91-102.
Brewer, P.C. 1998. Developing a data center chargeback system using ABC. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 41-48.
Brewer, P. C. 1998. National culture and activity-based costing systems: A note. Management Accounting Research (June): 241-260.
Brewer, P. C. 2000. An approach to organizing a management accounting curriculum. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 211-235.
Brewer, P. C. 2008. Redefining management accounting. Strategic Finance (March): 26-34.
Brewer, P. C. and F. A. Kennedy. 2005. Creating a lean enterprise: The case of the Lebanon Gasket Company. Strategic Finance (September): 45-53. (IMA student case competition).
Brewer, P. C. and F. A. Kennedy. 2006. Motivating lean behavior: The role of accounting. Cost Management (November/December): 22-29.
Brewer, P. C. and F. A. Kennedy. 2013. Putting accountants on a "lean" diet. Strategic Finance (February): 26-34.
Brewer, P. C. and J. E. Eighme. 2005. Using six sigma to improve the finance function. Strategic Finance (May): 27-33.
Brewer, P. C., A. W. Gatian and J. M. Reeve. 1993. Managing uncertainty. Management Accounting (October): 39-45.
Brewer, P. C., P. E. Juras and E. R. Brownlee II. 2003. Global Electronics, Inc.: ABC implementation and change management process. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 49-69.
Brewer, P. C., R. J. Campbell and R. H. McClure. 2000. Wilson Electronics (A) and (B): An ABC capstone experience. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 413-458.
Brewer, P. C., S. Davis and T. Albright. 2005. Building a successful balanced scorecard program. Cost Management (January/February): 28-37.
Brewster, F. and P. L. Loewenwarter. 1914. New York C.P.A. examinations. Journal of Accountancy (March): 240-242.
Brewster, F. R. 1930. Office standards and costs as applied to public utilities. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1365-1382.
Brewster, M. 2003. Unaccountable: How the Accounting Profession Forfeited a Public Trust. John Wiley & Sons.
Brewton, J. 2009. The lean office: Develop lean administrative procedures. Cost Management (March/April): 40-47.
Brewton, J. and W. Schiemann. 2003. Measurement: The missing ingredient in today's customer relationship management strategies. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 5-14.
Brezina, M., R. J. Casey, J. H. Grenier and A. B. Reffett. 2012. The SMU football recruiting scandal: A primer on compliance auditing and forensic investigations. Journal of Accounting Education 30(2): 233-247.
Bricault, G. A. and C. D. Marshall. 1946. Inventories and the internal auditor. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 15): 377-390.
Brick, I. E. and D. G. Weaver. 1984. Comparison of capital
budgeting techniques in identifying profitable investments. Financial
Management (Winter): 29-39.
Bricker, R. 1989. An empirical investigation of the structure of accounting research. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 246-262. (JSTOR link).
Bricker, R. and K. Brown. 1997. The use of historical data in accounting research: The case of the American Sugar Refining Company. The Accounting Historians Journal 24(2): 1-24. (JSTOR link).
Bricker, R. and M. DeBruine. 1993. The effects of information availability and cost on investment strategy selection: An experiment. Behavioral Research In Accounting (5): 30-57.
Bricker, R. and N. Chandar. 2000. Where Berle and Means went wrong: A reassessment of capital market agency and financial reporting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(6): 529-554.
Bricker, R. J. 1988. Influences from early accounting literature on contemporary research. The Accounting Historians Journal 15(2): 83-98. (JSTOR link).
Bricker, R. J. 1988. Knowledge preservation in accounting: A citational study. Abacus 24(2): 120-131. ("... earlier accounting knowledge may become lost to future generations of accounting scholars").
Bricker, R. J. 1989. Accounting Literature in Non-Accounting Journals: An Annotated Bibliography by P. Tantral. The Accounting Historians Journal 16(2): 263-265. (JSTOR link).
Bricker, R. J. 1991. The importance of history for accounting research. Abacus 27(1): 72-77.
Bricker, R. J. 1998. Review: Economic Influences on the Development of Accounting in Firms by George J. Staubus. The Accounting Historians Journal 25(1): 171-174. (JSTOR link).
Bricker, R. J. and G. J. Previts. 1990. The sociology of accountancy: A study of academic and practice community schisms. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-14.
Brickey, B. 1956. Report on examination of accounts. The Accounting Review (April): 304-307. (JSTOR link).
Brickey, B. 1957. Report on examination of accounts: For the year ended December 31, 1956. The Accounting Review (April): 290-296. (JSTOR link).
Brickley, J. A. 2003. Empirical research on CEO turnover and firm-performance: A discussion. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 227-233.
Brickley, J. A. and J. L. Zimmerman. 2010. Corporate governance myths: Comments on Armstrong, Guay, and Weber. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 235-286.
Brickley, J. A. and L. D. Van Drunen. 1990. Internal corporate restructuring: An empirical analysis. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 251-280.
Brickley, J. A., S. Bhagat and R. C. Lease. 1985. The impact of long-range managerial compensation plans on shareholder wealth. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 115-129.
Brickman, L. 1989. Mathematical
Introduction to Linear Programming and Game Theory (Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics).
Springer.
Brickner, D. R., L. S. Mahoney and S. J. Moore. 2010. Providing an applied-learning exercise in teaching fraud detection: A case of academic partnering with IRS criminal investigation. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 695-708.
Brickson, S. L. 2005. Organizational identity orientation: Forging a link between organizational identity and organizations' relations with stakeholders. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(4): 576-609. (JSTOR link).
Bridges, E. M., W. J. Doyle and D. J. Mahan. 1968. Effects of hierarchical differentiation on group productivity, efficiency, and risk taking. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(2): 305-319. (JSTOR link).
Bridges, W. 1991. Managing Transitions: Making the Most of Change. Perseus Publishing.
Brief, A. P. and R. J. Aldag. 1978. The job characteristic inventory: An examination. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 659-670. (JSTOR link).
Brief, A. P., E. E. Umphress, J. Dietz, J. W. Burrows, R. M. Butz and L. Scholten. 2005. Community matters: Realistic group conflict theory and the impact of diversity. The Academy of Management Journal 48(5): 830-844. (JSTOR link).
Brief, A. P., R. J. Aldag and T. I. Chacko. 1977. The Miner sentence completion scale: An appraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 635-643. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. 1965. Nineteenth century accounting error. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 12-31. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. 1967. A late nineteenth century contribution to the theory of depreciation. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 27-38. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. 1968. Depreciation theory and capital gains. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 149-152. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. 1969. An econometric analysis of goodwill: Some findings in a search for valuation rules. The Accounting Review (January): 20-26. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. 1975. The accountant's responsibility in historical perspective. The Accounting Review (April): 285-297. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. 1977. A note on "rediscovery" and the rule of 69. The Accounting Review (October): 810-812. (JSTOR link). (Approximation for determining the number of periods it takes for a sum to double at a given interest rate).
Brief, R. P. 1977. The accountant's responsibility for disclosing bribery: An historical note. The Accounting Historians Journal 4(2): 97-100. (JSTOR Link).
Brief, R. P. 1979. Baily's paradox. The Accounting Historians Journal 6(1): 93-94. (JSTOR Link).
Brief, R. P. 1982. Hicks on accounting. The Accounting Historians Journal 9(1): 91-101. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. 1985. Limitations of using the cash flow recovery rate to estimate the IRR: A note. Journal of Business Finance & Accounting (Autumn): 473-475.
Brief, R. P. 2007. Accounting
valuation models: A short primer. Abacus 43(4): 429-437. (Discussion
of the residual income valuation (RIV) and abnormal earnings growth (AEG)
models).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen. 1968. A least squares allocation model. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 193-199. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen. 1968. Depreciation and capital gains: A "new" approach. The Accounting Review (April): 367-372. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen. 1969. On the bias in accounting allocations under uncertainty. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 12-16. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen. 1970. The estimation problem in financial accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 167-177. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen. 1973. A reformulation of the estimation problem. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-15. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen. 1973. Present value models and the multi-asset problem. The Accounting Review (October): 690-695. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen.1974. Present value models and the multi-asset problem: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 819-821. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and J. Owen. 1978. Accounting for leveraged leases: A comment. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 411-413. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P. and K. V. Peasnell, editiors. 1996. Clean Surplus: A Link Between Accounting and Finance. Garland.
Brief, R. P. and R. A. Lawson. 1992. The role of the accounting rate of return in financial statement analysis. The Accounting Review (April): 411-426. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P., B. Merino and I. Weiss. 1980. Cumulative financial statements. The Accounting Review (July): 480-490. (JSTOR link).
Brief, R. P., G. J. Previts and S. A. Zeff (eds.) 1976. The History of Accounting. Arno Press. Review by M. Moonitz. (JSTOR link). (This set includes 29 volumes).
Brierley, J. A 2008. Toward an understanding of the sophistication of product costing systems. Journal of Management Accounting Research 20 (Special Issue): 61-87.
Brierley, J. A. 2011. Why the proper definition of the ABC matters: A note. Advances in Management Accounting (19): 225-249.
Brierley, J. A., C. J. Cowton and C. Drury.
2006. A note on the importance of product costs in decision-making. Advances
in Management Accounting (15):
Brierley, J. A., C. J. Cowton and C. Drury. 2006. Reasons for adopting different capacity levels in the denominator of overhead rates: A research note. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 53-62.
Brierley, J. A., C. J Cowton and C. Drury. 2007. The identification and type of costs used in cost reduction decisions. Cost Management (September/October): 34-39.
Briers, M., P. Luckett and C. Chow. 1997. Data fixation and the use of traditional versus activity-based costing systems. Abacus 33(1): 49-68.
Briers, M. L., C. W. Chow, N. R. Hwang and P. K. Luckett. 1999. The effects of alternative types of feedback on product-related decision performance: A research note. Journal of Management Accounting Research (11): 75-92.
Briers, M. and M. Hirst. 1990. The role of budgetary information in performance evaluation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(4): 373-398.
Briers, M. and W. F. Chua. 2001. The role of actor-networks and boundary objects in management accounting change: A field study of an implementation of activity-based costing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(3): 237-269.
Briggs, F. R. and J. E. Hosking. 1984. Hospitals eye excess capacity and plan to improve productivity. Modern Healthcare (February 1): 114, 116, 119.
Briggs, I. W. and Z. L. Augustine. 1926. The methods employed in Rochester industries of collection and distribution of manufacturing burden. N.A.C.A Bulletin (May 15): 662-673.
Briggs, J., M. C. Claiborne and E. Cole. 2006. Total optimal performance scores: A practical guide for integrating financial and nonfinancial measures in performance evaluation. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 11-23.
Briggs, J. W. and J. D. Beams. 2012. Asset securitization is a changing environment. The CPA Journal (September): 64-67.
Briggs, L. L. 1930. Accounting in collegiate schools of business. The Accounting Review (June): 175-181. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, L. L. 1931. Accounting and the courts. The Accounting Review (September): 184-191. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, L. L. 1932. Property dividends and law. The Accounting Review (September): 169-174. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, L. L. 1932. Rescission of dividends. The Accounting Review (December): 233-241. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, L. L. 1932. Some legal aspects of stock rights. The Accounting Review (June): 122-136. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, L. L. 1933. Dividends and the general corporation statutes. The Accounting Review (June): 130-144. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, L. L. 1933. Dividends on non-cumulative preferred stock. The Accounting Review (September): 224-238. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, L. L. 1934. Asset valuation in dividend decisions. The Accounting Review (September): 220-236. (JSTOR link).
Briggs, W. B. 1957. Calculating economic manufacturing quantities for better inventory control. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 57-64.
Brigham, D. S. 1950. Manual summary record for pension contributions. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 170-175.
Brigham, D. S. and K. Conners Sr. 1950. A standard cost procedure which facilitates handling of production orders. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1461-1470.
Brigham, E. 1966. An analysis of convertible debentures: Theory and some empirical evidence. Journal of Finance (March): 35-54.
Brigham, E. F. 1968. The effects of alternative depreciation policies on reported profits. The Accounting Review (January): 46-61. (JSTOR link).
Brigham, E. F. and J. F. Houston. 2003. Fundamentals of Financial Management. South-Western.
Brigham, E. F. and T. J. Nantell. 1974. Normalization versus flow through for utility companies using liberalized tax depreciation. The Accounting Review (July): 436-447. (JSTOR link).
Brighenti, W. 2011. How to calculate the Healthcare tax credit. The CPA Journal (April): 52-55.
Brighenti, W. 2011. Finding clarity in the IRS's position on barter transactions. The CPA Journal (January): 36-39.
Bright, J., R. E. Davies, C. A. Downes and R. C. Sweeting. 1992. The deployment of costing techniques and practices: A UK study. Management Accounting Research (September): 201-211.
Brightman, H. 1971. The need for repeated measurement designs in organizational research. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 398-402. (JSTOR link).
Brightman, H. J. 1971. Comments on "Applications of spectral analysis". Decision Sciences 2(3): 375-376.
Brightman, H. J. 1974. A note on alternative rules for selecting a land-use plan. Decision Sciences 5(3): 425-427.
Brightman, H. J. 2006. Mentoring faculty to improve teaching and student learning. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 127-146.
Brightman, H. J. and E. E. Kaczka. 1973. A computer simulation model of an industrial work group. Decision Sciences 4(4): 471-486.
Brighton, G. D. 1954. Aid to management beyond the audit. The Accounting Review (October): 584-590. (JSTOR link).
Brighton, G. D. 1957. An outline as an aid in teaching tax accounting for property. The Accounting Review (January): 123-124. (JSTOR link).
Brighton, G. D. 1964. Image of the Internal Revenue Service. The Accounting Review (April): 463-467. (JSTOR link).
Brighton, G. D. 1965. Book income - What is it? Management Accounting (September): 58-61.
Brighton, G. D. 1969. Accrued expense tax reform - Not ready in 1954 - Ready in 1969? The Accounting Review (January): 137-144. (JSTOR link).
Brignall, S. 1997. A contingent rationale for cost system design in services. Management Accounting Research (September): 325-346.
Brignall, S. and J. Ballantine. 2004. Strategic enterprise management systems: New directions for research. Management Accounting Research (June): 225-240.
Brignall, S. and S. Modell. 2000. An institutional perspective on performance measurement and management in the 'new public sector'. Management Accounting Research (September): 281-306.
Brignall, T. J., L. Fitzgerald, R. Johnston and R. Silvestro. 1991. Product costing in service organizations. Management Accounting Research (December): 227-248.
Brill, R. J. 1964. A visual aid for explaining sources and applications of funds. The Accounting Review (October): 1014-1017. (JSTOR link).
Brill, R. J. 1983. Analyzing transactions and the statement of changes in financial position: Model. Issues In Accounting Education: 90-94.
Briloff, A. J. 1958. Price level changes and financial statements: A critical reappraisal. The Accounting Review (July): 380-388. (JSTOR link).
Briloff, A. J. 1961. Price level changes and financial statements at the threshold of the new frontier. The Accounting Review (October): 603-607. (JSTOR link).
Briloff, A. J. 1964. Needed: A revolution in the determination and application of accounting principles. The Accounting Review (January): 12-15. (JSTOR link).
Briloff, A. J. 1966. Old myths and new realities in accountancy. The Accounting Review (July): 484-495. (JSTOR link). (Discussion of three accounting myths related to: 1. The Gap in GAAP, 2. The communication Gap regarding the auditor's responsibility, and 3. The communication Gap related to management services and auditor independence).
Briloff, A. J. 1967. Dirty pooling. The Accounting Review (July): 489-496. (JSTOR link).
Briloff, A. J. 1967. The Effectiveness of Accounting Communication. Frederick A. Praeger, Inc. Review by T. J. Burns. (JSTOR link).
Briloff, A. J. 1972. Unaccountable Accounting. HarperCollins. Review by H. E. Milller. (JSTOR link). See also Benston, G. J. 1974. Unaccountable accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 348-354. (JSTOR link).
Briloff, A. J. 1974. Prescription for change. Management Accounting (July): 63-65, 71.
Briloff, A. J. 1976. More Debits Than Credits: The Burnt Investor's Guide to Financial Statements. HarperCollins.
Briloff, A. J. 1981. The Truth About Corporate Accounting. HarperCollins.
Briloff, A. J. 1995. Review of Strengthening the professionalism of the independent auditor, report to the public oversight board of the SEC practice section. Accounting Horizons (September): 125-130.
Briloff, A. J. 1996. America Online/ On a roll: A case study in investigative accounting. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8 Supplement): 1-11.
Briloff, A. J. 2002. Beyond the Brilovian critique: A Brilovian rejoinder. Accounting and the Public Interest (2): 94-96.
Brimson, J. A. 1986. How advanced manufacturing technologies are reshaping cost management. Management Accounting (March): 25-29.
Brimson, J. A. 1987. CAM-I cost accounting systems project. Cost Accounting, Robitics and the New Manufacturing Environment (Sarasota: American Accounting Association).
Brimson, J. A. 1987. The cost accounting revolution. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 70-72.
Brimson, J. A. 1988. High-tech Cost accounting. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 53-55.
Brimson, J. A. 1988. Improvement and Elimination of non-value-added costs. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 62-65.
Brimson, J. A. 1989. Technology accounting. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 28-33.
Brimson, J. A. 1989. Technology accounting. Management Accounting (March): 47-53. (Discussion of how to choose the right depreciation method).
Brimson, J. A. 1987. Technology, sunk costs, and the make-or-buy decision. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 52-55.
Brimson, J. A. 1987. The world of cost management. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 68-70.
Brimson, J. A. 1991. Activity Accounting: An Activity Based Costing Approach. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Brimson, J. A. 1996. An overview of activity-based management. Chapter C1. Handbook of Cost Management. Warren, Gorham & Lamont: C1-1-C1-28.
Brimson, J. A. 1997. Activity Accounting: An Activity-Based Costing Approach. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Brimson, J. A. 1998. Feature costing: Beyond ABC. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 6-12. (Summary).
Brimson, J. A. 2002. Accounting charlatanism or information fog? Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 36-40.
Brimson, J. A. 2002. The Handbook of Process-Based Accounting: Leveraging Processes To Predict Results. AICPA.
Brimson, J. A. 2007. An ABC retrospective: "Mirror, mirror on the wall..." Cost Management (March/April): 45-47.
Brimson, J. A. 2010. The irrelevance of historical analysis. Cost Management (July/August): 26-32. (Outcome (tomorrow) = Current Conditions (today) x Transformation (process Knowledge) ).
Brimson, J. A. and J. Antos. 1994. Activity Based Management for Service Industries, Government Entities, and Nonprofit Organizations. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc..
Brimson, J. A. and J. Antos. 1998. Activity-Based Management: For Service Industries, Government Entities, and Nonprofit Organizations. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Brimson, J. A. and J. Antos. 1998. Driving Value Using Activity-Based Budgeting. John Wiley and Sons.
Brimson, J. A. and S. Hillin. 2002. Predictive accounting. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 35-38.
Brincklow, R. 1961. Labor reports - The citrus industry. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 23-24.
Brindle, V. 1986. Inventory management in an MRP II environment. Production and Inventory Management Review (August): 32, 36, 38.
Briner, E. K. 1973. International tax management. Management Accounting (February): 47-50.
Briner, R. F., D. T. Pearson and J. E. Gauntt Jr. 1987. A microcomputer application for attribute sampling. Journal of Accounting Education 5(1): 161-166.
Briner, R. F., F. A. Wiebe and S. A. Zahra. 1984. Management accountants: Don't overlook quality circles. Management Accounting (December): 45-49.
Briner, R. F., M. D. Akers, J. W. Truitt and J. D. Wilson. 1989. Coping with change at Martin Industries. Management Accounting (July): 45-49.
Briner, R. F., M. Alford and J. A. Noble. 2003.
Activity-based
costing for state and local governments
Brink, V. Z. 1947. Teaching a course in internal auditing. The Accounting Review (October): 414-416. (JSTOR link).
Brink, V. Z. 1950. Education for controllership. The Accounting Review (July): 251-259. (JSTOR link).
Brink, V. Z. 1977. Foundations for Unlimited Horizons: The Institute of Internal Auditors 1941-1976. IIA.
Brinker, B. editor. 1995. Emerging Practices in Cost Management. Boston, MA: Warren, Gorham, and Lamont.
Brinker, B. editor. 2000. Guide to Cost Management. John Wiley & Sons.
Brinker, B. J. 1990. ABCs, thanks, and Japanese baseball. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1992. The state of cost management. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 3-4.
Brinker, B. J. 1991. Weighty reading. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1992. Letters to the editor and new cost management books. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 3-4.
Brinker, B. J. 1992. Our readers call. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1993. Who reads the Journal of Cost Management? Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1993. Theme issue on business process reengineering. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1993. Book reviews: Strategic cost management and Peter Drucker's latest. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 70-71.
Brinker, B. J. 1994. Performance measurement and red faces. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 3-4.
Brinker, B. J. 1994. Review of Hronec, S. M. 1993. Vital Signs: Using Quality Time, and Cost Performance Measurements to Chart Your Company's Future. New York: AMACOM, American Management Association. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 58-60.
Brinker, B. J. 1995. Letters to the editor, software for ABM, and survey. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 3-5.
Brinker, B. J. 1995. Environmental cost management. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1995. Invitation to blow smoke rings (Management Accounting 2000) and activity-based management theme issue. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1996. Constant change. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 4.
Brinker, B. J. 1996. Financial management 2000: Letters to the editor. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 3.
Brinker, B. J. 1997. Management by subtraction and letter to the editor. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 4-5.
Brinker, B. J. 1997. Big changes, new publications, and the theory of constraints. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 4-5.
Brinker, B. J. 1997. Integrated cost management: A companywide prescription for higher profits and lower costs. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 4-5.
Brinkerhoff, M. B. 1972. Hierarchical status, contingencies, and the administrative staff conference. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(3): 395-407. (JSTOR link).
Brinkman, D. R. 1973. Minimizing the loss of investment tax credits. Management Accounting (January): 38-40.
Brinkman, E. C. 1953. The retailers' excise tax - and the manufacturer. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 861-868.
Brinkman, S. 1987. Productivity begins with hiring. Management Accounting (July): 50-52.
Brinkman, S. L. 1993. Going on line in less-developed countries. Management Accounting (August): 48-51.
Brinkman, S. L. and M. A. Applebaum. 1994. The quality cost report: It's alive and well at Gilroy Foods. Management Accounting (September): 61-65.
Brinsdon, A. J. 1983. Building the financial interface to manufacturing inventory systems. Production and Inventory Management (4th Quarter): 33-44.
Brinton, A. D. 1972. Marginal income and the pricing structure. Management Accounting (June): 40-42.
Briscoe, F. and S. Safford. 2008. The Nixon-in-China effect: Activism, imitation, and the institutionalization of contentious practices. Administrative Science Quarterly 53(3): 460-491. (JSTOR link).
Briskin, L. E. 1966. A method of unifying multiple objective functions. Management Science (June): B406-B416. (JSTOR link).
Briskin, L. E. 1966. Selecting delivery dates in the tanker scheduling problem. Management Science (February): B224-B235. (JSTOR link).
Brison, C. S. 1946. Components of a model permanent file. The Accounting Review (July): 310-313. (JSTOR link).
Bristol, A. V. 1924. Accumulating the overhead. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (March 1): 3-11.
Briston, R. J. 1978. The evolution of accounting in developing countries. International Journal of Accounting (Fall).
Bristor, R. M. 1950. Some suggestions on the teaching of principles of accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 96-99. (JSTOR link).
Bristor, R. M. 1952. Training and recommending students for accounting work in industry. The Accounting Review (January): 130-133. (JSTOR link).
Brittain, R. L. 1946. Standards as a management tool. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 144-163.
Brittain, R. L. 1952. Burden in defense-commercial production. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1067-1075.
Brittain, R. L. 1953. Sales forecasting and marketing cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 300-310.
Brivot, M. and Y. Gendron. 2011. Beyond panopticism: On the ramifications of surveillance in a contemporary professional setting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(3): 135-155.
Broad, S. J. 1948. Price level changes - A challenge to accounting: Effects of price level changes on financial statements. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1329-1348.
Broad, S. J. 1950. Valuation of inventories. The Accounting Review (July): 227-235. (JSTOR link).
Broad, S. J. and W. W. Werntz. 1942. The capital principle. The Accounting Review (January): 28-60. (JSTOR link).
Broadbent, J. and R. Laughlin. 2009. Performance management systems: A conceptual model. Management Accounting Research (December): 283-295.
Broadbent, J., K. Jacobs and R. Laughlin. 1999. Comparing schools in the U.K. and New Zealand: Individualizing and socializing accountabilities and some implications for management control. Management Accounting Research (December): 339-361.
Broadhead, N. H. 1926. Brush manufacturing costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 365-376.
Broadie, M., Y. Du and C. C. Moallemi. 2011. Efficient risk estimation via nested sequential simulation. Management Science (June): 1172-1194.
Broadston, J. A. 1968. Learning curve wage incentives. Management Accounting (August): 15-23.
Broadston, J. A. 1968. Profit by using variable time allowances. Management Accounting (October): 26-31.
Broadston, J. A. 1969. Charting schedule performance. Management Accounting (November): 35-40. (Method for time-oriented performance evaluations).
Broaker, F. 1904. Technique of accountics. F. Broaker.
Broaker, F. 2009. The American Accountants' Manual: Vol I - Examination Questions. BiblioLife.
Broatch, R. Jr. 1951. Good procedures are a practical matter. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1013-1023.
Brocheler, V., S. Maijoor and A. van Witteloostuijn. 2004. Auditor human capital and audit firm survival: The Dutch audit industry in 1930-1992. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(7): 627-646.
Brock, H. 1958. A look at accounting principles used by oil and gas producers. The Accounting Review (January): 66-71. (JSTOR link).
Brock, H. 1959. Accounting for self-insurance against fire loss - Theory v. practice. The Accounting Review (April): 257-261. (JSTOR link).
Brock, H. R. 1963. Joint-cost allocation - Not a rate basis. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 19-26. (Using a variety of bases for cost allocation between gas and oil production shows wide results and should not be used in price regulation).
Brock, H. R. 2006. Cost Accounting: Principles and Applications. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
Brock, H. R., L. Herrington and L. G. Ramey. 2007. Cost Accounting: Principles and Applications, 7th edition. McGraw-Hill Irwin.
Brock, L. P. 1954. Profit protection in contract research accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 203-213.
Brock, L. P. 1956. Keeping watch over purchased material costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 778-781.
Brockett, P., A. Charnes, W. W. Cooper and H. Shin. 1984. A chance-constrained programming approach to cost-volume-profit analysis. The Accounting Review (July): 474-487. (JSTOR link).
Brockhaus, R. H. Sr. 1980. Risk taking propensity of entrepreneurs. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 509-520. (JSTOR link).
Brockhoff, K. 1979. A note on external social reporting by German companies: A survey of 1973 company reports. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(1-2): 77-85.
Brockmiller, R. F. 1940. Material control for a chain of confectionery stores. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1305-1314.
Brockner, J. 2006. Why it's so hard to be fair. Harvard Business Review (March): 122-129. (Personnel management).
Brockner, J. and J. Guare. 1983. Improving the performance of low self-esteem individuals: An attributional approach. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 642-656. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J. and T. Hess. 1986. Self-esteem and task performance in quality circles. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 617-623. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., G. Spreitzer, A. Mishra, W. Hochwarter, L. Pepper and J. Weinberg. 2004. Perceived control as an antidote to the negative effects of layoffs on survivors' organizational commitment and job performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(1): 76-100. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., J. Greenberg, A. Brockner, J. Bortz, J. Davy and C. Carter. 1986. Layoffs, equity theory, and work performance: Further evidence of the impact of survivor guilt. The Academy of Management Journal 29(2): 373-384. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., M. Konovsky, R. Cooper-Schneider, R. Folger, C. Martin and R. J. Bies. 1994. Interactive effects of procedural justice and outcome negativity on victims and survivors of job loss. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 397-409. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., P. A. Siegel, J. P. Daly, T. Tyler and C. Martin. 1997. When trust matters: The moderating effect of outcome favorability. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(3): 558-583. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., R. Houser, G. Birnbaum, K. Lloyd, J. Deitcher, S. Nathanson and J. Z. Rubin. 1986. Escalation of commitment to an ineffective course of action: The effect of feedback having negative implications for self-identity. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(1): 109-126. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., S. Grover, T. F. Reed and R. L. Dewitt. 1992. Layoffs, job insecurity, and survivors' work effort: Evidence of an inverted-U relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 413-425. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., S. Grover, T. Reed, R. DeWitt and M. O'Malley. 1987. Survivors' reactions to layoffs: We get by with a little help for our friends. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(4): 526-541. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., T. R. Tyler and R. Cooper-Schneider. 1992. The influence of prior commitment to an institution on reactions to perceived unfairness: The higher they are, the harder they fall. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 241-261. (JSTOR link).
Brockner, J., Y. Chen, E. A. Mannix, K. Leung and D. P. Skarlicki. 2000. Culture and procedural fairness: When the effects of what you do depend on how you do it. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(1): 138-159. (JSTOR link).
Brockway, W. B. 1907. Reporting a street railway examination (From a client's point of view). Journal of Accountancy (May): 16-22.
Brockway, W. B. 1910. The electric railway auditor, his duties and relation to the organization. Journal of Accountancy (February): 253-262.
Broden, B. C. and S. E. Loeb. 1983. Professional ethics of CPAs in tax practice: An historical perspective. The Accounting Historians Journal 10(2): 81-97. (JSTOR link).
Broder, B. 1950. An educational experiment in cost accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 99-100. (JSTOR link).
Broder, B. 1954. The AIA recruiting film. The Accounting Review (January): 141-142. (JSTOR link).
Brodeur, E. and P. Sharman. 2002. ERP cost and performance systems: Risks and opportunities. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 20-24.
Brodrick, P. E. 1958. Testing the potential of a company prior to acquisition. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 81-90. (Use of return on sales, capital turnover, and return on investment).
Brodshatzer, A. and O. Galbraith III. 1963. Making decisions more rationally - The example of Monte Carlo. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 33-42.
Brody, R. G. 2012. External auditors' willingness to rely on the work of internal auditors: The influence of work style and barriers to cooperation. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(1): 11-21.
Brody, R. G. 2011. The new victims of identity theft: Children. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(2): 150-161.
Brody, R. G., D. J. Lowe and K. Pany. 2003. Could $51 million be immaterial when Enron reports income of $105 million? Accounting Horizons (June): 153-160.
Brody, R. G., D. R. Hermanson and M. J. Hoffman. 2005. Identity theft and the U.S. Postal Inspection Service. Journal of Forensic Accounting 6(2): 357-366.
Brody, R. G., S. Lin and S. B. Salter. 2006. Merit pay, responsibility, and national values: A U.S.-Taiwan comparison. Journal of International Accounting Research 5(2): 63-79.
Brody, R. G., S. R. Melendy and F. S. Perri. 2012. Commentary from the American Accounting Association's 2011 annual meeting panel on on emerging issues in fraud research. Accounting Horizons (September): 513-531.
Broida, R. 2010. Laptop tips: Add RAM.... PCWorld (November): 116. (Note).
Broido, A., R. J. McConnen and W. G. O'Regan. 1965. Some operations research applications in the conservation of wildland resources. Management Science (July): 802-814. (JSTOR link).
Brokaw, L. 2009. Does sustainability change the talent equation? MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 33-34.
Bromiley, P. 1991. Testing a causal model of corporate risk taking and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 34(1): 37-59. (JSTOR link).
Bromley, R. G. and S. A. Harrast. 2011. The Whonka Chocolate Company: Corporate governance and controls over financial reporting. Journal of Accounting Education 29(4): 295-314. (Teaching case).
Bromley, T. 2004. Creating a culture of peak performance. Strategic Finance (September): 34-39.
Broms, H. and H. Gahmberg. 1983. Communication to self in organizations and cultures. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 482-495. (JSTOR link).
Bromwich, A. T. 1999. Peoplesoft Hrms Reporting. Prentice Hall Rtr Enterprise Resource Planning Series.
Bromwich, M. 1977. The use of present value valuation models in published accounting reports. The Accounting Review (July): 587-596. (JSTOR link).
Bromwich, M. 1980. Discussion of multidimensional accounting and distributed databases: Their implications for organizations and society. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(1): 125-128.
Bromwich, M. 1980. The possibility of partial accounting standards. The Accounting Review (April): 288-300. (JSTOR link).
Bromwich, M. 1983. Some problems with replacement cost asset measurement for external accounting reports with imperfect markets. Abacus 19(2): 148-161.
Bromwich, M. 1990. The case for strategic management accounting: The role of accounting information for strategy in competitive markets. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(1-2): 27-46.
Bromwich, M. 1995. Editorial. Management Accounting Research (September): 239-240.
Bromwich, M. and A. Bhimani. 1991. Strategic investment appraisal. Management Accounting (March): 45-48.
Bromwich, M. and C. Hong. 1999. Activity-based costing systems and incremental costs. Management Accounting Research (March): 39-60.
Bromwich, M. and C. Hong. 2000. Costs and regulation in the U.K. telecommunications industry. Management Accounting Research (March): 137-165.
Bromwich, M. and G. Wangi. 1991. Management accounting in China: A current evaluation. The International Journal of Accounting 26(1): 51-66.
Bromwich, M. and M. C. Wells. 1983. The usefulness of a measure of wealth. Abacus 19(2): 119-129.
Bromwich, M. and M. Walker. 1998. Residual income past and future. Management Accounting Research (December): 391-419.
Bromwich, M., R. Macve and S. Sunder. 2010. Hicksian income in the conceptual framework. Abacus 46(3): 348-376.
Bromwich, M., R. M. Scapens and R. Dixon. 1990. Editorial Statement. Management Accounting Research (March): 1.
Bronner, S. E. 1996. Twentieth Century Political Theory: A Reader. Routledge.
Bronner, S. Z. 1946. The use of sales and production forecasts in the determination of variances. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 623-634.
Bronner, S. Z. 1953. Cost controls for the road ahead. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 607-615.
Bronner, S. Z. 1961. Organizational aspects of inventory management. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 41-50.
Bronson, S. N., C. E. Hogan, M. F. Johnson and K. Ramesh. 2011. The unintended consequences of PCAOB auditing Standard Nos. 2 and 3 on the reliability of preliminary earnings releases. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 95-114.
Bronwyn, F. 2008. Timeless leadership. Harvard Business Review (March): 45-49.
Brook, C. H. 1924. Branch accounting. Journal of Accountancy (January): 28-34.
Brook, Q. 2010. Lean Six Sigma and Minitab: The Complete Toolbox Guide for All Lean Six Sigma Practitioners, 3rd edition. OPEX Resouces Ltd.
Brooke, W. 1951. Production control in a small foundry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 956-960.
Brooker, R. P. 1967. The dissolution of partnership - Garner v. Murray. Abacus 3(1): 36-54.
Brooker, R. P. 1968. The background of Garner v. Murray. Abacus 4(1): 73-79.
Brooker, R. P. 1969. An aspect of the use of accounts as evidence. Abacus 5(1): 64-77.
Brooker, R. P. and J. J. Staunton. 1966. On the independence of auditors. Abacus 2(2): 172-179.
Brooker, R. P. and T. M. F. Smith. 1965. Business failures - The English insolvency statistics. Abacus 1(2): 131-149.
Brookner, L. and E. Heilman. 1960. Technical assistance in accounting in Turkey. The Accounting Review (January): 33-36. (JSTOR link).
Brooks, F. W. 1962. A financial vice-president looks at accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 66-68.
Brooks, K. and R. Schroeder. 1979. Management strategy in a large accounting firm: A comment. The Accounting Review (January): 221-223. (JSTOR link).
Brooks, L. J. 2000. Business Professional Ethics for Accountants. Southwestern College Publishing: 26-33.
Brooks, L. J. and P. Dunn. 2009. Business & Professional Ethics for Directors, Executives & Accountants, 5th Edition. South-Western College Pub.
Brooks, L. J. Jr. 1980. An attitude survey approach to the social audit: The Southam Press experience. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(3): 341-355.
Broom, H. N. 1948. A method of accounting for inter-departmental profits. The Accounting Review (October): 417-420. (JSTOR link).
Broom, H. N. 1950. Modified tabular presentation of gross profit variations. The Accounting Review (April): 193-194 (JSTOR link).
Broschak, J. P. 2004. Managers' mobility and market interface: The effect of managers' career mobility on the dissolution of market ties. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(4): 608-640. (JSTOR link).
Broschak, J. P. and A. Davis-Blake. 2006. Mixing standard work and nonstandard deals: The consequences of heterogeneity in employment arrangements. The Academy of Management Journal 49(2): 371-393. (JSTOR link).
Brosnahan, J. P. 2008. Unleash the power of lean accounting. Journal of Accountancy (July): 60-66. (Summary).
Brotherton, P. 2005. A history of determination: Minority CPAs have come a long way, but true diversity has yet to be achieved. Journal of Accountancy (October): 71-75.
Brousseau, K. R., M. J. Driver, G. Hourihan and R. Larsson. 2006. The seasoned executive's decision-making style. Harvard Business Review (February): 110-121.
Brouwer, C. 1984. Measuring the division manager's performance. Management Accounting (December): 30-33.
Brown, A. A. 1969. Discussion of testing a prediction method for multivariate budgets. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 203-204. (JSTOR link).
Brown, A. C. 1955. Daily control figures for labor and material. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 377-381.
Brown, B. and S. D. Anthony. How P&G tripled its innovation success rate. Harvard Business Review (June): 64-72.
Brown, B. and S. Perry. 1994. Removing the financial performance halo from Fortune's "most admired" companies. The Academy of Management Journal 37(5): 1347-1359. (JSTOR link).
Brown, C. 1981. Human information processing for decisions to investigate cost variances. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 62-85. (JSTOR link).
Brown, C. 1983. Effects of dynamic task environment on the learning of standard cost variance significance. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 413-431. (JSTOR link).
Brown, C. 1985. Causal reasoning in performance assessment: Effects of cause and effect temporal order and covariation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 10(3): 255-266.
Brown, C., E. J. Coakley and M. E. Phillips. 1995. Neural networks enter the world of management accounting. Management Accounting (May): 51-57. (Related to artificial intelligence).
Brown, C. C. 1964. Some thoughts on the education of accountants. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 3-6.
Brown, C. D. 1971. The Emergence of Income Reporting: An Historical Study. Michigan State University.
Brown, C. D. and K. Raghunandan. 1995. Audit quality in audits of federal programs by non-federal auditors. Accounting Horizons (September): 1-10.
Brown, C. D. and K. Raghunandan. 1997. Audit quality in audits of federal programs by non-federal auditors: A reply. Accounting Horizons (March): 72-75.
Brown, C. D. and P. Burnaby. 1988. The evolution of the single audit: A 20-year process. Accounting Horizons (June): 47-52.
Brown, C. E. and D. S. Murphy. 1990. The use of auditing expert systems in public accounting. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 63-72.
Brown, C. E. and I. Solomon. 1987. Effects of outcome information on evaluations of managerial decisions. The Accounting Review (July): 564-577. (JSTOR link).
Brown, C. E. and I. Solomon. 1991. Configural information processing in auditing: The role of domain-specific knowledge. The Accounting Review (January): 100-119. (JSTOR link).
Brown, C. E. and M. E. Phillips. 1990. Expert systems for management accountants. Management Accounting (January): 18-23.
Brown, C. E., J. A. Wong and A. A. Baldwin. 2007. A review and analysis of the existing research streams in continuous auditing. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (4): 1-28.
Brown, C. E., M. E. Peecher and I. Solomon. 1999. Auditors' hypothesis testing in diagnostic inference tasks. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-26. (JSTOR link).
Brown, C. F. 1927. Labor classification and payroll analysis. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 789-802.
Brown, C. W. 1958. The accounting reader and accounting writer. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 79-80.
Brown, D. and S. Wilson. 2005. The Black Book of Outsourcing: How to Manage the Changes, Challenges, and Opportunities. Wiley.
Brown, D. B. and J. E. Smith. 2011. Dynamic portfolio optimization with transaction costs: Heuristics and dual bounds. Management Science (October): 1752-1770.
Brown, D. L. and D. R. Jones. 1998. Factors that influence reliance on decision aids: A model and an experiment. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 75-94.
Brown, D. L., J. F. Dillard and R. S. Marshall. 2005. Strategically informed, environmentally conscious information requirements for accounting information systems. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 79-103.
Brown, D. L., R. P. Guidry and D. M. Patten. 2010. Sustainability reporting and perceptions of corporate reputation: An analysis using Fortune. Sustainability, Environmental Performance and Disclosures. Advances in Environmental Accounting & Management (4): 83-104.
Brown, D. S. 1964. Subordinates' views of ineffective executive behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 7(4): 288-299. (JSTOR link).
Brown, F. P. 1921. Cost accounting for fruit and vegetable canners'. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (June): 3-15.
Brown, G. A., R. Collins and D. B. Thornton. 1993. Professional judgment and accounting standards. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(4): 275-289.
Brown, G. H. 1973. Census projections: 1970-1985. Management Accounting (January): 11-14.
Brown, G. M. 1987. Idle
time and variance analysis. Management
Accounting U.K. (June): 48-50.
Brown, G. M. 1986. Variance analysis: Trend and materiality. Management Accounting U.K. (June): 38-39.
Brown, G. W. and C. Lundblad. 2009. The U.S. economic crisis: Root causes and the road to recovery. Journal of Accountancy (October): 42-48.
Brown, G. W., J. Y. Lu and R. J. Wolfson. 1964. Dynamic modelling of inventories subject to obsolescence. Management Science (September): 51-63. (JSTOR link).
Brown, H. D. and R. C. Burke. 1987. Accounting education: A learning-styles study of professional-technical and future adaptation issues. Journal of Accounting Education 5(2): 187-206.
Brown, H. G. 1957. Division of retained earnings to reflect business needs. The Accounting Review (April): 258-263. (JSTOR link).
Brown, H. L. 1962. Company research through educational grants. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 73-74.
Brown, H. L. 1969. Current problems of real-time auditing. Management Accounting (May): 53-54.
Brown, H. L. 1972. Auditing computer systems. Management Accounting (September): 23-26.
Brown, H. L. 1976. User control of data processing. Management Accounting (March): 22-26.
Brown, H. L. 1998. Design and Maintenance of Accounting Manuals 3rd Edition. Wiley.
Brown, H. L. and A. M. Wright. 2008. Negotiation research in auditing. Accounting Horizons (March): 91-109.
Brown, H. L. and K. M. Johnstone. 2009. Resolving disputed financial reporting issues: Effects of auditor negotiation experience and engagement risk on negotiation process and outcome. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 28(2): 65-92.
Brown, J. 1975. Designing an accounting system for a small business. Management Accounting (June): 27-30.
Brown, J. F. Jr. 1986. How U. S. firms conduct strategic planning. Management Accounting (February): 38, 40-44, 55. (Survey).
Brown, J. F. Jr. and T. E. Balke. 1982. Do accountants need more education? Management Accounting (November): 26-29.
Brown, J. F. Jr. and T. E. Balke. 1983. Accounting curriculum comparison by degree program of schools intending to seek AACSB accreditation. Issues In Accounting Education: 50-59.
Brown, J. J. 1969. Control in multi-division operations. Management Accounting (August): 18-20.
Brown, J. L. and R. Schneck. 1979. A structural comparison between Canadian and American industrial organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(1): 24-47. (JSTOR link). 1979. Erratum: A structural comparison between Canadian and American industrial organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 494. (JSTOR link).
Brown, J. L., J. H. Evans III and D. V. Moser. 2009. Agency theory and participative budgeting experiments. Journal of Management Accounting Research (21): 317-345.
Brown, J. S. 1970. Risk propensity in decision marking: A comparison of business and public school administrators. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(4): 473-481. (JSTOR link).
Brown, J. S. 2002. Research that reinvents the corporation. Harvard Business Review (August): 105-112,114. (Reprint of Brown's 1991 HBR article).
Brown, J. S. and P. Duguid. 2001. Creativity versus structure: A useful tension. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 93-94.
Brown, J. S. and P. Duguid. 2002. The Social Life of Information. Harvard Business School Press.
Brown, K. A. and T. R. Mitchell. 1986. Influence of task interdependence and number of poor performers on diagnoses of causes of poor performance. The Academy of Management Journal 29(2): 412-424. (JSTOR link).
Brown, K. A. and T. R. Mitchell. 1991. A comparison of just-in-time and batch manufacturing: The role of performance obstacles. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 906-917. (JSTOR link).
Brown, K. A., R. Ettenson and N. L. Hyer. 2011. Why every project needs a brand (and how to create one). MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 61-68.
Brown, K. E. and J. Lim. 2012. The effect of internal control deficiencies on the usefulness of earnings in executive compensation. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(1): 75-87.
Brown, K. F. 1999. Review: A History of Accountancy at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign by Norton M. Bedford; Accountancy at Ole Miss: A Sesquicentennial Salute by Dale L. Flesher; The University of Virginia's McIntire School of Commerce, The First Seventy-Five Years 1921-1996 by William G. Shenkir; William R. Wilkerson. The Accounting Historians Journal 26(1): 165-172. (JSTOR link).
Brown, K. F. and G. T. Tsakumis. 2007. Assessing business risk: The case of Premier Punch, Inc. Journal of Accounting Education 25(4): 168-192.
Brown, K. W. 1993. 1993 Vangermeersch Manuscript Award: History of financial reporting models for American colleges and universities: 1910 to the present. The Accounting Historians Journal 20(2): 1-29. (JSTOR link).
Brown, K. W. 1998. How colleges can profit through depreciation. Management Accounting (January): 18, 20-22.
Brown, L. D. 1983. Accounting changes and the accuracy of analysts' earnings forecasts. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 432-443. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. 1986. Discussion of evidence on the incremental information content of additional firm disclosures made concurrently with earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Alternative Measures of Accounting Income): 33-36. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. 1996. Influential accounting articles, individuals, Ph.D. granting institutions and faculties: A citational analysis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(7-8): 723-754.Brown, L. D. 2001. A temporal analysis of earnings surprises: Profits versus losses. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 221-241. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. 2005. The importance of circulating and presenting manuscripts: Evidence from the accounting literature. The Accounting Review (January): 55-83. (JSTOR Link).
Brown, L. D. and A. Hugon. 2009. Team earnings forecasting. Review of Accounting Studies 14(4): 587-607.
Brown, L. D. and A. S. Pinello. 2007. To what extent does the financial reporting process curb earnings surprise games? Journal of Accounting Research (December): 947-981. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and E. Mohammad. 2010. Is analyst earnings forecast ability only firm specific? Contemporary Accounting Research 27(3): 727-750.
Brown, L. D. and J. C. Gardner. 1985. Applying citation analysis to evaluate the research contributions of accounting faculty and doctoral programs. The Accounting Review (April): 262-277. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and J. C. Gardner. 1985. Using citation analysis to assess the impact of journals and articles on contemporary accounting research (CAR). Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 84-109. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and J. C. Y. Han. 1992. The impact of annual earnings announcements on convergence of beliefs. The Accounting Review (October): 862-875. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and J. C. Y. Han. 2000. Do stock prices fully reflect the implications of current earnings for future earnings for AR1 firms? Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 149-164. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and K. Kim. 1991. Timely aggregate analyst forecasts as better proxies for market earnings expectations. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 382-385. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and K. Kim. 1993. The association between nonearnings disclosures by small firms and positive abnormal returns. The Accounting Review (July): 668-680. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and K. Sivakumar. 2003. Comparing the value relevance of two operating income measures. Review of Accounting Studies 8(4): 561-572.
Brown, L. D. and M. L. Caylor. 2005. A temporal analysis of quarterly earnings thresholds: Propensities and valuation consequences. The Accounting Review (April): 423-440. (JSTOR Link).
Brown, L. D. and M. S. Rozeff. 1979. Adaptive expectations, time-series models, and analyst forecast revision. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 341-351. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and M. S. Rozeff. 1979. The predictive value of interim reports for improving forecasts of future quarterly earnings. The Accounting Review (July): 585-591. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D. and M. S. Rozeff. 1979. Univariate time-series models of quarterly accounting earnings per share: A proposed model. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 179-189. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D., G. D. Richardson and C. A. Trzcinka. 1990. Strong-form efficiency on the Toronto Stock Exchange: An examination of analyst price forecasts. Contemporary Accounting Research 7(1): 323-346.
Brown, L. D., G. D. Richardson and S. J. Schwager. 1987. An information interpretation of financial analyst superiority in forecasting earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 49-67. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D., J. C. Gardner and M. A. Vasarhelyi. 1987. An analysis of the research contributions of Accounting, Organizations and Society, 1976-1984. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(2): 193-204.
Brown, L. D., J. S. Hughes, M. S. Rozeff and J. H. Vanderweide. 1980. Expectations data and the predictive value of interim reporting: A comment. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 278-288. (JSTOR link).
Brown, L. D., R. J. Huefner and J. Weintrop. 1988. Financial data bases in accounting doctoral programs. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 228-240.
Brown, L. D., R. J. Huefner and R. W. Sanders Jr. 1994. A test of the reliability of current cost disclosures. Abacus 30(1): 2-17.
Brown, L. D., R. L. Hagerman, P. A. Griffin and M. E. Zmijewski. 1987. An evaluation of alternative proxies for the market's assessment of unexpected earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 159-193.
Brown, L. D., R. L. Hagerman, P. A. Griffin and M. E. Zmijewski. 1987. Security analyst superiority relative to univariate time-series models in forecasting quarterly earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 61-87.
Brown, L. D., S. Hugon and H. Lu. 2010. Brokerage industry self-regulation: The case of analysts’ background disclosures. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(4): 1025-1062.
Brown, L. R. 2001. Eco-Economy: Building an Economy for the Earth. Earth Policy Institute.
Brown, M. C. 1982. Administrative succession and organizational performance: The succession effect. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(1): 1-16. (JSTOR link).
Brown, M. E. 1969. Identification and some conditions of organizational involvement. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 346-355. (JSTOR link).
Brown, M. G. 1996. Keeping Score: Using the Right Metrics to Drive World-Class Performance. Productivity Inc.
Brown, M. G. 2000. Winning Score: How to Design and Implement Organizational Scorecards. Productivity Press.
Brown, M. P., M. C. Sturman, M. J. Simmering. 2003. Compensation policy and organizational performance: The efficiency, operational, and financial implications of pay levels and pay structure. The Academy of Management Journal 46(6): 752-762. (JSTOR link).
Brown, M. T. 2000. Working Ethics: Strategies for Decision Making and Organizational Responsibility. Regent Press.
Brown, N. 2005. Meta programmes for identifying thinking preferences and their impact on accounting students’ educational experience. Journal of Accounting Education 23(4): 232-247.
Brown, N. C. and M. D. Kimbrough. 2011. Intangible investment and the importance of firm-specific factors in the determination of earnings. Review of Accounting Studies 16(3): 539-573.
Brown, O. M. 1957. Central functions of a records center. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 59-60.
Brown, P. 1989. Invited remarks: Ball and Brown [1968]. Journal of Accounting Research (Current Studies on The Information Content of Accounting Earnings): 202-217. (JSTOR link).
Brown, P. and A. Tarca. 2001. Politics, processes and the future of Australian accounting standards. Abacus 37(3): 267-296.
Brown, P. and A. Tarca. 2007. Achieving high quality, comparable financial reporting: A review of independent enforcement bodies in Australia and the United Kingdom. Abacus 43(4): 438-473.
Brown, P. and R. Ball. 1967. Some preliminary findings on the association between the earnings of a firm, its industry, and the economy. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 55-77. (JSTOR link).
Brown, P. and T. Walter. 2013. The CAPM: Theoretical validity, empirical intractability and practical applications. Abacus 49(Supplement): 44-50.
Brown, P., A. Ferguson and A. B. Jackson. 2009. Pierpont and the capital market. Abacus 45(2): 147-170.
Brown, P., G. Foster and E. Noreen. 1985. Security Analyst Multi-Year Earnings Forecasts and the Capital Market. Studies in Accounting Research (21). American Accounting Association.
Brown, P., G. Clinch and G. Foster. 1992. Market Microstructure and Capital Market Information Content Research. Studies in Accounting Research (32). American Accounting Association.
Brown, P., H. Y. Izan and A. L. Loh. 1992. Fixed asset revaluations and managerial incentives. Abacus 28(1): 36-57.
Brown, P., S. L. Taylor and T. S. Walter. 1999. The impact of statutory sanctions on the level and information content of voluntary corporate disclosure. Abacus 35(2): 138-162.
Brown, P. H. 1943. The Federal Regulatory Commissions. The Accounting Review (July): 244-248. (JSTOR link).
Brown, P. R. 1981. A descriptive analysis of select input bases of the financial accounting standards board. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 232-246. (JSTOR link).
Brown, P. R. 1983. Independent auditor judgment in the evaluation of internal audit functions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 444-455. (JSTOR link).
Brown, P. R. and C. P. Stickney. 1992. Instructional case: Tanaguchi Corporation. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 57-79.
Brown, P. W. 1924. Determination of net earnings available for bond interest. Harvard Business Review (January): 219-223.
Brown, R. (editor). 1905. History of Accounting and Accountunts. Edinburgh: Jack.
Brown, R. 1905. ed. A History of Accounting and Accountants. The Accountancy Publishing Company. (Review by Mitchell, T. W. 1906. Journal of Accountancy (January): 253-255).
Brown, R. 1968. History of Accounting and Accountants. Frank Cass & Co., Ltd. Review by E. Peragallo. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. 2009. A History of Accounting and Accountants. General Books LLC.
Brown, R. and S. Brignall. 2007. Reflections on the use of a dual-methodology research design to evaluate accounting and management practice in UK university central administrative services. Management Accounting Research (March): 32-48.
Brown, R. B. and C. Guilding. 1993. Knowledge and the academic accountant: An empirical study. Journal of Accounting Education 11(1): 1-13.
Brown, R. E. 1970. The GAO: Untapped Source of Congressional Power. The University of Tennessee Press. Review by H. W. Wright. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. E. and R. R. Trumble. 1995. Accounting can improve labor-management negotiations. Management Accounting (June): 46-52.
Brown, R. G. 1962. Changing audit objectives and techniques. The Accounting Review (October): 696-703. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. G. 1971. Detection of turning points in a time series. Decision Sciences 2(4): 383-403.
Brown, R. H. 1978. Bureaucracy as praxis: Toward a political phenomenology of formal organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 365-382. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. L. 1981. Management accountants: Are you ready for VAT? Management Accounting (November): 40-42, 44, 52.
Brown, R. L., D. L. Jensen and S. F. O'Malley. 2001. Accounting Hall of Fame 2000 induction: Remarks, citation, and response: Shaun F. O'Malley. The Accounting Historians Journal 28(1): 140-145. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. M. 1980. Short-range market reaction to changes to LIFO accounting using preliminary earnings announcement dates. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 38-63. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. M. and B. Ruf. 1989. Applying software design principles to accounting software: A direct manipulation approach. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 41-54.
Brown, R. M. and L. N. Killough. 1988. How PCs can solve the cost allocation problem. Management Accounting (November): 34-38.
Brown, R. O. 1964. College entrance tests and accounting grades. The Accounting Review (April): 481-486. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. O. 1965. Who controls whom? N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 17-18.
Brown, R. O. 1966. Predictions of accounting grades. The Accounting Review (April): 340-343. (JSTOR link).
Brown, R. O. 1967. Small business controls: The case of job shop. Management Accounting (March): 51-54.
Brown, R. O. 1968. Inventory at net realizable values? Management Accounting (January): 43-44.
Brown, R. O. 1969. Using appraisal information. Management Accounting (October): 47-48.
Brown, R. S. 1980. Measuring manufacturing performance: A targeting approach. Management Accounting (June): 25-28, 31.
Brown, R. S. 1982. Raymond John Chambers: A biography. Abacus 18(2): 99-105.
Brown, R. W., and J. B. Pyers. 1988. Putting teeth into the efficiency and effectiveness of public services. Public Administration Review (May-June): 735-742.
Brown, S. 2008. HBR case study: Don't try this offshore. Harvard Business Review (September): 39-44, 46, 48, 50.
Brown, S. and S. A. Hillegeist. 2007. How disclosure quality affects the level of information asymmetry. Review of Accounting Studies 12(2-3): 443-477.
Brown, S., K. Lo and T. Lys. 1999. Use of R2 in accounting research: Measuring changes in value relevance over the last four decades. Journal of Accounting and Economics 28(2)(December): 83-115.
Brown, S., K. Lo and T. Lys. 2002. Erratum to “Use of R2 in accounting research: Measuring changes in value relevance over the last four decades”: [Journal of Accounting and Economics 28 (1999) 83–115]. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 141.
Brown, S., S. A. Hillegeist and K. Lo. 2004. Conference calls and information asymmetry. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 343-366.
Brown, S., S. A. Hillegeist and K. Lo. 2009. The effect of earnings surprises on information asymmetry. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 208-225.
Brown, S. A. 1996. What Customers Value Most: How to Achieve Business Transformation by Focusing on Processes That Touch Your Customers: Satisfied Customers, Increased Revenue, Improved Profitability. John Wiley & Sons.
Brown, S. C. R. and O. S. Powers. 1991. COBRA: A snake in the employee benefits garden. Management Accounting (April): 27-30.
Brown, S. H. 1964. Teaching the funds statement - A conceptual approach. The Accounting Review (July): 756-759. (JSTOR link).
Brown, S. L. and K. M. Eisenhardt. 1997. The art of continuous change: Linking complexity theory and time-paced evolution in relentlessly shifting organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(1): 1-34. (JSTOR link).
Brown, T. W., E. D. White and M. A. Gallagher. 2002. Weibull-based forecasting of R&D program budgets. The Journal of Cost Analysis & Management (Winter): 41-54.
Brown, S. A. 1999. Strategic Customer Care: An Evolutionary Approach to Increasing Customer Value and Profitability. John Wiley & Sons.
Brown, T. E. 1932. Accounting in a carpet factory. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 875-881.
Brown, V. H. 1961. Rate of return: Some comments on its applicability in capital budgeting. The Accounting Review (January): 50-62. (JSTOR link).
Brown, V. H. 1980. Discussion of accounting methods and management decisions: The case of inventory costing and inventory policy. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 281-285. (JSTOR link).
Brown, V. H. 1987. The tension between management accounting and financial reporting. Management Accounting (May): 39-41.
Brown, V. H. 1990. Accounting standards: Their economic and social consequences. Accounting Horizons (September): 89-97.
Brown, V. H. and S. E. Weiss. 1993. Toward better not-for-profit accounting and reporting. Management Accounting (July): 48-52.
Brown, W. B. 1966. Systems, boundaries, and information flow. The Academy of Management Journal 9(4): 318-327. (JSTOR link).
Brown, W. B. 1967. Model-building and organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 10(2): 169-178. (JSTOR link).
Brown, W. B. 1969. The impact of a dynamic task environment: A study of architectural-engineering firms. The Academy of Management Journal 12(2): 169-177. (JSTOR link).
Brown, W. G. Jr. 1974. Exploring forecast disclosure. Management Accounting (December): 19-22.
Brown-Johnson, N. 2004. The Driving Force: Lessons In Teamwork From Saturn And Other Leading Companies. Xephor Press.
Brown-Liburd, H. L. and A. M. Wright. 2011. The effect of past client relationship and strength of the audit committee on auditor negotiations. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(4): 51-69.
Browne, D. E. 1941. Accounting for defense contracts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1204-1217.
Browne, D. E. 1963. PAP - Program for accounting's preservation. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 3-7.
Browne, D. E. 1963. The dynamics of management accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 13-18.
Browne, D. E. 1969. Progress in corporate financial reporting. Management Accounting (July): 7-9, 14.
Browne, D. E. 1971. The risk/reward relationship in military procurement. Management Accounting (March): 9-12.
Browne, D. E. 1972. Preserving the capability for accounting change. Management Accounting (February): 13-16.
Browne, P. J. and R. T. Golembiewski. 1974. The line-staff concept revisited: An empirical study of organizational images. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 406-417. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. 1981. Participation in budgeting, locus of control and organizational effectiveness. The Accounting Review (October): 844-860. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. 1982. A field study examination of budgetary participation and locus of control. The Accounting Review (October): 766-777. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. 1982. The role of accounting data in performance evaluation, budgetary participation, and organizational effectiveness. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 12-27. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. 1983. Leadership style, budgetary participation and managerial behavior. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(4): 307-321.
Brownell, P. 1983. The motivational impact of management-by-exception in a budgetary context. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 456-472. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. 1985. Budgetary systems and the control of functionally differentiated organizational activities. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 502-512. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. and A. S. Dunk. 1991. Task uncertainty and its interaction with budgetary participation and budget emphasis: Some methodological issues and empirical investigation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(8): 693-703.
Brownell, P. and K. A. Merchant. 1990. The budgetary and performance influences of product standardization and manufacturing process automation. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 388-397. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. and M. Hirst. 1986. Reliance on accounting information, budgetary participation, and task uncertainty: Tests of a three-way interaction. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 241-249. (JSTOR link).
Brownell, P. and M. McInnes. 1986. Budgetary participation, motivation, and managerial performance. The Accounting Review (October): 587-600. (JSTOR link).
Browning, L. D., J. M. Beyer and J. C. Shetler. 1995. Building cooperation in a competitive industry: SEMATECH and the semiconductor industry. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 113-151. (JSTOR link).
Brownlee, E. R. II. 1985. Actuarial cost methods: A primer. Journal of Accounting Education 3(2): 163-169.
Brownlee, E. R. II. 1986. Capitalizing on excess pension assets. Management Accounting (January): 43-47.
Brownlee, E. R. II and S. D. Young. 1986. Financial disclosure regulation and its critics. Journal of Accounting Education 4(1): 113-126.
Brownlee, E. R. II. and S. D. Young. 1987. The SEC and mandated disclosure: At the crossroads. Accounting Horizons (September): 17-24.
Brownlee, J. L. 1955. Man-hour budgeting for control of clerical costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 956-965.
Brozey, L. A. 1982. Modernizing a laundry's accounting system. Management Accounting (May): 55-59.
Brozovsky, J. and A. J. Cataldo II. 1994. A historical analysis of the "marriage tax penalty". The Accounting Historians Journal 21(1): 163-187. (JSTOR link).
Brozovsky, J. and A. J. Cataldo II. 1994. Should you invest in an IRA or deferred compensation plan? Management Accounting (December): 48-51.
Brozovsky, J. A. and F. M. Richardson. 1998. The effects of information availability on the benefits accrued from enhancing auditing firm reputation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(8): 767-779.
Brubaker, J. A. 1973. A data processing program for hospitals. Management Accounting (March): 21-25.
Bruce, R. 1938. A method for classifying and accumulating material used data. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1381-1408.
Bruce, R. 1942. Design and installation of payroll savings plans for the purchase of war bonds; Introduction. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 169-192.
Bruce, R. T. 1955. Electronic equipment - A means, not a mystery. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 255-262.
Bruce, S. S. 1958. Budgeting for research and development in a manufacturing division. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 19-31.
Bruch, H. and F. Walter. 2005. The keys to rethinking corporate philanthropy. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 49-55.
Bruch, H. and J. I. Menges. 2010. The acceleration TRAP. Harvard Business Review (April): 80-86.
Bruch, H. and S. Ghoshal. 2002. Beware the busy manager. Harvard Business Review (February): 62-69.
Bruch, H. and S. Ghoshal. 2003. Unleashing organizational energy. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 45-51.
Bruck, F. 1995. Make versus buy: The wrong decisions cost. McKinsey Quarterly: 28-47.
Brucker, W. G. and K. M. Hetherington. 2011. Benchmarks, characteristics and trends of U.S. graduate tax programs awarding a Master of Science in Taxation (MST) degree. Journal of Accounting Education 29(4): 212-233.
Brucker, W. G. and J. E. Rebele. 2010. Fraud at a public authority. Journal of Accounting Education 28(1): 26-37.
Bruderer, E. and J. V. Singh. 1996. Organizational evolution, learning, and selection: A genetic-algorithm-based model. The Academy of Management Journal 39(5): 1322-1349. (JSTOR link).
Bruderl, J. and R. Schussler. 1990. Organizational mortality: The liabilities of newness and adolescence. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(3): 530-547. (JSTOR link).
Bruegelmann, T. M. G. A. Haessly, C. P. Wolfangel and M. Schiff. 1985. How variable costing is used in pricing decisions. Management Accounting (April): 58-61, 65. (Survey).
Bruegman, D. C. and G. D. Brighton. 1963. Institutional accounting - How it differs from commercial accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 764-770. (JSTOR link).
Brueningsen, A. F. 1975. Kodak's financial information and reporting system. Management Accounting (September): 21-24.
Brueningsen, A. F. 1976. SCAT- A process of alternatives. Management Accounting (November): 55-60, 66.
Brueningsen, A. F. 1977. SCAT II - A process for planning. Management Accounting (December): 57-61.
Brugge, W. G. 1963. The accountancy profession in Greece. The Accounting Review (July): 596-600. (JSTOR link).
Bruggeman, W. and R. Slagmulder. 1995. The impact of technological change on management accounting. Management Accounting Research (September): 241-252.
Bruggeman, W. and R. Slagmulder. 1997. Seminar update. Management Accounting Research (March): 141-142.
Brüggen, A. 2011. Ability, career concerns, and financial incentives in a multi-task setting. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 211-229.
Bruggen, A. and F. Moers. 2007. The role of financial incentives and social incentives in multi-task settings. Journal of Management Accounting Research (19): 25-50.
Brüggen, A. and J. Luft. 2011. Capital rationing, competition, and misrepresentation in budget forecasts. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(7): 399-411.
Brüggen, A., R. Krishnan and K. L. Sedatole. 2011. Drivers and consequences of short-term production decisions: Evidence from the auto industry. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(1): 83-123.
Brugger, F. 1925. Standard costs - Their development and use. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (March 2): 3-17.
Brugmann, J. and C. K. Prahalad. 2007. Cocreating business's new social compact. Harvard Business Review (February): 80-90.
Bruining, H., M. Bonnet and M. Wright. 2004. Management control systems and strategy change in buyouts. Management Accounting Research (June): 155-177.
Brumbaugh, R. B. 1971. Authenticity and theories of administrative behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 108-112. (JSTOR link).
Brumit, F. 1968. Toward effective computer utilization. Management Accounting (December): 19-23.
Brummer, L. W. 1957. Ways of getting your report through. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1314-1323.
Brummer, L. W. 1959. How we train our accountants to think like managers. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 29-41.
Brummet, R. L. 1955. Direct costing - Should it be a controversial issue? The Accounting Review (July): 439-443. (JSTOR link).
Brummet, R. L. 1957. Try this on your class, professor - A rejoinder. The Accounting Review (July): 480-484. (JSTOR link). (The all fixed cost company).
Brummet, R. L. 1962. Direct costing - Its weaknesses and its strengths. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 61-68.
Brummet, R. L. 1971. Discussion of LIFO and the diffusion of innovation. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 225-227. (JSTOR link).
Brummet, R. L. 1973. Total performance measurement. Management Accounting (November): 11-15.
Brummet, R. L., E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle. 1968. Human resource measurement - A challenge for accountants. The Accounting Review (April): 217-224. (JSTOR link).
Brummet, R. L., E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle. 1969. Human resource accounting: A tool to increase managerial effectiveness. Management Accounting (August): 12-15.
Brummet, R. L., E. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle. Ed. 1969. Human Resource Accounting. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Foundation for Research on Human Behavior.
Brummet, R. L., P. T. Crossman, S. A. Pressler, W. K. Weltmer and G. A. Welsch. 1959. Report of Committee on Management Accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 207-214. (JSTOR link).
Brundage, H. and M. Koziel. 2010. Retaining top talent still a requirement for firms. Journal of Accountancy (May): 38-44.
Brundage, M. U. and J. L. Livingstone. 1969. Simulation on a time-sharing computer utility system. The Accounting Review (July): 539-545. (JSTOR link).
Brundage, P. F. 1921. Distinctive features of cotton goods accounts. Journal of Accountancy (April): 266-274.
Bruner, J. S. 1960. The Process of Education. Harvard University Press.
Bruner, J. S. 1961. The act of discovery. Harvard Educational Review 31(1).
Bruner, J. S. 1962. On Knowing - Essays for the Left Hand. Harvard University Press.
Bruner, R. F. and J. R. Perella. 2004. Applied Mergers and Acquisitions (Wiley Finance). Wiley.
Brunetto, G. and N. L. Harris. 2001. Disaster recovery: How will your company survive? Strategic Finance (March): 57-61.
Bruning, N. S. and R. A. Snyder. 1983. Sex and position as predictors of organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 485-491. (JSTOR link).
Brunner, O. F. 1950. A cash forecasting procedure for smaller companies. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 741-748.
Brunovs, R. and R. J. Kirsch. 1991. Goodwill accounting in selected countries and the harmonization of international accounting standards. Abacus 27(2): 135-161.
Bruns, S. M. and C. Jackson. 2011. A new strategy for cultivating diversity: Ideas for attracting minority students to the profession. The CPA Journal (March): 68-71.
Bruns, S. M., C. Jackson and Y. Zhang. 2012. Designing an effective peer-reporting system. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 8-13.
Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1966. The accounting period concept and its effect on management decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 1-14. (JSTOR link).
Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1968. Accounting information and decision-making: Some behavioral hypotheses. The Accounting Review (July): 469-480. (JSTOR link).
Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1972. Behavioral sciences in the accounting curriculum. The Accounting Review (July): 591-595. (JSTOR link).
Bruns, W. J. 1989. A review of Robert K. Yin's Case Study Research: Design and Methods. Journal of Management Accounting Research (1): 157 - 163.
Bruns, W. J. editor. 1992. Performance Measurement, Evaluation, and Incentives. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
Bruns, W. J. 1990. Robert N. Anthony, A management accounting pioneer. Journal of Management Accounting Research (2): 167-168.
Bruns, W. J. and K. A. Merchant. 1986. Measurements to cure management myopia. Business Horizons (May-June): 56-64.
Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1987. A field study of an attempt to change an embedded cost accounting system. Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Edited by W. J. Bruns, Jr. and R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press: 97-118.
Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1965. Business games in accounting instruction. The Accounting Review (July): 650-653. (JSTOR link).
Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1965. Inventory valuation and management decisions. The Accounting Review (April): 345-357. (JSTOR link).
Bruns, W. J. Jr. and D. T. DeCoster. 1969. Accounting and Its Behavioral Implications. McGraw-Hill. Review by J. J. Willingham. (JSTOR link).
Bruns, W. J. Jr. and K. A. Merchant. 1990. The dangerous morality of managing earnings. Management Accounting (August): 22-25. (Survey questions related to 13 earnings-management situations shows no agreement among 649 managers as to whether short-term earnings-management practices are ethical, questionable, or unethical).
Bruns, W. J. Jr. and R. S. Kaplan, editors. 1987. Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
Bruns, W. J. Jr. and J. H. Waterhouse. 1975. Budgetary control and organization structure. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 177-203. (JSTOR link).
Bruns, W., Jr., and S. McKinnon. 1993. Information and managers: A field study. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 84-108. (Summary).
Brunsson, N. 1990. Deciding for responsibility and legitimation: Alternative interpretations of organizational decision-making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(1-2): 47-59.
Brunsson, N. 1993. Ideas and actions: Justification and hypocrisy as alternatives to control. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(6): 489-506.
Brunsson, N. 1994. Politicization and 'company-ization' - On institutional affiliation and confusion in the organizational world. Management Accounting Research (September): 323-335.
Brunsson, N., I. Lapsley and P. Miller. 1998. Constructing health care accountants: Melding calculation and care. Management Accounting Research (March): 31-35.
Brunton, N. M. 1988. Evaluation of overhead allocations. Management Accounting (July): 22-26.
Brush, L. F. 1943. Graphic analysis of expense. The Accounting Review (October): 331-338. (JSTOR link).
Brush, L. F. 1944. Accounting curricula. The Accounting Review (October): 435-439. (JSTOR link).
Brush, L. F. 1959. Why these fallacies. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 65.
Brusoni, S., A. Prencipe and K. Pavitt. 2001. Knowledge specialization, organizational coupling, and the boundaries of the firm: Why do firms know more than they make? Administrative Science Quarterly 46(4): 597-621. (JSTOR link).
Bruster, R. R. 1932. Reducing employee absenteeism and tardiness. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 168-181.
Bruton, G. D., B. M. Oviatt and M. A. White. 1994. Performance of acquisitions of distressed firms. The Academy of Management Journal 37(4): 972-989. (JSTOR link).
Bruton, P. W. and J. Waterman. 1985. Capital financing demands new, innovative practices. Healthcare Financial Management (April): 38-46.
Bruttig, D. 1998. What automated expense reporting management can do for you. Management Accounting (February): 38-43.
Bruttin, F. and D. Dean. 1998. Exposing a cost black hole while improving quality and compliance through integrated risk management. Proceedings WorldPharm98. Philadelphia: 22-24.
Br